Protected Areas and Place Making Conference PROCEEDINGS 2013

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

1

2

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Protected Areas and Place Making Conference P R O C E E D I N G S

April 21-26, 2013 Foz do Iguaรงu - PR - Brazil

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

3

Protected Areas and Place Making Conference Editors

Teresa Cristina Magro Lucas Milani Rodrigues Demóstenes Ferreira da Silva Filho Jefferson Lordello Polizel Jessica Leahy Citation

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making : How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Review

Saulo Eduardo Xavier Franco de Souza Layout

Thiago D’Angelo Cover Pictures

Taylor Stein Published by

Forestry Sciences Departament – ESALQ/USP Printed by

Copiadora Luiz de Queiroz - ESALQ/USP ISBN

978-85-86481-25-3

Protected areas and Place Making Conference: how do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development? , 1, Proceedings / [Edited by] Teresa Cristina Magro et al. – Piracicaba: ESALQ, 2013.

204p.: Il

CDD 333.72 ISBN:

4

978-85-86481-25-3

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

CONTENTS Introduction ........................................................................................................................................................10 Keynote Addresses ...............................................................................................................................................13 Making Sense of Place: Enhancing Protected Area Experience and Governance Daniel R. Williams....................................................................................................................................................15 Integrating People’s Diverse Needs into Collaborative Forest Management: Is it Possible?

Taylor V. Stein...........................................................................................................................................................21

Concurrent Session A1: Conservation and Sustainable Rural Development in Contested Landscapes: International Perspectives ..................................................................................................................................25 Reconnecting social-ecological systems: biocultural conservation in protected areas Fikret Berkes.............................................................................................................................................................26 Contested landscapes in Brazilian coast: lessons from two case studies in Santa Catarina Natalia Hanazaki, Mel Simionato Marques, Elaine Mitie Nakamura........................................................................27 New use of an old threatened species triggering conservation and socio-economic improvement in southeastern Brazil Saulo E. X. F. de Souza, Germano F. Chagas, Edson Vidal.........................................................................................32 Pluralistic approach to governance of protected areas: A case study with Indigenous peoples from northern Colombia Julia Premauer, Fikret Berkes....................................................................................................................................34 Issues of sustainability of protected areas: Traditional practices as a symbol of sustenance of local communities and conservation Emdad Haque, Shah Raees Khan..............................................................................................................................40

Concurrent Session A2: Conservation and Sustainable Rural Development in Contested Landscapes: International Perspectives ..................................................................................................................................43 Biocultural design: Weaving cultural landscapes into community-based enterprises in and around protected areas Iain Davidson-Hunt, Carlos Julián Idrobo, Michael Campbell....................................................................................44 Gourmets of the Juatinga Ecological Reserve, Brazilian Atlantic Forest: Culinary creativity through the lens of biocultural design Carlos Julián Idrobo, Iain Davidson-Hunt.................................................................................................................45 Implementation of a national park over traditional lands of the Trindade community in Paraty, Brazil Natália C. Fidelis Bahia, Cristiana S. Seixas, Luciana G. Araujo, Juliana S. Farinaci, Paula Chamy...........................46 Practicalities of building co-management in complex landscapes: North East Australia’s tropical rainforest and reef Helen Ross.................................................................................................................................................................52 Sustainable territorial development in a marine reserve in coastal Brazil: is it feasible?

Rodrigo R. de Freitas, Cristiana S .Seixas...................................................................................................................53 Sustainable rural community development in Western Uganda: Tourism’s potential to alleviate poverty and support community solidarity.

Michael Campbell......................................................................................................................................................59

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

5

Concurrent Session B: Florestas Urbanas e Qualidade de Vida (language Portuguese)...................................61 Arboreal native vegetation at the Natural Municipal Park “Corredores da Biodiversidade”, Sorocaba, SP, Brazil, and its importance to conservation at the urban context Samuel Coelho, Eliana Cardoso Leite, Ana Carolina D. Castello.................................................................................62 Urban tree cover and human comfort in Campinas, Brazil Lea Yamaguchi Dobbert, Demóstenes F. da S. Filho, Jefferson Lordello Polizel ............................................................69 Challenges in implementing a Municipal Natural Park in a Petrochemical Pole: the case of the Natural Park Municipal Cotia-Pará, Cubatão (SP), Brazil Juliana F. de Castro, Sidnei Raimundo.......................................................................................................................73 Analysis of public spaces titled as “Park” in Sorocaba, SP, Brazil, as a subsidy for its management Mauricio Tavares da Mota, Eliana Cardoso Leite.......................................................................................................79 Impact of plat size in stock biomass of urban trees Sibipiruna (Poincianella pluviosa var. peltophoroides) in Maringá – PR Flávia Gizele König Brun, Demóstenes F. da S. Filho, Eleandro José Brun, Hilton Thadeu Z. do Couto........................80 Tree canopy cover assessment using the Urban Forest Index in São Carlos, SP (Brazil) Sabrina Mieko Viana, Demóstenes F. da S. Filho.......................................................................................................86

Concurrent Session C: Urban Forestry, Health and Well Being .......................................................................89 Creating a Tree Culture Mark Duntemann, Nicole Stuart...............................................................................................................................90

Concurrent Session D: Nature-based Recreation and Tourism ........................................................................91 The value of ecotourism to residents around a national park: Does proximity and perceptions matter?

Eugene Ejike Ezebilo.................................................................................................................................................92 The biobynamic agent course in Prudentópolis – Brazil: Strategy to preserve the araucaria moist forests using ecoturism as a tool for sustainable development Jasmine Cardozo Moreira, Vania M. M. dos Santos....................................................................................................95 Indicators for Sustainable Recreational Use of Forests and Other Natural Resources – Experiences from Northern Europe Tuija Sievänen, David Edwards, Peter Fredman, Frank Søndergaard Jensen, Odd Inge Vistad...................................96 Use of indicators as a tool for park visitation management Ginessa Corrêa Lemos, Getulio Batista Teixeira, Maria de Jesus Robim.....................................................................100 Managing tourism in protected areas from a landscape perspective: An exploratory study from Sweden Peter Fredman, Daniel Laven, Sandra Wall Reinius.................................................................................................102 Dilemmas and challenges to implementation the use public programme of protected area in São Paulo Metropolitan region, Brazil Sidnei Raimundo, Reinaldo T. B.Pacheco.................................................................................................................103 Indicators of landscape valuation - Serra do Mar State Park, Santa Virginia Nucleus, São Paulo, Brazil Juliana M. Bussolotti, Solange T. de L. Guimarães, Maria de Jesus Robim.................................................................108 The three-banded armadillo and the World Cup 2014: opportunities for the preservation of Caatinga Rodrigo Castro, Samuel Portela, Daniele Ronqui.....................................................................................................114

6

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Concurrent Session E: Community Values in Conservation ..........................................................................115 Visitor Management in Brazil Parks and Protected Areas: Benchmarking for Best Practices in Resource Management Robert C. Burns.......................................................................................................................................................116 Claiming space and identity in a contested landscape: Traditional agriculture in and around the Estação Ecológica de Juréia-Itatins Alaine Ball..............................................................................................................................................................122 Environment History and Education: Linking people and institutions to nature Douglas de S. Pimentel, Ana Angélica M. de Barros...................................................................................................129 Protected Areas for Regional Development in Latvia Evija Plone, Ilze Stokmane, Buļipopa Nataļja..........................................................................................................136 Do the sociocultural realities implies in production of tropical forestry seeds from Upper Xingu in Brazil?

Lilla Jessica Brokaw, Danilo I. Urzedo, José N.M.N. Costa, Edson J. V. Silva ............................................................137 Usage of plant resources of coastal ecosystems by the fishermen community in the Environmental Protection Area of the Restinga of Maricá, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil Patrick de Oliveira, Alexandre Verçosa Greco, Ana Angélica M. de Barros, Maria Célia R. Correia, Ana Tereza A. Rodarte, Douglas de S. Pimentel.............................................................................................................................................139

Concurrent Session F: Boosting Connectivity: Trans-boundary Parks and Corridors ...................................141 Environmental compensation and biodiversity bank in Brazil: Study Case Harpia harpya eagle at green farm CO² free project, Itaquiraí, MS Eder Zanetti, Luiz Samartano.................................................................................................................................142 Enlargement Protected Areas System by Increasing Connectivity Taiichi Ito, Akihiro Nakamura, Atsushi Kawabata....................................................................................................148

Concurrent Session G: Human – Wildlife Conflict Management ..................................................................149 Biocultural design: Weaving cultural landscapes into community-based enterprises in and around protected areas Iain Davidson-Hunt, Carlos Julián Idrobo, Michael Campbell..................................................................................150 Gourmets of the Juatinga Ecological Reserve, Brazilian Atlantic Forest: Culinary creativity through the lens of biocultural design Carlos Julián Idrobo, Iain Davidson-Hunt................................................................................................................151 Implementation of a national park over traditional lands of the Trindade community in Paraty, Brazil Natália C. Fidelis Bahia, Cristiana S. Seixas, Luciana G. Araujo, Juliana S. Farinaci, Paula Chamy.........................155 Practicalities of building co-management in complex landscapes: North East Australia’s tropical rainforest and reef Helen Ross...............................................................................................................................................................159 Sustainable territorial development in a marine reserve in coastal Brazil: is it feasible?

Rodrigo R. de Freitas, Cristiana S .Seixas................................................................................................................168 Sustainable rural community development in Western Uganda: Tourism’s potential to alleviate poverty and support community solidarity.

Michael Campbell....................................................................................................................................................172

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

7

Concurrent Session H: Conservação da Natureza e Desenvolvimento Rural (language: Portuguese) ..........179 The impact of timber forest management on the livelihoods of local managers: Case study of the Mamirauá Reserve of Sustainable Development Philippe Waldhoff, Saulo E. X. F. de Souza, Edson J. Vidal da Silva, Andrea Abdala...................................................180 Tropical forest seed production chain: Diagnosis in communities of Alto Xingu, Brazil Sarah D. de O. Andrade, Danilo I. de Urzedo, Edson J. Vidal da Silva......................................................................185 Legal forest reserv – transition from rural use to urban use Fernando Almeida Costa, Alisson Santos Neves, Natanael Antunes Abade.................................................................188

Concurrent Session I: Private Sector on Nature Conservation .......................................................................191 Mato Grosso healthy & prosper: Green Infrastructure proposal Eder Zanetti, Paulo Borges......................................................................................................................................192 Assessment of High conservation value areas in a private forest company (Fibria –Aracruz Unit) Ana Paula C. do Carmo, Ana Paula Pulito, Antonio do N. Gomes.............................................................................193 .

The importance of natural areas conservation in the private sector - a regional perspective Ivone Satsuki Namikawa, Samantha Nazaré de Paiva............................................................................................194 Monitoring ecological processes for Fibria’s Environmental Restoration Program Roberto Mediato, Angelo Conrado Moura, Tathiane Santi Sarcinelli, Juliano Ferreira Dias, Ana Paula Pulito............195 Biodiversity Conservation Planning for Klabin S.A. in Brazil: a corporate experience in partnership with The Nature Conservancy Giovana Baggio de Bruns, Leandro Baumgarten, Anna Julia Passold, Marcelo Matsumoto, Camila Kotsifas, Ivone Satsuki Namikawa, Samantha Nazaré de Paiva, Mireli Moura Pitz....................................................................................197 Innovation and Biodiversity Conservation Vinicius S. G. dos Reis, João Carlos Augusti, Ana Paula Pulito..................................................................................199

Index of Authors ................................................................................................................................................201

8

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

9

Introduction Teresa Cristina Magro and Demóstenes Ferreira da Silva Filho

It´s a challenging task to keep the ecological functions and values of protected areas alive around the world and especially in Brazil. This involves a variety of expertise. By identifying the social values beyond the knowledge of natural environments associated with these areas, we may come closer to achieving the fundamental objectives of nature conservation. Also, we need key strategies for improving the quality of urban life. We have a good number of protected areas around the world, but most of them are far from urban centers. Having semi-natural environments close to urban areas and recovering some sites within cities provides a chance for people to live a healthier life, both physically and spiritually. And also fulfills the function of protection of water resources and other ecosystem services.

These reflections prompted us to design the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference (PAPM 2013) in Foz do Iguaçu, PR, Brazil, April 21th through April 26th. This international meeting was organized by Section 6:04:00 - Nature conservation and protected areas of the IUFRO (International Union of Forest Research Organizations).

IUFRO is a non-profit, non-governmental international network of forest scientists, which promotes global cooperation in forest-related research and enhances the understanding of the ecological, economic and social aspects of forests (http://www.iufro.org/). Our intent was to bring together relevant researchers in the forest sector, working with social aspects of forests and forestry. After an intensive week, participants and invited speakers had the opportunity to find new inspiration in their daily work after sharing this special “place” - Iguazu National Park.

We firmly believe that environmental research has a strong human and social component. This reflects interesting contributions on the following sessions reported in this document: 1) Conservation and Sustainable Rural Development in Contested Landscapes: International Perspectives, 2) Urban Forestry, Health and Well Being, 3) Nature-based Recreation and Tourism, 4) Community Values in Conservation, 5) Boosting Connectivity: Transboundary Parks and Corridors, 6) Human – Wildlife Conflict Management, 7) Nature Conservation and Rural Development, 8) Private Sector on Nature Conversation. We would like to thanks the session coordinators who devoted much of their time during the conference to the smooth functioning of each section.

Ensuring the scientific quality, each submitted abstract was reviewed by two experts. We are very grateful to all the reviewers for their support and comments in this process. The accepted works for presentation at the conference comprise this volume. The authors had the choice of submitting a simple summary or an expanded one. The order of presentation of the work in the respective sections was used to compose this volume. And two invited keynote speakers are included. At the end of this publication we included an index of authors. We hope it will make easier to find your contributions.

10

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

During the sessions, some presentations focused on the social aspects of conservation and aimed to stimulate discussions on how to improve the management of protected areas in Brazil, a country with up to 1, 5 million square kilometers divided over 1700 protected unities. Financial concerns are not an exclusive issue for the undeveloped countries anymore. It carries a big challenge for society on how to manage these areas. The conference organizers wants to emphasize that the admission of the social importance of conservation is a societal interest and that research must point towards finding different values in each ecosystem or protected area.

Using sense of place is a necessary concept in the process leading to recognition of these values. Understanding the role of different meanings of “place”, conservationists will admit that protected areas are better identified by meaningful stakeholders, governments – local, state and federal - , and the private sector. We also want to remembers that it´s important to combine forces in order to come to new research – and management methods.

When this is taken in account it will lead to a growing recognition of the importance of conservation units and its value. As a result social actors will show more willingness to cooperate amongst themselves in a dynamic and sensible way in order to preserve the “place“ and this consequently contributes to the quality of life of everyone.

Thanks to people and institutions that contributed to PAPM 2013, specially to the Scientific Committee and the commission of organizers. We are sincerely grateful to the sponsors: CAPES, CNPq, Fundação Grupo o Boticário de Proteção à Natureza, Itaipu Binacional, Klabin, Fealq; and to the partners: Instituto Chico Mendes de Conservação da Biodiversidade (ICMBio), Administración de Parques Nacionales (APN), Parque Nacional do Iguaçu, Parque Nacional Iguazú, Restaurante Porto Canoas, Cataratas do Iguaçu S/A, Iguassu Convention & Visitors Bureau. Itaipu Binacional also contributed with logistic and place for scientific sessions, thus we are very thankful. We are also thankful to the coordinators of the scientific sessions, who dedicated a lot of time during the conference, and mainly to the readiness of the participants of PAPM 2013 conference, which was reflected in the punctuality and quality of lectures, discussions and work presentations. We are sincerely grateful to everyone.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

11

12

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

K E Y N O T E

A D R E S S E S

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

13

14

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Keynote Adresses

Making Sense of Place: Enhancing Protected Area Experience and Governance Daniel R. Williams 1 Research Social Scientist, US Forest Service, Rocky Mountain Research Station, Fort Collins, Colorado USA 1

drwilliams@fs.fed.us www.fs.fed.us/rm/human-dimensions

Introduction My career-long journey to understand “place making� began 34 years ago, when I started my graduate studies.

I was involved in a survey of visitors to Canyonlands National Park, a relatively undeveloped park in southern Utah. We asked visitors a simple question: Which was the more important reason for visiting the park: “I like the park itself � or “It is a good place to go for four-Wheeling� (referring to the use of their off-road vehicle)? We found that how this question was answered revealed much about visitor motives and behaviors. Our findings cemented my belief that visitor use studies had not paid enough attention to the visitors’ “relationships to places�. In fact the majority (65%) rated the “park itself � as their primary motivation and therefore sought a very different experience from those who said their primary reason was that the park was a good place for 4-Wheeling. I mention this because, at that time, outdoor recreation places were understood as “substitutable commodities� -- as means to some experiential goal rather than an experiential end in itself.

Building on these initial studies, I have subsequently spent most of my career exploring the connection between the concept of “place� and conservation practice. My goal for this presentation is to “unpack� the idea of place-making which, in the English language literature, has many parts and meanings. Hopefully I can illuminate this topic in a way that will help set the tone for this conference. I will focus on this basic question: What does place and place making have to do

with protected area conservation? There are two facets to this work as it pertains to protected areas. One comes from the perspective of experiencing places (for example as a tourist) and the other involves governing places (as the core practice of protected area management).

Place-making, both as experience and governance, can be viewed through four conceptual lenses: R5 %#(!5- (- 5) 5\*& ]575Äť 5 )( *.5) 5*& 5 -5 51 35 to organize conservation practice.

R5 %#(!5- (- 5) 5\*& 5' %#(!]5 75 . ,# &5 ( 5-) # &5 practices that govern places.

R5 %#(!5 \- (- 5 ) 5 *& ]5 75 #-#.),5 ( 5 , -# (.5 relationships to place.

R5 %#(!5\- (-# & ]5*& -575Äť 5 ,.65- # ( 65 ( 5*)&#.# -5 of sustainable governance of protected places.

The first lens focuses on a basic understanding of place as a concept. The second focuses on understanding the social processes that govern and transform places. These two are very active concerns of human geographers and it is important to examine how human geographers study place and place making to understand place making as an outcome of experiencing a place and as an aim of professional practice. The third lens refers to the arena of place making that comes from everyday interactions with places, whether as visitors or residents and has been the focus of much of my empirical research over the course of my career. The fourth lens turns our attention to place making as the spontaneous

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

15

Keynote Adresses

and deliberate efforts of people to try to shape and govern the landscape. This topic brings with it a range of normative considerations as to what constitutes a good place and the best practices for making better places.

Making Sense of ‘Place’ What makes a place, a place? There is a working consensus among scholars that place embodies three elements. First, there is a materiality to place. Places have shape and features that distinguish them in space as a locale or setting. These features are both natural and built. Second, places are “located�. What distinguishes place from mere physical reality is that a place has humanly imposed boundaries, dimensionality and scale. Third, and most important, places carry meaning and significance. Places have histories that shape and define cultures and individual identities. These are hard to capture and appreciate in resource assessments but they are critically important to people who affiliate with these places. We can’t just look at protected areas as biodiversity reserves for example. Much of the debate among those who study sense of places comes down to different assumptions about the original locus of meaning.

Rather than argue, as some have, that place meaning can be definitively linked to material, experiential, or socio-cultural factors, I think it is better to look at meanings as a four-layer cake. This is especially so when you consider the diversity of disciplinary perspectives.

First, certain places or landscape features can be said to have some inherent meaning that transcends cultures.

Second, people learn to perceive and experience the environment in instrumental ways – to meet individual needs. Third places have socio-cultural meanings, which have to do with the way they symbolize group membership, shared culture, and common history. But here different groups might assign very quite different meaning to the symbolism. Finally, it is important to recognize the very personal way certain places become meaningful to individuals.

16

Making Sense of ‘Place Making’ Turning to the idea of place making as a central theme of the conference, I think the idea of place making is aptly captured in this quote by Gieryn (2000): “Places are not only materially carved out of space but interpreted, narrated, understood, felt, and imagined – their meanings are pliable in the hands of different people or cultures, malleable over time, and inevitably contested� (p. 465). This statement emphasizes how places are socially created, how their meaning varies across different groups and cultures, change over time (they are not static – though we often try to manage them as if they are), and most importantly how their meanings are invariably contested. In everyday life, we take the existence of place for granted. Yet, if there is a central focus in human geography it is how humans fashion their world into places. Geographers pay attention to both the material practices of place making – what we do physically to transform the landscape, build cities, homes, streets, etc. -- as well as the social or discursive practices of interaction with the landscape, such as through tourism. Place naming, for example, is one of these discursive practices. Think about the meaning of place names like Brazil, the Amazon, Rio de Janeiro, or Foz do Iguacu.

Robert Sack (1992) illustrates this geographic process ) 5\*& 5' %#(!]5 351 35) 5 5 )'*& 25Ĺ€!/, 5B 5 #!/, 5 1). He starts by dividing the forces that make up place into three categories. For him places are the confluence of nature (or materiality), and social relations (e.g., economic relations, political processes) and meaning (such as religion and other sources of belief ). Place weaves these forces or processes together. He adds a fourth aspect he calls perspectives. Awareness of place involves multiple perspectives or views ranging from an intimate, embedded view from somewhere to an abstract, remote view from nowhere. The key idea represented in this dimension is that our knowledge, experience, and values towards a place vary along a continuum between somewhere and nowhere. This perspective exists in a vertical plane relative to the place forces (which occupy the horizontal plane). A good illustration of the difference between the view from somewhere and nowhere is how I initially investigated the venue for

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Keynote Adresses

this conference, Foz do Iguacu. I read accounts on Wikipedia and used Google Maps and got the view from nowhere. This gives the “birds-eye” or God’s eye view of a place. Even the street view in Google is still an experience from nowhere as you can’t get that truly intimate feeling for a place compared to experiencing it first-hand. But even as I began to experience Foz do Iguacu first hand yesterday, my experience is still largely that of an outsider compared to a Brazilian or a local resident who can read and interpret what they see and feel from a different, more local cultural perspective.

One of the ideas driving place-based thinking is the recognition of competing forms of knowledge existing along this continuum from somewhere to nowhere.

Figure 1 illustrates examples of Knowledge and social relations organized at various levels of contextual specificity (e.g., traditional ecological versus scientific knowledge) and also shows how scientific knowledge tends to become “dis-integrated” over time – not more integrated. Though modern society tends to “privilege” the view from nowhere, the subjective world of day-today place (somewhere) is also part of reality and needs to be included in scientific accounts of reality.

To summarize my way of thinking about place making I offer a definition, adapted from one that recently appeared in Pierce et al. (2011): Place making refers to the set of social, political, and material practices by which people construct and contest the experiential geographies in which they live, work and play.

Making ‘Sense of Place’ A third lens by which we can discuss place focuses on everyday interactions with places whether as visitors or residents. Recreation and tourism are important contexts within which people develop relationships to places (senses of place). Place is a core notion in tourism in part because tourism trades on the character of places.

In addition, park users often develop bonds with the park over time (recall my early work at Canyonlands National Park, where I found that 65% said they visited for the place itself ). Likewise local residents hold special

meanings for these locales, which are sometimes in conflict with visitors. So the governance of parks and protected areas often involves a delicate balance as local residents livelihoods are intertwined with the place whether as providers of tourist services, or users of the landscape for other aspects of their livelihoods.

This idea of building relationships to places hasn’t always been widely recognized in conservation practice.

Again my early work in Canyonlands National Park was motivated by my own sense that the place itself didn’t seem to matter in the research models of the day.

Instead managers adopted what I called the commodity or consumer model in which parks were considered substitutable so long as the alternative satisfied the same experience goals. In a recent study at Rocky Mountain National Park (RMNP), for example, we highlighted two statements that exemplify these different orientations to the place. Representing the “commodity model” one visitor wrote on an open-ended section of a survey (Brook et al., 2006): “I was pleasantly surprised by the quality of RMNP. I expected the trails, picnic areas, and campsites to show signs of the large number of people who visit June-August. Overall I found the trails well maintained and the campsites in good shape and clean!

I only found a few pieces of litter in the campsites during my stay.” Representing the “relationship model” on the same survey another visitor offered the following comment: “I love RMNP. It was a special place that my family would always visit every year from the time I was 6 months old. Every year I visit as much as possible.

Anything that can be done to preserve this area would just be great, so that I can bring my children to visit. I hope to carry on my family tradition in this way and have my children love and respect RMNP as much as my parents have taught me to do so.” Going back to Figure 1 we can consider these as different lenses between somewhere and nowhere, with the idea of identifying places as an experience of place closer to somewhere, whereas merely consuming places is more of an experience from nowhere. Likewise local residents in and around protected areas have meanings, bonds and relationships that matter and need to be considered in decision making. Again these meanings are diverse, sometimes contested within the community.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

17

Keynote Adresses

Making ‘Sensible’ Places Now I shift from the lens of describing place making (as the social, political, and material practices by which people construct and contest the experiential geographies in which they live, work and play) to a fourth lens that involves prescribing a set of (normative) practices for making better (more sensible) places.

The theme of this conference, place making, builds on a normative definition offered by the Project for Public Spaces in which place making is described as “a multi-faceted approach to the planning, design and management of public spaces [for] creating good public spaces that promote people’s health, happiness, and well being� (PPS, 2013). But what people consider to be “sensible� or good places varies widely and often leads to confusion about what people mean by sense of place. Looking across the literature, I see three major prescriptive (normative, political) ideas about 1" .5 )(-.#./. -5 !)) 5 ),5 \- (-# & ]5 *& -85 5 #,-.5 ." , 5 is the idea of ecological stewardship (place as bios), which argues that good places are ones that work in harmony with nature. Second, coming out of the communitarian political philosophy there is the idea of place as ethnos, referring to shared ways of life and parochial attachments. Third, geographers have tried to articulate the idea of place as demos characterized as a progressive, cosmopolitan or global sense of place, which forms the basis for a “political commons� in an increasingly globalized world dominated by plurality and difference (See Williams and Van Patten, 2006).

This latter perspective is important for the concept of governance or the way in which “sensible places� fits into conservation and resource management as a sociopolitical process.Thinking of sense of place as an ongoing, often contested social creation helps us recognize that people have strongly held but competing meanings or claims. We cannot wish away the very ambiguous situation that the value and meaning of a place is “up for debate� rather than grounded in ethics, science or some technical assessment. Thus these competing claims are not subject to “rational� control or management, but instead must be politically adjudicated.

The challenge of place making in conservation practice

18

is finding a balance among these different normative conceptions of place (bios, ethnos and demos) -- a balance requiring a complex mix of parochial attachments, cosmopolitan openness and diversity, and environmental stewardship. Thus, taking some liberties with the PPS definition of place making, I would suggest the following definition: a multi-faceted and inclusive approach to the planning, design and governance of (usually) public spaces with the aim of creating a shared sense of a place that promotes human well being and environmental stewardship. The argument I am making here is that “place� functions as both a context for governance -- gives adaptive governance its structure – and is constituted by governance process (e.g., placemaking, contestation). Broadly conceived governance involves “place centric� coordination of networks, and collaboration across diverse actors and organizations.

This coordination may be unplanned emergent as well as intentional or purposeful.

Conclusion There is much yet to learn about collaborative place based governance and conservation, but let me close by suggesting a few key ideas that came from my recently published book, Place-Based Conservation (Stewart et al., 2013).

R5 )!(#4 5 \&) &]5 *& 5 -* #Ĺ€ 5 ' (#(!-5 ( 5 sentiments (e.g., using participatory mapping of place meanings, values and uses and establishing “learning circlesâ€? to elicit place specific knowledge and stories) R5 (.# 35 **,)*,# . 5,)& -5 ),5 2* ,.5%()1& !

R5 /&.#0 . 5( 15 " (( &-5) 5 )''/(# .#)( R5 0 &)*5 #0# 5 * #.35 ),5* ,.# #* .#)(5B 8!865 (! ! 5 volunteers as place-makers) R5 /-.)'#4 5 ( 5 )(. 2./ &#4 5!)0 ,( ( 5-., . !# -5 Integrate multiple geographic scales of analysis and collaboration

To summarize: R5 & 5#-5")15* )*& 5' % 5- (- 5) 5." 51),&

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Keynote Adresses

R5 )*& 5 ),'5 )( -5 ( 5, & .#)(-"#*-51#."5*& -5." .5 give meaning and identity to their lives R5 - ,#*.#0 &365 *& 5 ' %#(!5 #(0)&0 -5 ' . ,# &5 ( 5 discursive practices of diverse competing institutions and actors operating at different scales R5 , - ,#*.#0 &35 *& 5 ' %#(!5 #-5 ." 5 )(!)#(!5 *,) --5

of many actors guided by competing norms of what constitutes a good place R5 )0 ,(#(!5 *,). . 5 , -5 #(5 (5 , 5 ) 5 '/&.#7- & 5 complexity requires collaborative approaches that bring diverse points of view from somewhere to nowhere together

Figure 1. Sack’s geographic framework on place applied to knowledge, experience, and governance of conservation areas.

Related References and Literature Cited Brooks, J. J., Wallace, G., & Williams, D. R. (2006).

Place as a relationship partner. Leisure Sciences, 28, 331-349.

PPS (2013). What is placemaking? http://www.pps. org/reference/what_is_placemaking/ (accessed July 9, 2013).

Gieryn, T. (2000). A space for place. Annual Review of Sociology, 26, 463-496.

Pierce, J., Martin, D. G., & Murphy, J. T. (2011).

Relational place-making: The networked politics of place. Transactions of the Institute or British Geography, 36, 54-70.

Sack, R. D. (1992). Place, modernity and the consumer’s world. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.

Stewart, W.P., Williams, D. R., & Kruger, L. E. (Eds.), Place-based conservation: Perspectives from the social sciences. Springer Publications.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

19

Keynote Adresses

Williams, D. R. (2008). Pluralities of place: A user’s guide to place concepts, theories, and philosophies in natural resource management. In L. Kruger, T. Hall, & M. Stiefel (Tech. Eds.), Understanding concepts of place in recreation research and management (USDA Forest Service, Tech. Report PNW-GTR-744, pp. 7-30). Portland, OR: Pacific Northwest Research Station.

Williams, D. R., & Van Patten, S. R. (2006). Home and away? Creating identities and sustaining places in a multi-centred world. In N. McIntyre, D. R. Williams & K. E. McHugh (eds.), Multiple dwelling and tourism: Negotiating place, home and identity (pp. 32-50). Cambridge, MA: CABI. Williams, D. R. (2002). The social construction of Arctic wilderness: Place meanings, value pluralism, and globalization. In A. Watson, L. Alessa, & J. Sproull (Comps.), Wilderness in the Circumpolar North: Searching for compatibility in traditional, ecotourism and ecological values (Proc.

RMRS-P-26, pp. 120-132). Ogden, UT: U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Rocky Mountain Research Station.

Williams, D. R., & Patterson, M. E. (1996).

Environmental meaning and ecosystem management: Perspectives from environmental psychology and human geography. Society and Natural Resources, 9, 507-521.

20

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Keynote Adresses

Integrating People’s Diverse Needs into Collaborative Forest Management: Is it Possible?

Taylor V. Stein 1

1

Professor, School of Forest Resources and Conservation University of Florida

It is challenging, and practically impossible, to solve any major problem facing communities and regions today without multiple parties coming together to develop and implement complicated solutions. The field of natural resource management is replete with issues composed of a variety of stakeholders who have drastically contrasting values and firm opinions about the environmental issue under debate. Therefore, planning strategies and decision-making processes that bring diverse stakeholders together to develop realistic land management tools that integrate people’s diverse needs are needed.

This paper provides a broad overview of the concept of collaboration and briefly discusses two case studies of unique collaborative strategies. There are a variety of ways to think about collaboration, but for purposes here, collaboration is the “pooling of knowledge, skills and/or tangible resources, e.g., information money, labor, etc. by two or more stakeholders to solve a set of problems, which neither can solve individually” (Gray, 1985, p. 912).

Even with this definition, collaboration is a very broad concept, and it might be difficult to put into practice. To help operationalize the collaborative concept, a variety of authors (Wondolleck and Yaffee, 2000; Steiner, 2008) have attempted to describe key elements necessary to successfully implement collaboration on both small (e.g., working with a researcher on a specific problem) or large scales (e.g., planning and managing a world biome spread that crosses multiple national boundaries, like the Amazon). Several key elements necessary for successful collaboration include:

Leadership: The overall collaborative process and the specific strategies involved in the process must have a leader and organizer. If no person or organization is initiating the overall process and specific strategies, the process will likely be forgotten and ignored.

Two-way communication: Collaboration is not a synonym for education. Both the powerful players in the process (e.g., government agencies) must listen to and learn from the less powerful players (e.g., community residents and small businesses).

Flexibility and openness: Although a collaborative strategy should be planned, implementers of the process must understand that they need to adapt to unforeseen challenges and opportunities. Also, although not all stakeholders will be invited to participate in every aspect of the process, all stakeholders should have the ability to follow and understand the process.

Accessible: All stakeholders must have the opportunity to play some role in the collaborative process.

Agreement: Major decisions must have some sort of agreement by the representatives of the major stakeholders in the process. These decisions could be simple decisions like when a meeting should be scheduled, as well as, the final approval of a plan.

Progress: Meetings should clearly move the process forward. If participants believe they are putting their time into meetings that are not productive the process will quickly fail.

Active Involvement: Strategies should be developed that give all stakeholders some active role in the process. Meeting that inspire and promote new ideas

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

21

Keynote Adresses

and solutions will motivate participants to continue to participate in the process and take part in the final solutions.

Reward Participation: Not only should participants feel like their participation is resulting in tangible rewards for their organizations, but the leader of the collaborative process should acknowledge all participants’ participation in some way that shows that their work is valued.

Case Study 1: U.S. Cooperative for Conserved Forests The state of Florida in the southeastern U.S. is more known for its beaches and amusement parks than for its forests; however, over half of Florida’s land base is forested and a variety of government agencies are working to conserve these forests in the face of increased urban development. In 2007, seven Florida public land management agencies developed a cooperative, known as Conserved Forest Ecosystems: Outreach and Research (CFEOR), under the administration of the School of Forest Resources and Conservation at the University of Florida to collaboratively develop scientific solutions to difficult forest management problems (Kreye, 2012).

This collaborative process is particularly successful in showing good two-way communication through biannual steering committee meetings, active outreach and scientific sub-committees, and a bi-weekly newsletter composed of articles written by all CFEOR members.

CFEOR struggles by missing a few key elements.

Specifically, participants often do not see rewards in their participation. Often CFEOR meetings do not actively result in tangible results for participating members, so it is difficult to maintain consistent participation among agency representatives.

Case Study 2: Community-based Conservation In 1985, the Community Baboon Sanctuary (CBS) in Belize was established to protect black howler monkey populations and their forest habitat along the Belize River about 40 miles northeast of Belize City. It is a fairly unique area because the land is entirely privately owned, and is protected through voluntary agreements from the 220 households who live in the area (Wyman

22

and Stein, 2010). These agreements are based around two conservation strategies. First, residents who own riparian land were asked to make a pledge to protect the monkey habitat. Second, the communities within the CBS were hoping to capitalize on nature-based tourism to the area, with howler monkeys serving as the main attraction. This required healthy monkey habitat and a commitment from landowners to ensure the habitat is sustained and accessible (Wyman and Stein, 2010).

Today, CBS is struggling to ensure healthy livelihoods for residents and simultaneously conserve howler monkey habitat. In terms of the essential elements of collaboration, participants had access to all strategies of the process if they chose (Wyman and Stein, 2010). They also had many opportunities for active involvement. In fact, CBS was close to becoming a model for community based conservation because of the ample opportunities for community residents to both conserve and improve their livelihoods. However, the process was initially conceived and implemented by people outside the community, so there was no true leader of the process.

Since this is a unique example of a conserved property not managed by a government agency, community residents had to develop a leader on their own to move through the process. Leadership was inconsistent and often not apparent, so a collaborative process to ensure conservation and tourism practices were sustained never fully developed.

Conclusion As evidenced in these case studies, collaboration is difficult. However, researchers and natural resource managers are continually identifying new strategies and techniques to better integrate people’s diverse needs into natural resource decision-making. All natural resource managers need to understand that collaboration can be a logical solution to many of the issues they work with, but it requires strong and effective science, planning, and management to truly be successful.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Keynote Adresses

tCitations Kreye, Melissa. 2012. CFEOR Annual Report.

University of Florida, School of Forest Resources and Conservation: Gainesville, FL. 16 pp.

Gray, Barbara. 1985. Conditions facilitating interorganizational collaboration. Human Relations 38: 912.

Steiner, Frederick. 2008. The Living Landscape: An Ecological Approach to Landscape Planning. New York: McGraw-Hill, Inc. 470 pp.

Wondolleck, Julia M. and Steven L. Yaffee. 2000.

Making Collaboration Work: Lessons from Innovations in Natural Resource Management.

Island Press: Washington, D.C. 277 pp.

Wyman, Miriam and Taylor Stein. 2010. Examining the linkages between community benefits, place-based meanings, and conservation program involvement: A study within the Community Baboon Sanctuary, Belize. Society and Natural Resources 23 (6): 542556.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

23

24

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Concurrent Session A1 Conservation and Sustainable Rural Development in Contested Landscapes: International Perspectives

Session organizer:

Michael Campbell, Professor and Director Natural Resources, Institute University of Manitoba, Canada.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

25

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Reconnecting social-ecological systems: biocultural conservation in protected areas Fikret Berkes 1 1

Natural Resources Institute, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, MB R3T 2N2 Canada 1

berkes@cc.umanitoba.ca

Keywords: biodiversity, cultural diversity, social-ecological systems, indigenous peoples, biocultural conservation Modern society seems to have disconnected itself from nature. Can this process be reversed? Reconnecting humans to the biosphere requires a new social contract for sustainability based on a shift of perception from people and nature seen as separate parts, to interacting, co-evolving and interdependent social-ecological systems. Here I make the argument that we already have working examples of reconnected social and ecological systems to conserve biological and cultural diversity together (i.e., biocultural conservation). Many of these examples involve indigenous groups and are based on indigenous views of sustainability and stewardship. Some of these systems are recognized and supported by formal protected area governance systems, and some are not. These experiences provide valuable lessons on how to involve local communities in the process of conservation. What are some of the alternative conservation pathways embracing a biocultural approach? How can such an approach be adopted, and what policy mechanisms can be used?

What are some of the challenges?

I use biocultural conservation examples from Canada, Namibia, Mexico, and Colombia to explore these questions, based on ongoing participatory projects at the Natural Resources Institute, University of Manitoba. These examples show that conservation planning is beginning (a) to deal with multifunctional and/or cultural landscapes; (b) to accommodate multiple objectives of the local people (political, social, cultural, and environmental) and their livelihoods; and (c) to address multi-level governance needs. Canada, Mexico, and Colombia cases show that existing social-

26

ecological systems (with people living in and making a livelihood from a protected area) are consistent with conservation. In Namibia, as in most of Africa, longstanding policies exclude people from national parks.

However, there are possibilities for re-connecting social-ecological systems in the Namibia case (Etosha National Park) by providing local people access to the Park for specific livelihood needs at specific times that may be made compatible with conservation.

Is reconnecting social-ecological systems in protected areas a realistic policy goal? Obviously, this approach cannot be used everywhere. But where communitybased resource management institutions and local stewardship ethics exist, it may be feasible.

International conservation is increasingly recognizing the need to involve local communities as conservation partners. At the international level, policy mechanisms to assist biocultural conservation include (1) flexibility under IUCN Category V and VI protected areas; (2) recognition of Indigenous and Community Conserved areas (ICCAs); and (3) recognition of local and indigenous knowledge and ways to combine such knowledge with science. The relatively new IUCN categories V and VI are consistent with biocultural conservation. In fact, Brazilian Extractive Reserves served as the basis for the development of IUCN Category VI protected areas. Conservation in a rapidly changing complex world requires collaborative approaches with partnerships, social/institutional learning and adaptive governance to design finegrained conservation, and stewardship ethics with cultural connections to the land.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Conservation and Sustainable Rural Development in Contested Landscapes: International Perspectives

Contested landscapes in Brazilian coast: lessons from two case studies in Santa Catarina Natalia Hanazaki1, Mel Simionato Marques2, Elaine Mitie Nakamura3 1

Laboratório de Ecologia Humana e Etnobotânica, Centro de Ciências Biológicas – Departamento de Ecologia e Zoologia. Universidade Federal de Santa Catarina, Florianópolis-SC, Brasil.

1

natalia@ccb.ufsc.br

Programa de Pós-Graduação em Biologia de Fungos, Algas e Plantas. Laboratório de Ecologia Humana e Etnobotânica, Centro de Ciências Biológicas – Departamento de Ecologia e Zoologia. Universidade Federal de Santa Catarina, Florianópolis-SC, Brasil.

2

2

3

melsimimar@gmail.com

Programa de Pós-Graduação em Ecologia. Laboratório de Ecologia Humana e Etnobotânica, Centro de Ciências Biológicas – Departamento de Ecologia e Zoologia. Universidade Federal de Santa Catarina, Florianópolis-SC, Brasil.

3

elainemitie@gmail.com

Keywords: Protected areas, Atlantic forest, traditional ecological knowledge Introduction One major mechanism of in situ conservation is the creation of protected areas, known in Brazilian context as conservation units. According to Brazilian legislation, these protected areas can be created under different categories, depending on the constraints of resource use. These categories are divided into two major groups: integral protection, which allows only indirect uses, and sustainable use, which allows the direct uses of resources with some restraints.

The protected areas are often created in areas where local and traditional people live and/or use the natural resources, relying on some degree of local biodiversity, creating conflicts between the goals of conservation and the livelihoods of these populations (Carrillo and Charvet, 1994; Diegues, 2000). Adding complexity to this scenario, the definition of local or traditional people is not consensual. According to the Federal Decree number 6040 (Brasil, 2007), which establishes the National Policy for the Sustainable Development of Traditional Peoples and Communities, peoples and traditional communities are “culturally diverse groups and who recognize themselves as such, who have their

own forms of social organization, and who occupy and use territories and natural resources as a condition for their cultural, social, religious, ancestral and economic reproduction, using knowledge, innovations and practices generated and transmitted by tradition”.

The same law defines traditional territories as the spaces needed for the cultural, social and economic reproduction of traditional peoples and communities, whether they are used on a permanent or temporary basis (Brasil, 2007), thus creating a clear association between traditional peoples or communities and territorial areas which can be delimited, at least in part.

The concept of traditional areas can also be related to traditional landscapes ( Johnson and Hunt, 2012) or areas in which the historical and continued use and management through traditional practices have resulted particular features of the landscape. However, given the overlapping uses and interests in the same area, these landscapes may be subject to several conflicts, whether they are (or not) officially declared as traditional territories, protected areas or regarded as traditional landscapes. The existence of contested landscapes is usually known where a protected area is

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

27

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

created encompassing parts of a traditional land, when not the whole of it. In this paper we explore two cases where contested landscapes between protected areas and traditional lands are still unsolved. Both cases are from the southern Brazilian coast, in Santa Catarina state.

The Brazilian coast is undergoing a process of increasing occupancy, being target of urbanization and real state land speculation. In Santa Catarina, the situation does not differ from the national scenario, and economic interests overlaps the biological conservation goals in threatened ecosystems, and the areas intended for this purpose are scarce. The local and traditional people are also embedded in the context in which, on the one hand, there are strong pressures for economic growth and, on the other, there is the need to protect the environment encompassing these threatened ecosystems. Regarding protected areas, the dispute over territories and rights is observed both in cases of areas created for integral protection, where the establishment of the protected area imposes restrictions on use of land and resources, as in cases of areas for sustainable use, whose creation whose creation must have been under a local initiative.

In this paper we use an approach based in the understanding of the ethnoecology and ethnobotany of traditional people in these areas to discuss the contested landscapes. Such approaches allow the understanding of the patterns of use of resources and habitats by local people and the local or traditional knowledge associated with these uses and practices, supporting discussions on the use and conservation by reinforcing the importance of biodiversity conservation combined with social diversity, and adding elements for the controversial discussions about traditional peoples.

The cases studied One of the cases we analyze here is the integral protection area recently created as a measure of environmental compensation due to the installation of a steel company in the municipality of São Francisco do Sul, called Acaraí State Park (Parque Estadual do

28

Acaraí). The environmental relevance of this area is unquestionable, but parts of its boundaries include traditional lands used by local people for artisanal fishing, plant harvesting and small-scale farming (Foppa and Medeiros 2011). Although the local people do not live within this area, there are sites related to the history of this community that became inaccessible. The second case analyzed here is related to another area with high environmental relevance, where traditional people also practice small-scale farming and plant harvesting, in the municipality of Imbituba, called Areais da Ribanceira (Hanazaki et al. 2012, Zank and Hanazaki 2012). This area is already within a protection regime through the Environmental Protected Area of the Southern Right Whale (Área de Proteção Ambiental da Baleia Franca). However, this protection regime is not enough to assure the permanence of traditional practices and of the traditional people. Thus, a community-based organization is requesting the creation of another protected area for Sustainable Development (Reserva de Desenvolvimento Sustentável dos Areais da Ribanceira), but with no success due to the economic and political forces in the region (Zank et al. 2012).

The areas studied are located in Santa Catarina coast: São Francisco do Sul, at the northern part of the coast, and Imbituba, at the southern-central portion. Both are located in the area of the Atlantic Forest domain and have “restinga” sand dune vegetation between their main ecosystems. The “restinga” is composed mostly of endemic vegetation, which includes herbs, shrubs and small trees in sandy areas under influence of sea salinity (Falkenberg 1999). In São Francisco do Sul there are also important areas of mangroves and a fragile estuarine system. Some socioeconomic characteristics are common to both areas, such as the occupation of the territory by farmers and fishermen, and the historical importance of gardens of cassava (Manihot esculenta) to supply flour mills, being currently an activity in decline across the whole coast. Growing plants for food and medicinal gardens and backyards, as well as the extraction of wild plants are present in both sites, for local consumption. The extraction of species for marketing also occurs in areas of study such as the fern Rumohra adiantiformis in São Francisco

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Conservation and Sustainable Rural Development in Contested Landscapes: International Perspectives

do Sul and the fruits of the palm Butia catarinensis in Imbituba (Figure 1).

a

b

Figure 1: Two important plant resources harvested: a) Rumohra adiantiformis in São Francisco do Sul, and b) fruits

of Butia catarinensis in Imbituba (photos by M.S. Marques and L. Kumagai)

In São Francisco do Sul, the Acaraí State Park, an integral protection area, was created in 2005 and since then there are controversial discussions on the rights of traditional people who live around this protected area. We developed two studies on the use of resources and habitats in the region, seeking to contribute to understanding the relationship between human populations and neighboring protected area.

The studies focused on the cultivation and extraction of plant resources (Marques 2013) and in local food resources and habitat uses by the surrounding communities (Nakamura 2013), in three communities surrounding the park – two with urban characteristics, by the seaside, and one with rural characteristics, by the river. We checked some conflicts related to resource use in the region, such as fishing in the Acaraí river and extraction of non-timber forest products such as ferns (Rumohra adiantiformis) and mosses (Sphagnum spp.). A total of 242 plant species are used in the three communities. Most cited plants grown in the surrounding communities were the species of Citrus spp., seasonings such as Petroselinum crispum and Allium fistulosum, and different varieties of Manihot esculenta and Brassica oleracea. Native plants were also harvested, such as Varronia curassavica (for medicine) Eugenia uniflora (for medicine and food), Butia catarinensis (food and crafts), Rumohra adiantiformis (ornamental, harvested with commercial purposes), and Eupatorium cf. inulifolium (medicinal). The

consumption of dairy products, originated from the use of habitats near the houses, and processed products of cassava (Manihot esculenta) also helps to understand the local dependence and use of natural resources.

Fishing in the Acaraí river is part of local livelihoods, especially in the community with rural characteristics.

The main fish resources are Geophagus brasiliensis, Eugerres brasilianus, Micropogonias furnieri, Centropomus undecimalis and Mugil liza. Fishing for Geophagus brasiliensis is a social activity, which binds local families to the Acaraí river.

Different plant resources are used within the environmental mosaic that constitutes the Areais Ribanceira, in Imbituba municipality. According to Hanazaki et al. (2012), these resources include agrobiodiversity (mainly varieties of Manihot esculenta) and native biodiversity (especially Butia catarinensis and medicinal plants). Unlike South San Francisco, agricultural activities are more present and annual planting areas range from 0.5 to 5ha and are used between 6 months to 2 years, with 1-5 years of fallow. We registered 30 varieties of bitter cassava and 15 of sweet cassava (“aipins”), used to feed local families and livestock. We identified 197 species of medicinal plants, many of them harvested from areas of native vegetation. The ethnobotanical studies summarized in Hanazaki et al. (2012) started from a demand from the community, which was already in the process of requesting the establishment of the protected area of sustainable use. The region has intense land conflicts, with diverse interests, such as installing high-impact environmental industries, and also a port property speculation and investments geared to tourism. The organization and coordination of community were identified as facilitators in the process of creating this proposed protected area (Zank et al. 2012).

Contested landscapes The understanding of which local resources are perceived and used is critical to identify potential solutions to rural development, identifying opportunities that can be economically encouraged

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

29

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

and other traditional practices that should have their conditions of reproduction ensured. For example, mechanisms to ensure the continued harvested of ferns in the area of Acaraí State Park are mandatory for the permanence of families that depend on this activity. More important, we identified few families depending of such activity, thus a solution need to be directed to these few harvesters, and not for the whole group of inhabitants of the surrounding communities.

Understanding the importance of certain resources for local livelihoods also points toward the need for an adjustment to the restrictions imposed by the creation of a protected area, such as in the case of Geophagus brasiliensis seasonal fishing. In the case of Areais da Ribanceira, the intense dependence by the mosaic of environments for agricultural practices can ensure the maintenance of traditional practices that are not guaranteed by the existence of a protected area such as the Environmental Protected Area of the Southern Right Whale.

In the region of Acaraí State Park there is already under discussion a term of adjustment of conduct to facilitate the activities of resource extraction by families who traditionally depend on these resources for their livelihoods. There are discussions about changing the category of the park, converting the category of integral protection to sustainable use, which could allow the maintenance of livelihoods of families based on natural resources. The weakness of this solution lies in the characteristic of the region of intense real estate land speculation, which could threaten the interests of conservation of the biodiversity and sociodiversity.

The solution proposed by the environmental agency regarding the term of adjustment requires the registration of families that have been shown to depend on the environment, however, this does not guarantee the maintenance of livelihoods of these people indefinitely, since it has an expiration date. The case is ongoing and the outcome is still uncertain. In the case of the Areais Ribanceira, the threat of loss of territory led to local articulation and community organization (Zank et al.) In this location the local people recognizes the importance of community management for local empowerment, and it is quite

30

clear that the effective conservation of plant resources and local ecosystems, process initiated by community practices of management of local biodiversity, will only be effective if the traditional territory is assured.

For both cases, the understanding of the full array of resources and environments used and traditionally managed is key to perceive and qualify the interaction between local and traditional people and the protected areas. The relationship between traditional people and natural resources historically used is eminent, since it is a condition for their cultural, social, and economic reproduction. Moreover, for both cases, the appreciation of collective identity is central to traditional people be recognized as such. One of the possible actions is to give subsidies to local people so that their self organization capacities are enhanced, which is directly related to their empowerment (DeBoef et al., 2007). By the other hand, the regional drivers towards urbanization to meet the demands of tourism and leisure, and the growing of industrial facilities are key to find (or not) these solutions, especially in this period of Brazilian economic growth.

References Brasil, 2007. Decreto nº 6.040, de 7 de fevereiro de 2007.

Institui a Política Nacional de Desenvolvimento Sustentável dos Povos e Comunidades Tradicionais. <http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/_ato20072010/2007/decreto/d6040.htm>, accessed March 2013.

Carrillo, G.O.; Charvet, P.S. 1994. Areas silvestres protegidas y comunidades locales en America Latina. Santiago: Oficina de la FAO para America Latina y el Caribe, 144 p.

De Boef. W. S.; Thijssen, M. H.; Ogliari, J. Bernardi; Sthapit, B. 2007. Biodiversidade e Agricultores: fortalecendo o manejo comunitário. Porto Alegre, RS: L&PM. Diegues, A.C. 2000. Etnoconservação: novos rumos

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Conservation and Sustainable Rural Development in Contested Landscapes: International Perspectives

para a proteção da natureza nos trópicos. 2 ed. São Paulo: Editora Hucitec/NUPAUB. Falkenberg, D.B. 1999. Aspectos da flora e da vegetação secundária da restinga de Santa Catarina, sul do Brasil. Insula, v. 28, p. 1–30.

Zank, S.; Hanazaki, N.; Assis, A.L.A.A.; Boef, W.; Peroni, N. 2012. Empoderamento de Comunidades Rurais e o Estabelecimento de uma Reserva de Desenvolvimento Sustentável: Estudo de Caso nos Areais da Ribanceira, Imbituba – SC. Biodiversidade Brasileira, v. 2, p. 33-49.

Foppa, C.C.; Medeiros, R.P. 2011. Nosso Acaraí: dinâmica socioecológica e relações territoriais das populações tradicionais da área de entorno do Rio Acaraí, município de São Francisco (SC). Relatório técnico apresentado aos autos da Ação Civil Publica Número: 061.07.009145T6. Ministério Público Estadual/FATMA. Itajaí: UNIVALI, 157 p.

Hanazaki, N.; Zank, S.; Pinto, M.C.; Kumagai, L.; Cavechia, L.A.; Peroni, N. 2012. Etnobotânica nos Areais da Ribanceira de Imbituba: Compreendendo a Biodiversidade Vegetal Manejada para Subsidiar a Criação de uma Reserva de Desenvolvimento Sustentável. Biodiversidade Brasileira, v.2, p. 5064.

Johnson, L.M.; Hunt, I.D. 2012. Landscape Ethnoecology: Concepts of Biotic and Physical Space. Oxford, New York: Berghahn Books Marques, M.S. 2013. Pessoas e Plantas no Entorno de Unidade de Conservação de Proteção Integral: o caso do Parque Estadual Acaraí, São Francisco do Sul, Litoral Norte de SC. Master thesis.

Florianópolis: UFSC. Nakamura, E.M. 2013. A dimensão alimentar do nicho ecológico de populações humanas no entorno de unidade de proteção integral: o contexto do Parque Estadual Acaraí, SC. Master thesis. Florianópolis: UFSC. Zank, S.; Hanazaki, N. 2012. Exploring the Links between Ethnobotany, Local Therapeutic Practices, and Protected Areas in Santa Catarina Coastline, Brazil. Evidence-Based Complementary and Alternative Medicine (Print), v. 2012, p. 1-15.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

31

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

New use of an old threatened species triggering conservation and socio-economic improvement in southeastern Brazil Saulo E. X. Franco de Souza1, Germano F. Chagas2, Edson Vidal3 1,2,3

ESALQ /Universidade de SĂŁo Paulo, Piracicaba, Brazil.

1

sauloexfsouza@usp.br

Keywords: Atlantic Forest, management, local communities, NTFP. Establishing strictly protected areas has been a common effort for biodiversity conservation. Some reserves have been established upon territories traditionally inhabited for centuries, substantially affecting local livelihoods. Seeking conservation and socio-economic improvement, community based management of non timber forest products (NTFPs) is a sound strategy.

One of the most important NTFP resources along the Atlantic Forest of Brazil is the conspicuous palm, Euterpe edulis Martius. Overharvesting and habitat loss led authorities to formally recognize it as endangered twenty years ago. Despite controlling legislation and promotion of a sustained yield system for palm heart production, E. edulis populations are, in general, still fragmented, reduced or isolated. Recently, focus on management systems for fruit production has been considered a new chance to the species, its forests and local livelihoods.

We intended to assess if local management systems for E. edulis fruit production could trigger conservation and socio-economic improvement inside and around a strictly protected area in southeastern Brazil. We addressed ecological and social predictors for sustainable management of E. edulis in four local communities associated with Serra do Mar State Park (SMSP). Then, we compared density and fruit yield along a gradient of management intensity and calculated potential income. Our study area lies in northeastern SĂŁo Paulo State, focusing on communities living inside and surrounding SMSP. One was that of Vargem Grande in Natividade da Serra, next to Santa VirgĂ­nia base.

The other three were those coastal communities of

32

Ubatumirim, Cambury and Fazenda in Ubatuba, lying inside and surrounding Picinguaba base. We performed seven formal and eight informal interviews with key actors, besides participant observation, analysis of experimental management plans and relevant scientific literature. We used Cunningham`s (2001) and Stockdale`s (2005) framework, rating the species` and system`s attributes. Income was estimated from E. edulis population assessments in permanent plots covering 1.91 ha. Density and infructescences number were pooled with mean fruit weight per infructescence (2.8 kg, n=20), mean actual harvesting rate (49%), mean fruit to pulp yield (50%) and price (US$ 5.10/kg) to estimate income.

Most ecological attributes assessed (57%) indicated high potential for sustainability. Reproduction mediated by animals and medium to slow growth were the ecological attributes requiring higher input to the system. We found a need for higher input to improve social traits like community cohesion and conflict resolution mechanisms. Presence of defined identity and local knowledge could trigger such improvements.

Density of palms averaged 1,116 and 667 ind.ha-1 in low and high intensity regimes, respectively. Strictly protected areas had lower density (461 ind.ha-1; p<0.001). Areas most intensively managed had the highest infrutescences number (679 infruct. ha-1).

Estimated income was almost US$ 2,400 ha-1 for both areas with high and low intensity regime.

Our results suggest that traditional forest practices could increase fruit production. Biological legacy and access

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Conservation and Sustainable Rural Development in Contested Landscapes: International Perspectives

control in areas managed by local communities offer high potential for conservation, and could be the source to E. edulis restoration. E. edulis fruit production could also lead to socio-economic improvement, especially if adaptive co-management is attempted or communal resource management rescued and respected.

References Cunningham, A.B. (2001) Etnobotánica aplicada: pueblos, uso de plantas silvestres y conservación.

Série Pueblo y plantas, n. 4.

Stockdale, M. (2005) Steps to sustainable and community-based NTFP management. NTFP – EP.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

33

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Pluralistic Approach to Governance of Protected Areas: A Case Study Involving Indigenous Peoples from Northern Colombia Julia Premauer 1, Fikret Berkes 2 1,2

Natural Resources Institute, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, MB R3T 2N2 Canada 1

julia.premauer@gmail.com 2

berkes@cc.umanitoba.ca

Keywords: indigenous peoples, participation, rights-based conservation, protected area governance, collaboration The dominant conservation paradigm for biodiversity has been the establishment of protected areas (PAs) worldwide to limit or completely ban human use and presence. PAs cover 12.7% of the Earthâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s land area, of which Latin America has the highest national levels of protection: 20.4% (Bertzky et al. 2012).

However, establishing PAs comes with a social cost.

PAs approach to conservation has often had adverse effects on livelihoods of local people (Adams & Hutton 2007). Social conflicts in and around PAs, and the various claims for an ethical and political approach to conservation have triggered a search for alternative approaches since the 1980s (Brechin et al. 2002; Berkes 2004). The international interest in experiments include: Integrated Conservation-Development Projects (ICDPs), community-based conservation (Berkes 2007), Indigenous and Community Conserved Areas (ICCAs), and Payment for Ecosystem Services schemes (Lele et al. 2010).

A number of countries, including Colombia, are exploring diversification of governance types of PAs (Kothari 2008). This includes the co-management of PAs with indigenous peoples, as well as many other governance experiments. Collaboration outcomes in PAs are dynamic and context-specific (relative to geographical location, history, conflicts, and extent of recognition of indigenous rights) (Brockington et al.

2008). It is impossible to predict outcomes, but specific configurations of conditions can provide valuable

34

insight as to when they are likely to succeed.

In this paper, we discuss the governance approach at Makuira National Park (Guajira province, northern Colombia), as an experiment of collaboration in protected area management, in a part of the world in which indigenous peoples rights and authority are recognised â&#x20AC;&#x201C; but in a context of low Parks governance capacity and increasing external threats (including land grab). Colombia has also social and political conflicts (illicit crop production, war over strategic land between guerrilla and paramilitary counter-insurgence groups).

The approach followed in Makuira National Park for collaborative governance with indigenous peoples: 1) acknowledges indigenous rights, authority, and customary institutions, 2) seeks for common interests between indigenous groups and government, and 3) works under certain limitations.

Colombia: Indigenous Peoples Rights and PA Governance Over the last century, Colombia has given legal recognition to a great number of collectively owned indigenous lands, and has developed a national system of PAs for biodiversity conservation. Many indigenous territories have legal status of resguardo (an institution which dates from colonial times) which grants collective land tenure for the claiming indigenous group. The

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Conservation and Sustainable Rural Development in Contested Landscapes: International Perspectives

Colombian Constitution of 1991 granted partial self-governing status in such resguardos that cover 1/3 of Colombia’s national territory and more than 80% of the forested areas that hold high biodiversity values (Hammen 2003). It also granted recognition of autonomy and self-determination rights of indigenous peoples (political, cultural, territorial, and economic rights). The scale of the overlap between national parks and indigenous resguardos – 29 National Parks with 59 resguardos– (Riascos et al. 2008) and other officially recognized collective lands, made it necessary for the two interests (i.e. conservationists and ethnic rights) to find ways to work together and transform entrenched conflicts. Constitutional mandates for rights, participation, and environmental protection, plus ongoing conflicts in and around PAs has resulted in a policy for participation in PAs, termed “Parks with People” policy. Such collaborative governance of PAs is different with each social actor ranging from consultation and co-management to co-administration and co-government (UAESPNN 2001).

Collaborative governance of PAs with indigenous peoples is known in Colombia as co-government (cogobierno). Co-government is the equivalent of collaborative governance and is broader than comanagement. It is a governance arrangement that is based on the acknowledgment of indigenous governing authority over territory, rights, and commons institutions. Co-government can be understood as a pluralistic governance arrangement, between national parks authority (hereafter Parques Nacionales) and indigenous peoples, that incorporates accommodation of multiple objectives (indigenous rights and biodiversity conservation), and state and customary governance to negotiate planning of territorial use.

Such approach is meant to bring together different and complementary interests for territory protection. Thus, different governance experiments in PAs are ongoing conflict transformation scenarios where conservation and rights are negotiated.

This case study shows how an approach for respecting indigenous rights in the context of conservation looks like, with all its nuances and limitations. It also shows

that conservation in complex social, political and ecological contexts requires establishing agreements and alliances between Parques Nacionales and indigenous rights holders in this case. Both Parques Nacionales and indigenous peoples are engaging in a political process of governance with a common aim of conservation, which in broader terms concerns the protection of a territory.

Study Site and Methods Makuira National Park was established in 1977, to protect Serranía of Makuira, a small mountain range in the northernmost part of La Guajira peninsula (north-eastern Colombia). The park is entirely within an indigenous resguardo. The Wayúu hold legal title to 2/3 of the peninsula, as a collective indigenous property named Great Resguardo Wayúu of Middle and Upper Guajira (1,067,505 ha) (INCORA 1984).

Makuira holds significant plant and bird diversity (Rey-Cáceres 2007, Marinkelle 1970). Its maximum elevations are three massifs ( Jiwonnee 735m, Walechi 853m and Palua/Paaluwo’u 865m) connected by low altitude topography. Makuira has permanent humid forests on its peaks and upper northeast slopes due to its position in relation to the northeast trade winds.

In contrast to the green looking Makuira, scrubland vegetation dominates the western dry lowlands. Parques Nacionales’ institutional presence in the area began in 1996, almost 20 years after its legal constitution.

Despite the national park status, Makuira has long been managed under indigenous values.

The field research followed a qualitative case study of Makuira National Park governance. An ethnographic approach was used during fieldwork (2009 and 2010) which took place at different sites: Makuira National Park (6 months) and the cities of Bogotá, Riohacha, and Santa Marta. The data collection used multiple sources of evidence: semi-structured (22) and informal interviews (18), participant observation (Parks meetings, funerals, day-to-day life), document review and analysis, and the use of existing qualitative data (25 interview transcripts). Data analysed encompasses a period from 2006 to 2010. More details of study methods may be found in Premauer (2013).

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

35

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Results Wayúu Self-Governance and Park Governance In Makuira National Park governance up to 2012 has been mostly indigenous and increasingly a collaborative governance with Parques Nacionales. Makuira holds numerous places (i.e. cloud forests, water springs, and burial places) that require strict codes of conduct to show respect and avoid harm from supernatural beings.

Access to sacred sites is regulated by directions in dreams and taboos, and show a similar function to conservation (Premauer & Berkes 2012). Following customary practices, land is organised in autonomous extendedfamily territories with sacred places, houses, cultivation, grazing and low-use areas. Makuira holds 54 such Wayúu territories; each of them has a chief, normally the oldest maternal uncle. He is the knowledge-holder of the territory, keeper of its oral history, in charge of the integrity of the land, and of controlling access of strangers in consensus with the family.

In terms of management, Parques Nacionales has a mandate to develop formal case-by-case Special Management Regimes, or co-government agreements for those areas where national parks and resguardos overlap. Since 2006, Makuira team has been working on the pre-implementation phase of collaborative governance. The team has implemented a participation strategy involving all 54 chiefs, to discuss and negotiate joint agreements with the family groups for the management plan. The resulting management plan is based on the establishment of zones for different uses inside the Park area, which should accommodate both parks and Wayúu concerns.

Co-Government: Common and Conflicting Interests Over the years, participation policy has allowed an informal reciprocal relationship and a collaborative problem-solving practice, based on the interests and needs of local Park management and the Wayúu.

As summarized in Table 1, the first main interest in common is the protection of territory against external threats. The Park is interested in an increased governance capacity to control the Park area from outsiders for conservation reasons. This requires collaboration with

36

Wayúu authorities in order to monitor activities of outsiders, and legitimisation of Wayúu authority and customary territorial arrangements. The Wayúu are interested in controlling outsiders with the help of the Park, and be respected as owners of their homelands.

The Wayúu fear that they could lose their lands to development projects not under their control. In this sense, to have Park people in line with their territorial interests provides them with an important ally within the State, which is otherwise intermittent or absent. In external challenges and non-compliance cases, the Park has supported Wayúu authorities. It has also facilitated the creation of vertical linkages between local and national government institutions.

The second shared interest is the recognition and respect of Wayúu ownership of territory and strengthening of their indigenous authority. Park collaboration with the Wayúu chiefs has allowed the Wayúu to strengthen their commons institutions by promoting and legitimising their chiefs, self-governance, and protecting territorial rights. In cases of dealing with non-compliance with regards to environmental issues, the Wayúu let the Park staff know if they need backup. On the other hand, if the Park manager learns that outsiders are cutting trees, for instance, she would take a joint decision with the chief of that Wayúu territory on how to proceed. In sum, the Wayúu benefit from collaboration with the Park as it helps them to reinforce their customary arrangements, habitat taboos, and authorities.

The third common interest is to restrict access to mountain tops with cloud forests. Inhabited and sacred places of Makuira have been incorporated in the Park planning process building upon Wayúu appropriation of the landscape, conceptions and worldview. The Park and Wayúu chiefs have agreed, for entirely different reasons, that the mountain peaks are “no go” areas for tourists, and are only customarily used on special occasions when so directed by dreams. Park’s interest is to conserve the unique cloud forest that is also key for conserving environmental services such as fresh water in northern Guajira. In contrast, the Wayúu interest is to avoid people from getting harmed, as those forests are dangerous taboo places known to have supernatural

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Conservation and Sustainable Rural Development in Contested Landscapes: International Perspectives

beings.

The fourth common interest is the avoidance (as much as possible) of external threats imposed by illegal armed actors which remain beyond collaboration in Makuira. Illegal armed actors controlling drug trade corridors negatively affect Wayúu autonomy. Parques Nacionales has taken measures to ensure that cogovernment meetings are not attended by illegal armed actors. Makuira National Park has a partial capacity to govern the protected area and both agreements and collaboration are contingent on the dynamics of territorial control of paramilitary groups making it difficult to carry out long term projects.

Conflicting interests between Park and the Wayúu are evident with ecotourism, self-determination rights and livestock (Table 1). First, while ecotourism is a given for the Park, considered beneficial and non-negotiable, the

Wayúu have mixed feelings about it, since ecotourism only benefits a few. The Wayúu owners of the most visited sites are getting no benefits but much trouble with tourists polluting their drinking water and other disrespectful behaviours. Thus, ecotourism puts constraints on Wayúu governance autonomy. Second, indigenous rights to self-determination, including economic rights, are constrained by the presence of the Park in their land, as these particular rights are second to Park priorities such as ecotourism and conservation.

The Wayúu compromise the exercise of their full rights.

Third, livestock is a central pillar of Wayúu cultural continuity and livelihoods. While for the Park livestock grazing is not compatible with conservation and should be carefully controlled or even banned, they have to compromise and accept it in the park area, as well as horticultural plots.

Table 1. Common and conflicting interests between Makuira National Park and indigenous peoples

Interests

Common

Conflicting

Makuira National Park

Wayúu people

Protection of territory (mining, outsiders)

Biodiversity and ecosystem services

Protection of land- ownership rights; cultural continuity

Strengthen indigenous authority, customary governance

State rules not enforceable in isolated area

Customary rules for access and use of land

No access to cloud forests

Unique ecosystem, provides fresh water

Taboo areas

Prevent damage from illegal armed groups

Affect Park’s governance

Affect indigenous autonomy

Ecotourism

Is a given for the Park; non-negotiable; considered beneficial

Constraints on autonomy, as well as benefits

Indigenous rights

Only acknowledges cultural rights; economic rights are dependent upon conservation objectives

Right for self- determination

Livestock grazing

Not compatible with conservation; should be carefully controlled

Central for cultural continuity and livelihoods

Discussion and conclusions Borrini-Feyerabend et al. (2004) highlighted the contribution of Alto Fragua-Indiwasi Colombian National Park as a model for a PA established at the request of indigenous peoples. Other PAs in Colombia are unique scenarios of complex and worthwhile experiments of collaborative governance (Ungar & Strand 2012). Makuira National Park collaborative management is particularly distinct because it is

entirely within a resguardo and its historical, ethnic, and regional context. Nevertheless, conclusions and lessons are relevant to broader discussions on conservation and engagements between PAs and indigenous peoples.

The findings show how most rights are being respected through active engagement in a political process of governance with a common aim of protection of a territory. To expand pluralistic conservation approaches (Berkes 2007), results show the importance of three interconnected aspects: 1) using multiple objectives

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

37

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

(cultural continuity, rights, and biodiversity), 2) combining both state and customary governance of the land, and 3) respecting cross-cultural differences. Most critically, results show that a pluralistic conservation approach must also acknowledge that agreements are political in nature, whereby not only shared objectives need to be identified and pursued, but tradeoffs for both parties become a given part of this process.

The current arrangements may be considered a strategic alliance where both parties see such collaboration as useful for furthering their respective interests.

Common interests and common threats motivate collaboration. This dynamic relationship represents a balance between maintaining strategic interests, trade-offs, and understanding how these may change over time. Collaboration in Makuira has proven to be effective in protecting the land against external threats from large scale development projects and mining, but powerless in protecting it against illegal armed actors.

While the Wayúu receive some State presence (which would otherwise be absent) to support their rights, the Park acquires enhanced governability for conservation at a local level. Yet both Wayúu and Park must deal with trade-offs as part of this collaboration: the Wayúu have their right to self-determination and economic development partially restricted, whereas the Park need to be tolerant of, for example, the raising livestock practices of Wayúu way of life.

This study shows that PA-indigenous partnerships can work. Far from being conflict-free, it provides lessons to conservation governance experiments. In conclusion, it indicates that in particular contexts, to design a more inclusive and broader practice of conservation requires an approach of political agreements (benefits and tradeoffs for both parties) on environmental management that has been historically informed by national and local contexts and conflicts, as well as supporting rights to territory and self-government, and local institutions for territorial governance and conservation (commons and existing habitat taboos).

38

References Adams, W.M., Hutton, J. 2007. People, Parks and Poverty: Political Ecology and Biodiversity Conservation. Conservation and Society 5:147-83 Asociación Wayuu Araurayu. 2004. Territorio, Tradición Biodiversidad en la Alta Guajira. Riohacha, La Guajira. Unpublished research report. Bogotá: Ministerio de Cultura.

Bertzky, B., Corrigan, C., Kemsey, J., Kenney, S., Ravilious, C., Besançon, C. and N. Burgess. 2012.

Protected Planet Report 2012: Tracking progress towards global targets for PAs. IUCN, Gland, Switzerland and UNEP-WCMC, Cambridge, UK. Berkes, F. 2004. Rethinking community-based conservation. Conservation Biology 18: 621-630.

Berkes, F. 2007. Community-based conservation in a globalized world. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 104: 15188-15193.

Borrini-Feyerabend, G., Pimbert, M., Farvar, T.M., Kothari, A., Renard, Y. 2004. Sharing Power: Learning-by-Doing in Co-management of Natural Resources Throughout the World. Tehran: IIED and IUCN/ CEESP/ CMWG, Cenesta.

Brechin, S. R., Wilshusen, P.R., Fortwangler, C. L., West, P.C. 2002. Beyond the square wheel: Toward a more comprehensive understanding of biodiversity conservation as social and political process. Society and Natural Resources 15: 41-64.

Brockington, D., Duffy, R. and J. Igoe. Eds. 2008.

Nature Unbound: Conservation, Capitalism and the Future of PAs. London: Earthscan.

Hammen, M. C. van der. 2003. The indigenous Resguardos of Colombia: their contribution to conservation and sustainable forest use. Amsterdam: Guiana Shield Initiative of the Netherlands Committee for IUCN.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Conservation and Sustainable Rural Development in Contested Landscapes: International Perspectives

Instituto Colombiano de Reforma Agraria. 1984.

Resolución No. 0015 del 28 de Febrero de 1984, por la cual se constituye como Resguardo Indígena a favor de la comunidad Wayuú de la Alta y Media Guajira, un globo de terreno baldío, ubicado en jurisdicción de los Municipios de Riohacha, Maicao, Uribia y Manaure, Departamento de la Guajira. INCORA, Bogotá.

Kothari, A. 2008. Community Conserved Areas and the International Conservation System - A discussion note relating to the mandate of the WCPA/CEESP Theme Group on Indigenous/Local Communities, Equity, and PAs (TILCEPA). Retreived May 20 2008, from http://www.iucn.org/themes/ceesp/ CCA/Index.html.

2008. Caracterización de las áreas indígenas y comunitarias para la conservación In Bolivia, Ecuador y Colombia. Report presented to CENESTA. Retrieved September 5, 2012, from www.iccaforum.org UAESPNN. 2001. Política de participación social In la conservación. Bogotá: UAESPNN Ungar, P.and Strand, R. 2012. Inclusive Protected Area Management in the Amazon: The Importance of Social Networks over Ecological Knowledge.

Sustainability. 4(12):3260-3278.

Lele, S., Wilshusen, P., Brockington, D., Seidler, R., Bawa, K. 2010. Beyond exclusion: alternative approaches to biodiversity conservation in the developing tropics. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 2: 94-100.

Marinkelle, C. J. 1970. Birds of Serrania de Macuira, Guajira Peninsula, Colombia: Mitt. Inst. Colombo – Aleman Invest. Cient. 4: 15-34.

Premauer, J. and Berkes, F. 2012. Colombia: Makuira, the cosmological centre of origin for the Wayúu people. In: N. Dudley and S. Stolton Eds., Protected Landscapes and Wild Biodiversity, (pp. 53-60).

Gland: IUCN-GTZ Premauer, J. 2013. Rights, Conservation and Governance: Indigenous Peoples – National Parks Collaboration in Makuira, Colombia. University of Manitoba. Unpublished PhD Thesis.

Rey-Cáceres, B. H. 2007. Caracterización zonificación ecológica, Parque Nacional Natural Macuira. Report presented to UAESPNN by the Corporación para la Protección Ambiental, Cultural del Ordenamiento Territorial-CORPACOT. Riascos, J.C., Ormaza, P., Zambrana, G., Silva, C. PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

39

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Issues of Sustainability of Protected Areas: Traditional Practices as a Symbol of Sustenance of Local Communities and Conservation C. Emdad Haque 1, Shah Raees Khan 2 1,2

Natural Resources Institute, University of Manitoba, 70 Dysart Road, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada 1

haquece@cc.umanitoba.ca

Keywords: conservation, sustainability; protected areas; local institution; traditional practice The conversion of the commons to Protected Areas (PA) and the loss of commons rights have been examined by numerous scholars in various parts of the world (Hoole, 2008; Khan et al., 2011), and the processes and key factors contributing to such loss were encapsulated

by Nayak and Berkes (2011) within the framework of “decommonisation”. In this context, our investigation aimed at assessing the impact of institutional interventions into traditional resource management strategies in the rural mountain areas and to explore the issue of how can the PAs be sustained in terms of conservation and local livelihood sustainability. In the context of newly established PAs in Northern Pakistan, we asked three specific questions: 1) whether the establishment of Protected Areas without considering local practices would remain sustainable in mountain areas; 2) whether the traditional practices that may have significance for the existence of PAs being neglected by policy makers; and 3) how would local communities retain customary rights within state controlled protected areas? During the field investigation in 2006-8, a four-tier method was adopted: workshops, household surveys, focus group discussions, and data validation.

The findings revealed that the conversion of the commons to PAs has led to complex conflicts over rights, and it also caused significant change in the dynamics of community power structure. The goal of conservation, through establishing Protected Areas (PA), that seeks to preserve landscapes in their “natural state” for the protection of wildlife has had noticeable implications in mountain areas. First, such legislative and regulatory

40

measures alienated the local communities from their right to access to the traditional commons for fuel wood collection and grazing their livestock. Second, these interventions removed the traditional control and management of the resources that the rural mountain communities enjoyed for centuries. Third, the approach disconnected the local community members from their affection with the environment (Butz, 1996; Hoole, 2008) and, thus, ignored the traditional laws established by the local communities and their capacity to retain control and effective management of the resources. The imposition of strict rules by the State has neglected the traditional practices of Yak herding - symbolic to Shimshali culture. In order to respond to these changes, some of the traditional institutions transformed themselves into formalized institutions with the capability to establish cross-scale linkages.

We concluded that there is a potential to manage Protected Areas through revitalization of local level institutions that would uphold the ownership of the local resources and would promote “self-governance” in management the commons. Transferring “ownership” of resources to the revitalized local institutions would establish a new regime which, in effect, would likely be a shared multi-level partnership that is needed for the sustainability of Protected Areas. Our findings suggest that emic perspective of local livelihood is critical to pursue effective conservation of natural resources and sustainability of PAs.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Conservation and Sustainable Rural Development in Contested Landscapes: International Perspectives

References Butz, D. 1996. Sustaining indigenous communities: Symbolic and instrumental dimensions of pastoral resource use in Shimshal, Pakistan. The Canadian Geographer, 40(1), pp. 36-53.

Hoole, A. 2008. Community-based conservation and Protected Areas in Namibia: Social- ecological, linkages for biodiversity. Unpublished PhD Thesis.

University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, MB, Canada.

Khan, S., Rehman, S., & Sunderland, T. 2011.

Commons becoming non-commons in the efforts for reconciliation between conservation and livelihoods: A case study of northern Pakistan.

Journal of Horticulture and Forestry, 3(3), pp. 6371.

Nayak, P. K., & Berkes, F. 2011. Commonisation and decommonisation: Understanding the processes of change in Chilika Lagoon, India, Conservation and Society, 9(2), pp. 132-145.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

41

42

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Concurrent Session A2 Conservation and Sustainable Rural Development in Contested Landscapes: International Perspectives

Session organizer:

Fikret Berkes, Institute University of Manitoba, Canada

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

43

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Biocultural design: Weaving cultural landscapes into community-based enterprises in and around protected areas Iain Davidson-Hunt 1, C. JuliĂĄn Idrobo 2, Michael Campbell 3 1,2,3

Natural Resources Institute, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, MB R3T 2N2 Canada 1

Iain.Davidson-Hunt@ad.umanitoba.ca

Keywords: Biocultural Design, Biocultural Products, Protected Areas, Visitor Experiences, NTFPs There is increased interest in considering the benefits that protected areas offer to Indigenous and Local Communities (I&LC). These benefits can include increased involvement in protected area management and associated jobs; the opportunity to harvest foods and medicines along with the ability to carry out cultural practices; and, the ability to undertake commercial enterprises that are consistent with permitted land uses of protected areas. In this paper, our focus is on a process to support community-based enterprises in appropriating commercial opportunities associated with protected areas. This is not to discount other benefits but simply recognizes the necessity of different approaches.

We present biocultural design as an approach that allows communities to develop enterprises rooted in the materials and values of their cultural landscapes, sometimes referred to as biocultural heritage. Our work is focused on the intersection between protected areas and I&LC who harvest, what some might call, â&#x20AC;&#x153;wildâ&#x20AC;? resources and have detailed knowledge of their territories. In particular, we are interested in the linkage between landscapes and how individuals, households and communities appropriate, process and transform biological organisms for direct consumption or exchange.

The potential for community-based enterprises to develop different products, such as authentic visitor experiences, is rooted in cultural landscapes that result from the weaving together of custom, knowledge, practice, technology, values, identity and territory.

Biocultural design is an approach to understand such weaving and to facilitate the development of products by design teams in the context of community-based enterprises.

44

Biocultural design begins with a process of reflecting upon identity, territory and history through cultural landscape mapping. Cultural landscape mapping documents knowledge of the land and its inhabitants along with stories of land use that honour the past and celebrate the present. This process is also important to understand the institutional environment of land use and create new institutional conditions necessary for enterprise development (e.g. community-based land use plans, biocultural protocols, co-management, tribal management corporations etc.). A comfort level with the institutional environment is necessary for communities to begin the phase of biocutural asset mapping in which systematic mapping of resources, sites, infrastructure, regulations, organizations, enterprises and events related to land use can be documented. This phase is critical as it shifts the conversation from what communities lack to the competitive advantage they bring to enterprise development. The final phase of biocultural design moves to envisioning the future and utilizes the information and relationships built through the proceeding phase to consider product prototypes (e.g. visitor experiences) through the lens of desirability, viability, feasibility and implementation.

We then turn from the framing of the process of biocultural design to present illustrations of the phases discussed from projects in Canada, Brazil and Uganda. Our work provides a systematic approach for community-based enterprise formation that is rooted in their assets and creativity to design visitor experiences and benefit from commercial opportunities of protected areas.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Conservation and Sustainable Rural Development in Contested Landscapes: International Perspectives

Gourmets of the Juatinga Ecological Reserve, Brazilian Atlantic Forest: Culinary Creativity through the Lens of Biocultural Design C. Julián Idrobo1, Iain Davidson-Hunt2 1,2

Natural Resources Institute, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, MB R3T 2N2 Canada 1

umidrobo@cc.umanitoba.ca

Keywords: Protected areas, Atlantic forest, traditional ecological knowledge The Atlantic Forest Coast of Brazil and its inhabitants have experienced multiple economic cycles that have changed their ecosystems and the ways people interact with them. Throughout the history of this region, coastal peoples have adapted to the booms and busts in commodity markets, such as coffee, sugar cane and more recently fishing resources. The 1980’s saw an emergence of an interest in biodiversity hotspots with the Atlantic Forest identified as one such ecosystem at risk of disappearing. At the same time, a boom in tourism and increased real estate speculation in the region led the government to establish the Juatinga Ecological Reserve ( JER; Paraty, Rio de Janeiro State).

In this paper, we focus on one way that inhabitants of the Atlantic Forest Coast have adapted to the changing regional economy and regulatory environment, in particular the establishment of a protected area overlying their community. We do this by presenting the life story of Teteco and his restaurant on the beach of Ponta Negra, a community located within the JER, as it provides a successful testimony of such adaptations. Undertaken in the community of Ponta Negra from May 2010 to April 2011, our research is based on life history and livelihood interviews as well complementary ethnographic data.

This story allows us to consider the role of culinary creativity through the lens of Biocultural Design to

create new opportunities within a changing landscape.

In particular, we focus on how infrastructure, networks and discourse weave together in a livelihood transition from fisher to tourist entrepreneur. We follow Teteco through the key stages of his life in which he acquired the skills that he needed to provide specialised services for national and international tourists. In his restaurant, Teteco has created a cuisine rooted in the biocultural heritage of Ponta Negra. This cuisine draws upon the rich biological diversity that brings together species harvested from sea, coast and forest.

In this paper, we present the species that form the basis of the cuisine and the ecosystem from which they are harvested. The knowledge and skill of harvesting these species is brought together with the recipes he learned from his older relatives to prepare a variety of dishes that highlight single species along with various combinations. This knowledge was complemented by his experience working in prestigious restaurants from which he also learned about presentation of such dishes for tourists. Teteco’s restaurant has provided a new biocultural cuisine offered to tourists and allowed him to employ three people throughout the year along with twenty others hired for peak periods.

Teteco’s culinary creativity is an example of the type of innovation needed to provide economic opportunities for inhabitants of the JER and an illustration of the type of product that can emerge out of biocultural design.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

45

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Implementation of a National Park over the traditional land of the Trindade community in Paraty, Brazil Natália C. Fidelis Bahia1, Cristiana S. Seixas2, Luciana G. Araujo3, Juliana S. Farinaci4, Paula Chamy5 1,2,3,4,5

GGCommons, Environmental Studies and Research Center (NEPAM), University of Campinas (UNICAMP)

Statement of the problem In many parts of the world, protected areas (PAs) are designed in governmental offices, not taking into account local inhabitants. Moreover, when governments acknowledge local inhabitants and their development needs, often they deal with this fact after PAs are issued.

In Brazil, this is the rule rather than the exception, particularly for PAs created before the 1990s. This is the case of the Serra da Bocaina National Park (Parque Nacional da Serra da Bocaina - PNSB), established in 1971 in parts of the states of Rio de Janeiro and São Paulo, which encompasses relevant touristic municipalities such as Paraty, Angra dos Reis, Ubatuba and Cunha (Brasil, 2002).

The Park, which has not been yet fully implemented, is part of the World Cup Parks Project - a partnership between the Federal Protected Areas Agency (ICMBio/Ministry of Environment) and the Brazilian Tourism Agency (Embratur/Ministry of Tourism) to assert adequate infrastructure for visitors during the 2014 Soccer World Cup. In this sense, strong effort is being made by the Park’s managers to implement the management plan issued in 2002 as soon as possible, in order for the Park to be eligible to access resources for tourism infrastructure based on international standards.

However, the management plan does not allow people living within or extracting resources from the Park’s area – despite they have lived and exploited this area many generations before the Park was designed. This is the case of many people from Trindade community, in the municipality of Paraty, southern state of Rio de Janeiro.

The PNSB – a no-take protected area - encompasses approximately 40% of the area of Trindade (Brasil, 2002; Conti and Antunes, 2012).

46

This paper aims to identify opportunities, challenges and barriers to foster community stewardship over Trindade communal land and seascape in face of several situations that emerged due to the creation and implementation of the PNSB, particularly looking at resources that affects or are affected by tourism activities.

From mid 2011 to the end of 2012, our team carried out a university outreach project in Trindade that allowed us to follow actions by the Park’s managers over the traditional land of Trindade, as well as the elaboration of a local development plan by community leaders. We attended meetings of community-based organizations, as well as meetings among the PNSB managers and community representatives to discuss the management plan for the Park. Data analysis was based on information from interview with the PNSB manager, participant observation, joint actions with the community, and secondary data. We identified four key situations that emerged from conflicts regarding the implementation of the PNSB over the Trindade land, which are presented below, preceded by the historical context.

Historical context A series of events related to the struggle for land use and tenure marked the history of Trindade since the 1950s, initially with attempted occupation by squatters (Lhotte, 1982). During this time, families were widely dispersed throughout the territory, practicing artisanal fisheries, and small-scale agriculture and husbandry (Plante and Breton, 2005). The region was geographically isolated, as there was no road linking Trindade to Paraty until 1969-1970 (Lhotte, 1982).

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Conservation and Sustainable Rural Development in Contested Landscapes: International Perspectives

This scenario begins to change after the construction of Highway Rio-Santos (BR 101), which allowed men to seek work outside of Trindade, particularly in mid- to large-size fishing boats from other coastal cities. The highway also drove the development of the tourism sector in Trindade (Lhotte, 1982; Plante and Breton, 2005). In the mid 1960s, the Brazilian Tourism Institute (Embratur) produced a vast tourism project with the aim of analyzing the tourism potential of the coast between Rio de Janeiro and Santos. The region of Paraty was considered of high priority, attracting rich entrepreneurs.

Starting in 1973, the company Paraty Desenvolvimento Territorial S/A (Brascan-Adela) - a multinational - tried to expropriate the lands of Trindade people, leading to a conflict. Some caiçaras families resisted and, with the aid of the Society for the Defense of the Brazilian Coastline, managed to bring the case to the court, which ensured part of the land to the community through an agreement signed in 1982 (Lhotte, 1982; Plante and Breton, 2005). Community members were relocated into lots that compose what is we know now as the community. Part of the area close to Praia do Meio was assigned to the residents association for communal use. However, the largest portion of Trindade land was kept under the multinational ownership (Conti and Antunes, 2012). In mid 1970s, the Paraty Desenvolvimento Territorial passed the land ownership to Trindade Desenvolvimento Territorial (TDT).

Since mid-1970, tourism has increased in Trinidad, becoming an important activity in local economy (Plante and Breton, 2005). Although fishing is the basis of caiçara culture and some families still practice it, the main livelihoods in Trindade nowadays are related to tourism and small-business (Conti and Antunes, 2012; Hanazaki et al., 2013).

From 2008 on, a team from the Chico Mendes Institute for Biodiversity Conservation (ICMBio) has been conducting actions in Trindade with the intention to effectively implement the PNSB. The first attempt to controlling/managing the Trindade area occurred during Carnival 2009, when a camping located near

Praia do Meio was embargoed (Conti and Antunes, 2012). Since then other measures has been taking by the PNSB managers, including (i) the embargo of sewer treatment system in Trindade; (ii) the establishment of natural resources using rules within the PA; (iii) surveillance operations carried out during high season and holidays; (iv) fixing signs advertising the PNSB borders; and (iv) the creation of the PNSB Consultative Management Council in 2010. One of the priorities of the current PNSB officers is planning tourism within the protected area. They adopt the following values in order of importance: environmental conservation, the quality of visitation and local development. The implementation process, however, has accelerated since the PNSB integrates design “Parks Cup” which aims to offer tourists the proper structure by 2014.

Given the conflicts between the local population and the park´s managers triggered by the actions already taken (Conti and Antunes, 2012), the priorities of PNSB and the right to maintain the livelihoods of the community, tourism has become an important arena for negotiations between the PNSB staff and the community of Trindade.

Opportunities for community stewardship Situation I: Occupation of Praia do Meio and conflicts among community groups Praia do Meio is a beach within the PNSB area and an important tourism site in Trindade, where several kiosks (bars and restaurants) were located. The Park´s managers expressed their intention to move out the Praia do Meio kiosks since the beginning of their contact with the community in 2008 (ICMBio, 2012).

In 2010, the Park´s managers proposed an agreement with the bars and restaurants owners, by which they would be allowed to maintain their kiosks until the end of 2013 high tourist season (i.e., March 2013). Only one of the kiosk owners formally accepted the deal, while others preferred to legally dispute the case. The first court decision was issued in February 2012 favoring the park which resulted in two kiosks being demolished in

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

47

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Praia do Meio.

Some Trindade villagers (Trindadeiros) protested against the demolition of kiosks by disseminating a manifesto during the Peopleâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Summit at Rio+20, telling their history of struggle for land and current conflicts with the PNSB. In July 2012, community members barricaded the access road to Trindade to prevent the eviction of other kiosks in Praia do Meio, and also protested against the actions of PNSB during the International Literary Fair of Paraty (Feira Internacional LiterĂĄria de Paraty - FLIP) in the same month. Moreover, representatives of kiosks´ owners and parking lots located in Praia do Meio, along with representatives of the municipal government, met with the President of ICMBio in Brasilia to discuss the adjustments for the permanence of kiosks and parking lots near the beach.

However, several members of the community, including the Association of local inhabitants of Trindade (Associação dos Moradores de Trindade - AMOT), did not support these actions since bars, restaurants, and the parking lots in the Praia do Meio area were built in an area originally allocated for community use during the agreement with the Trindade Desenvolvimento Territorial S/A back in the 1980s. Divergence between private and collective interests incited internal conflicts in the community, which were greater than the ability of both parties to come together to fight for access and maintenance to their territory.

The demolition of all but three kiosks in Praia do Meio, determined by a court order, was completed in December 2012. Among the kiosks that remain are the one whose owner has agreed to shut down after the 2013 high season, and two other bars whose owners claim that their families owned the area since before the creation of the PNSB. Opportunities for community stewardship: To pursue the development of community-based tourism integrated to environmental conservation as a means of achieving local development.

Challenges: (i) To find a theme which is more powerful

48

than individual interests, capable of gathering the community around a common interest (or vision), and/ or the emergence of community leaders who are able to mediate this conflict. (ii) To raise awareness concerning the relationship between environmental conservation and quality of life / local development.

Barriers: (i) A legacy of conflict among families, which is reflected in the alleged misappropriation by one family of an area that should be communitarian. (ii) People , 5 \ ,' 5 1#."5 1), -]5 ! #(-.5 "5 )." ,65 "#( ,#(!5 dialogue.

Situation II: Management issues in Praia do Meio After the demolition of the first kiosks, ICMBio reduced their enforcement activities during holidays in Trindade. Until 2012, kiosk owners used to organize themselves for cleaning the beach in front their kiosks to attract tourists (although the garbage in the back of their kiosks could be better managed). Some tourists and community members reported that, since the demolition of the kiosks, they noticed an increased accumulation of garbage on the beach, the presence of tourists barbecuing and irregularly camping on the beach, and outsiders charging to watch the cars parked near Praia do Meio.

This situation resulted from an eviction of kiosks without a plan for subsequent managing of the beach by ICMBio itself or in collaboration with the community.

The area was evacuated and not even a top-down enforcement measure was created. Only the members of the Association of Small Fishermen and Boatmen of Trindade (Associação de Barqueiros e Pequenos Pescadores de Trindade - ABAT) frequently take time for collectively cleaning the beach and inform tourists about the park and its rules. Faced with this situation of management void in Praia do Meio, Trindade people are, in general, taking a critical stance towards ICMBio. Opportunities for community stewardship: Instead of just criticizing ICMBio, the local people could take care of the beach, and show their capacity to organize, conserve and manage their territory. It could be a means

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Conservation and Sustainable Rural Development in Contested Landscapes: International Perspectives

to legitimize them as the â&#x20AC;&#x153;traditionalâ&#x20AC;? owners of this area, and to reaffirm community-based tourism integrated to environment conservation as a viable option for local development. It would also be an opportunity to exchange experience and to form collaborative networks with nearby communities, such as the Praia da Almada, located a few dozen kilometers from Trindade, whose successful experience in collectively managing their territory (Futemma and Seixas, 2008) is little known among Trindadeiros.

Challenges: (i) To create a common vision of the community in relation to tourism management in Praia do Meio in order to foster collective action. (ii) To encourage proactive behavior by locals, so that they abandon their stance of reaction and criticism against the PNSB management and seek agreements.

Barriers: (i) Power asymmetry in the relationship between ICMBio and the community. (ii) Lack of trust among community members.

Situation III: Delimitation of the PNSB area The demarcation of the PNSB over Trindade area was a central issue of concern for the technical staff of this protected area (Conti and Antunes, 2012). The detailed mapping of the descriptive memorial in the decree that created the PNSB (Brasil, 1972) was conducted in 2011, in response to a lawsuit by Trindade people with the Public Prosecutor. This study fostered a Technical Assessment of the Board of Conservation Units of ICMBio, currently adopted by the PNSB staff.

In practical terms, the mapping provided a new interpretation of the PNSB borders, different from what the community understood from the decree, and now advances over some areas of the Trindade village such as the cemetery, the area to implement a sewer treatment plant and parking lots. Although this is should be public information, locals do not know for sure what are the limits of the Park, i.e., what effectively is inside or outside its borders. In contrast, the PNSB manager considers that the Park limits did not change, but now there is a more accurate interpretation of what was established in the decree.

This lack of clarity exacerbates conflicts within the community and contributes to the feeling of insecurity and mistrust among community members, and between the latter and the Park managers. They feel that again, as happened in the 1970s and 1980s, the community is going through a loss of territory and access to resources.

Opportunities for community stewardship: Instead of waiting for someone to tell where the limit of the Park is, locals could realize they have the right to access this information, and get to know the legislation that affects them. It they accept the PNSB as a fact; they could concretely deal with it instead of nurturing an imaginary that the Park could move away, or could cease to exist, and try to make their best to take benefits from this reality.

Challenges: (i) To seek information at its source, without relying on the interpretation of others. (ii) To use information that already exists.

Barriers: (i) To overcome insecurity, ignorance, inferiority, and distrust that local people feel. (ii) Technical language / jargon of laws and technical documents.

Situation IV: Assessment and adjustment of the PNSB management plan The PNSB Management Plan was approved in 2002, and its Consultative Council was established in October 2010. More recently, the PNSB staff realized that the Management Plan needed to be revised, and made some modifications to it. Currently, this document is going through the analysis of the Consultative Council of the PNSB and will later be forwarded to higher spheres of ICMBio for approval. According to the PNSB manager, the Management Plan should be a guiding document; its revision is necessary to protect the PNSB staff in implementing actions, mainly those related to tourism within the Park area.

Since August 2012 there have been meetings between the PNSB management and the representatives of Trindade on the Consultative Council, as well as among

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

49

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

these counselors and other community members.

They formed a working group and, aided by outsiders, the community prepared a draft of the Cultural and Environmental Management Plan for Trindade. This draft was presented to the PNSB managers, who pledged to support some items.

Some locals have been meeting regularly to discuss the revision of the PNSB Management Plan. During these meetings, we observed that discussions are permeated by doubts about the functioning and the consequences of the Management Plan’s revision, by lack of trust in outsiders, and by internal conflicts regarding the commercial exploitation of tourism in the community areas. By considering that the revision of the Management Plan is not occurring in a genuinely participatory way, some local people declared their intention to no longer participate in this process.

Besides feeling powerless to influence decisions, they fear that their attendance at meetings to discuss the Management Plan may be used by the PNSB managers to legitimize this plan as participatory, what could generate problems to counselors within the community they represent.

We note that, although PNSB managers declare that the monitoring process of the Management Plan should include community participation, some attitudes of these agents have hindered the construction of a truly participatory process. Among these attitudes, we highlight the pressure to complete the process in a period that is not consistent with the possibility of effective community participation. Moreover, it is often mentioned by managers that the residents of Trindade have no right to stay in the Park, i.e., it depends on managers’ goodwill to permit the community access to the Park. These situations, among others, exemplify the asymmetry in power relations between the managers and Trindadeiros, which is characteristic of a preservationist view in which resource users are seen as a threat to conservation rather than as potential partners and stewards of the resources they depend on.

Opportunities for community stewardship: Both community and Park administration should consider

50

the revision of the Management Plan as an opportunity for dialogue between them. Community representatives could bring information about the Park, gathered in the meetings, to the community. This process may lead to building community capacity for negotiating.

Rules of use of resources within the PNSB area are being reformulated; provided there is organization, the community may influence such reformulation.

Challenges: (i) “Disarming” everyone involved to see it as an arena for dialogue and negotiation. (ii) Community members should accept restriction of access to resources and try to negotiate, rather than struggle to restore a situation that will not be reversed (the PNSB will not cease to exist). (iii) Strengthening local organizations and training individuals for participating in the process of negotiation of rules. (iv) Overcoming the overall difficulty in performing procedures such as recording of meetings in minutes. (v) Overcoming the lack of security of community representatives in the Consultative Council over the support they have in the community.

Barriers: (i) The Consultative Council has no deliberative power. (ii) Power asymmetry in the relationship between ICMBio and the community. (iii) Technical jargon used in the Management Plan.

References Brasil. 1972. Decreto de Criação do Parque Nacional da Serra da Bocaina. Decreto n. 70.694 de 8 de junho de 1972 Brasil. 1983. Decreto de Criação da Área de proteção Ambiental Cairuçu. Decreto No 89.242, de 27 de Dezembro de 1983.

Brasil. 2002. Ministério do Meio Ambiente/IBAMA/ DIREC. Plano de manejo do Parque Nacional da Serra da Bocaina: encarte n. 5. Brasília: FEC/ UNICAMP. Conti, B. R. and Antunes, D. de C. 2012. Conflitos na gestão do Parque Nacional da Serra da Bocaina: entraves ao desenvolvimento local na vila de

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Conservation and Sustainable Rural Development in Contested Landscapes: International Perspectives

Trindade (Paraty, RJ). Interações, vol. 13, n. 2, pp. 213-223. http://dx.doi.org/10.1590/S151870122012000200008 Futemma, C.R.T. and Seixas, C.S. 2008. Há territorialidade na Pesca da Comunidade de Almada (Ubatuba, SP)? Questões intra, inter e extra-comunitárias. Biotemas 21 (1): 125-138 Hanazaki, N.; Berkes, F.; Seixas, C. S.; Peroni, N. 2013.

Livelihood Diversity, Food Security and Resilience among the Caiçara of Coastal Brazil. Human Eology, vol. 41, p. 153-164. DOI 10.1007/s10745012-9553-9.

ICMBio 2012. Boletim Informativo do Parque Nacional da Serra da Bocaina, junho 2012 Ano Iv – Edição EspecialLhotte, C. 1982. Trindade para os trindadeiros. Dissertação (Mestrado): Departamento de Antropologia, Instituto de Filosofia e Ciências Humanas, Universidade de Campinas.

Plante, S. And Breton, Y. 2005. Espaço, pesca e turismo em Trindade. In: Diegues, A. C. (Org.). Enciclopédia Caiçara. Vol. III. O Olhar Estrangeiro. Ed. Hucitec.

PP. 21-74.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

51

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Practicalities of building co-management in complex landscapes: North East Australiaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s tropical rainforest and reef Helen Ross 1 1

School of Agriculture and Food Sciences, The University of Queensland, Gatton, Queensland 4343, Australia 1

Helen.Ross@uq.edu.au

Keywords: nested levels, Indigenous initiative, agency, complex landscapes Co-management between Indigenous peoples and governments is portrayed in many ways, with focus on the governance arrangements and agreements; in terms of the practical, on-ground arrangements; and as a form of problem-solving. These categorizations do not necessarily capture the realities. In parts of Australia where Aboriginal people were not granted (or removed to) large tracts of land in the past, which could later become co-managed or Indigenous Protected Areas, partners have nevertheless been building new forms and combinations of co-management incrementally, to suit their social and practical needs.

The iconic World Heritage rainforest areas of north east Australia are an instance of protected areas being declared over Aboriginal traditionally owned land, but the process of land alienation and management reconciliation has been two-staged. As in most parts of Australia, Aboriginal people were first dispossessed of these lands â&#x20AC;&#x201C; drawn to live elsewhere and not granted any form of recognition or tenure. The forests were removed for farming or exploited for timber. Aboriginal people continued to live nearby, and in pockets within the forests, maintaining their cultural associations and some were employed in timber cutting. In 1986 the Wet Tropics World Heritage Area was declared over much of the remaining forest, causing significant social impact on non-Indigenous communities dependent on forest industries. Opportunities opened for Aboriginal people.

This paper explores the extent to which forms of comanagement and related opportunities have developed over the past 25 years in the Wet Tropics region, from the rainforests to the adjacent Great Barrier Reef. I examine the evolution and interplay at nested levels, from region-wide agreements, to sub-regional and local

52

development initiatives.

While some underpinnings were created by a broad \, !#)( &5 !, ' (.]5 ),5 ." 5 ), -.-5 ( 5 (5 .. '*. 5 one for the marine area, what has emerged is a multilevel patchwork of co-management and related initiatives, evolving over time. Many of these have been led by the Aboriginal people, spotting openings that could meet their aspirations, rather than relying on or benefitting from comprehensive agreements. Indeed, region-wide partnerships have proved hard to hold together, for a variety of reasons including the mismatch between government and Aboriginal preferred scales of governance (18 distinct language groups needing to hold a coalition together to work with a single government department). Support levels have also played roles. At sub-regional level, nine coastal and rainforest Traditional Owner groups are building up co-management initiative by initiative, starting from a very practical arrangement, a co-managed ranger unit to provide genuine on-ground management capacity for all future arrangements.

This group, Girringun Aboriginal Corporation, is now working with its partners to join up its separate arrangements into a combined, multi-party, Indigenous Protected Area extending from rainforest to reef according to Aboriginal rather than non-Indigenous landscape units. Meanwhile at local levels throughout the rainforest, Traditional Owner groups are developing social and business enterprises related to their cultural and landscape management aspirations.

The paper illustrates some challenges and opportunities in building and deriving opportunities from comanagement, where the initiative is occurring at nested levels, on different timescales, in complex landscapes. .5"#!"&#!".-5." 5,)& 5) 5\ ! ( 3]5 ')(!5." 5 ),#!#( &5 partners, as a critical feature.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Conservation and Sustainable Rural Development in Contested Landscapes: International Perspectives

Sustainable Territorial Development in a Brazilian Marine Reserve: Is it feasible?

Rodrigo Rodrigues de Freitas1, Cristiana SimĂŁo Seixas2 1,2

Environmental Studies and Research Center (NEPAM), University of Campinas (UNICAMP) 1

rodrigo.manejo@gmail.com

Keywords: Marine Protected Areas, Adaptive Co-Management, Artisanal Fishery.

Territorial Sustainable Development and Protected Areas The territorial development theory emerged in the beginning of 1980s as a rural development approach seeking to overcome technocratic analysis centered in biophysical environment aptitudes (Tonneau e Vieira, 2006). This approach is also an answer to the Fordist economic model, which is based in industrialized centralization independent of the spatial context (Vieira, 2010). This approach supports the emergency, in territorial level, of new strategies to the development of productive systems based in the valorization of environmental and cultural singularities in the face of homogenization present in the globalized world (Pecqueur, 2009). Territorial Development has been criticized by its strong focus in the socioeconomic dimension of development, failing to properly explore the ecological dimension (Andion, 2007). The Sustainable Territorial Development (STD) is an approach under construction that brings ecodevelopment paradigm (Sachs, 1983; Vieira, 2005) into territorial development. In this sense, adaptive co-management could contribute to the advancement of research in STD studies based in institutional theory and collective action (Carrière e Cazella, 2006; Abramovay, 2010).

The proposal of collaborative (co-)management has been recently integrated with the adaptive management approach into the concept of adaptive co-management (Olsson et al. 2004). Adaptive management of natural resources (Holling, 1973; Walters, 1986) treats management systems as experiments and policies as hypothesis in face of uncertainty present in socio-

ecological systems. Natural resource co-management conceptualization (Pinkerton, 1989; Berkes, 2009), in turn, has as basic characteristic the sharing of power and responsibility between the resources users and State or other interest groups (Armitage et al. 2007).

This research explores the relationship between the adaptive co-management perspective and STD (Vieira, 2005 e 2010; Seixas et al., 2010) in the context of Protected Areas. In Brazil, the National Program of Protected Areas (PNAP, 2006) is oriented by the creation of integrated strategies for conservation and development. Nevertheless, many Protected Areas were designated as environmental compensation to the potential impacts of large enterprises that generates conflicts with local populations (e.g. Diegues, 1998; Almudi and Kalikoski, 2009).

The objective of this study was to investigate the challenges and opportunities for STD deriving from \! ' 5) 5 .),-]5 B-. % ")& ,-C5 ( &3-#-5#(5." 5 , .#)(5 of a Commitment Term between Chico Mendes Institute of Biodiversity Conservation (ICMBio) and two communities of coastal artisanal fisheries (Tarituba and Mambucaba at Paraty and Angra dos Reis municipalities, respectively, Rio de Janeiro State, Brazil). Game of actor analysis in the promotion of institutional change have been undertaken in the context of wine territories (Flores, 2007) and in the action of Non Government Organizations (NGOs) promoters of agroecology (Andion, 2007).

Game of actors analysis seeks to explain the genesis of conflicts, representations and cooperations between the social actors to promote changes in status quo which

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

53

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

are attuned with STD theory (Vieira and Cazella, 2006). The Territorial Prospective is product of game of actorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s analysis and will be used to better comprehend the challenges and opportunities to STD arisen from this process. Fieldwork was carried out along eighty days from February 2011 to January 2013 and consisted of open interviews with artisanal fisheries, participation in trawling and gill net fisheries and in seven meetings regarding the Commitment Term.

In March 2012, fourteen semi structured interviews were performed with artisanal fishery experts at the communities surveyed.

The case study: Game of actors and institutional change The Ecological Station (ESEC) of Tamoios is a Marine Reserve under ICMBio management and designated

by Decree no 98.864/90. â&#x20AC;&#x153;Ecological Stationsâ&#x20AC;? enables scientific research and does not need public consultation to be designated (Law nÂş 6.902/81 and SNUC, 2000). Attending to co-localization of Nuclear Plant and Ecological Stations policy (Federal Decree 84.973/80), these Marine Reserves were designated to monitor biophysical environmental quality of Ilha Grande Bay, due the existence of Angra I and II Nuclear Plant. The ESEC Tamoios is located in Angra dos Reis and Paraty municipalities, South of Rio de Janeiro State (Brazil) and is composed by 29 islands, slabs, rocks and it´s 1 Km surrounding (IBAMA, 2000).

Tarituba is located in the north of Paraty city and Mambucaba Microregion, here called Mambucaba, in south of Angra dos Reis Municipality. The economic activities of the investigated communities include artisanal fishery, tourism, work as staff in Nuclear Plants and rental of households for tourists. In Brazil, artisanal and industrial fisheries are considered professional fisheries, and the first uses small sized fishing boats (up to 9 m), aluminum and fiber boats or wooden canoes.

Amateur fisheries are mostly spearfishing practitioners

54

and occasional fishers that use line and rods and/ or â&#x20AC;&#x153;tarrafaâ&#x20AC;? (castnets) and â&#x20AC;&#x153;pulsarâ&#x20AC;? in rivers and coasts. The 430 dwellers of Tarituba (around 1,5% of Paraty population; IBGE, 2012) are organized in the â&#x20AC;&#x153;Associação de Moradores de Taritubaâ&#x20AC;? (AMOT). Their 20 artisanal fisher use trawling and gill net as the main gears and are affiliated in the Fisheries Association of Paraty (ColĂ´nia). Mambucaba has around 31% of Angra dos Reis population (IBGE, 2012) and #-5 #0# 5 -5 \ #& 5 #-.Ä&#x2030;,# 5 5 ' / ]5 Boff5 1 && ,-C65\ ,+/ 5 ' / ]5 Bil8fff5 1 && ,-C5 ( 5 \ , # 5 ,' &" ]5 Bikf5 1 && ,-C85 ,+/ 5 ' / 5 was formed by workers that built Angra I and II Nuclear Plants during the decade of 1970 and 1980 and are mostly amateur fisheries. There are 36 artisanal fishers in Mambucaba that use mainly gill nets. Since the creation of ESEC Tamoios, fisheries are allowed only 1 Km after the Sandri island (around 2 Km from Praia Vermelha), AlgodĂŁo island (less than 1 Km from Vila HistĂłrica de Mambucaba) and Comprida island (less than 1 Km from Tarituba), where the main fishing grounds are located (Begossi et al., 2009). Fishers with rowing and motor boats, even in days of calm sea, are unable to reach offshore away from this island.

Since 2008, ESEC Tamoios has started its implementation and with support from IBAMA (Brazilian Institute of Environment and Renewable Natural Resources) started to enforce the rules.

Artisanal and amateur fishers argue that they are more inspected because they stay long time in the sea than industrial boats that acts more frequently during night-time when surveillance operations rarely occurs.

A conflict between local fishers and government agencies has been raised due to: (i) disrespectful approach by IBAMA, (ii) high penalties for fishers and (iii) less enforcement for touristic vessels. On the other side, owners of over middle-scale fishery related the IBAMA action with the increase of sardine and shrimp catch occurred since 2010. As a reaction, the Professional and Amateur Fishers Associations of the Angra dos Reis Forth District (APEPAD) was created in 2008. Motivated by complains from fishers, the Municipality Council of Paraty with the support of Fishers Association of Paraty and

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Conservation and Sustainable Rural Development in Contested Landscapes: International Perspectives

APEPAD, formally demanded to ICMBio (Process number 02070-003813/2009-08) to allow artisanal and amateur fishing within ESEC Tamoios. In 2009, fishers´ organizations of Paraty and Angra dos Reis engaged in the Project Development of Management Systems for Aquaculture and Fishery in Ilha Grande Bay (GPESCA). Leading this project was the Rio de Janeiro Federal University (UFRJ), the Foundation Institute of Fishery of Rio de Janeiro State (FIPERJ) and the Superintendence of Rio de Janeiro State of the Ministry of Aquaculture and Fisheries (SPRJ/MPA).

The GPESCA was fundamental to the fishery sector of Ilha Grande in order to mature discussions about the social impacts generated by ESEC Tamoios.

In March 2012, IBAMA started to decrease the frequency of surveillance operations and in April, ICMBio announced to the ESEC Tamoios Advisory Council the Commitment Term as an alternative to resume the conflict in the most affected communities: Tarituba and Mambucaba. The Commitment Term is a legal instrument created by ICMBIO that establish some rules, usually based on local rules to allow traditional populations affected by restrictive Protected Areas to access and use resource within such

areas. The Commitment Terms must be periodically reviewed, after evaluation of its performance, based on the results of environmental monitoring. Advised by the Coordination of Territorial Conflict Management of ICMBio, the ESEC Tamoios Officers carried out five meetings in the communities. These meetings aimed to explain the steps for building a Commitment Term. Recent research (Lopes et al, 2013) proposes the exclusion of only the Sandri and Comprida Islands from the ESEC Tamoios. Figure 01 synthesizes cooperation and conflicts between actors to promote institutional change at ESEC Tamoios throughout the evolution of the Commitment Term.

The social actors engaged in negotiating institutional change understands that the Commitment Term represents a legal path to transform ESEC Tamoios into an instrument for fisheries management. The Navy and the SPRJ/MPA strengthened its operations in regularizing vessels and artisanal fisheries documents of Tarituba and Mambucaba fishermen. The FIPERJ supported the Tarituba fishery registration, being part of the Work Group jointly with the Fishery Association, the Municipality Council of Paraty, AMOT and APEPAD. Artisanal fishers and AMOT LEGEND

MMA

Federal

Navy

MPA IBAMA

Universities

ICMBio

State

03 Deputies

Community-based Organizations Conflict

State

UFRJ

FIPERJ

Cooperation

SPRJ

Competition

GPESCA Mambucaba Tarituba

AMAM

AMOT

Local Fishers Colony of Paraty

Municipality Council of Paraty

Amateurs Fishers

Artisanal Fishers

APEPAD

Fishers Colony of Angra dos Reis

Figure 01 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Game of Actors to elaborate the Commitment Term between artisanal fisheries and Chico Mendes Institute of Biodiversity Conservation, with featured (bold) to the members of Advisory Council of the Ecological Station of Tamoios.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

55

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

understand that only artisanal fishers should be included in the Commitment Term, because they are traditional. Mambucaba organizations (APEPAD and “Associação de Moradores da Vila Histórica de Mambucaba – AMAM”) understands that amateur fishers should be included in the Commitment Term.

This situation has stalled the process of building the Commitment Term and Mambucaba now has their insertion considered after the experience in Tarituba has been implemented.

Territorial Prospective The diversity of social actors present in Mambucaba makes the linking to tradition as a criteria for participation a challenge for the development of the Commitment Term. Amateur fisheries and tourism are developed by many professional fishermen that abandoned fisheries after surveillance operations started. Moreover, to avoid the bureaucracy in acquiring professional fisheries licensing, many artisanal fishermen opted for amateur fisheries licenses, which are obtained through as simpler process. The Ilha Grande Bay context makes the situation more complex than first Commitment Terms designed in the Amazonian context. Despites the inadequacy of the traditional criteria to grant exclusive rights to artisanal fisheries, it remains the negotiation of rights and duties between State and Civil Society (Young, 2010). Artisanal fisheries management in the Ilha Grande Bay requires a multilevel organization of actors (Berkes, 2007) linked by a common project to build a territory (Pecqueur, 2006a). Territorial development dynamics presupposes cooperation between actors with different interests, but convergent in some points so as to formulate new projects (Carrière e Cazella, 2006). The geographic proximity between actors of this project is capable to generate learning and innovation (Pecqueur, 2006a). The common project to build a territory in Ilha Grande Bay must act systemically to improve artisanal fishery by dealing with its main threat (GPESCA, 2011).

According to Seixas e Davy (2008), integrated

56

development and conservation projects may begin after a crisis or may take advantage of a window of opportunity. The crisis generated by the conflicts described above created opportunities to build a Fisheries Participatory Monitoring Research Program in Ilha Grande Bay. This Program is expected have as objective the certification of fish quality from artisanal fisheries in a territory build through learning and collaboration between their participants. Following Armitage et al. (2009), adaptive co-management places explicit attention in learning (experiential and experimental) and collaboration (vertical and horizontal). In experiential learning, the systems should establish monitoring systems with indicators provided by user’s experience. Experimental learning, on the other side, are programmed experiments, delineated, accompanied and statistically tested by actors involved (Walters, 1986). To participate in the Research Program, artisanal professional and amateurs fishers should have permission to fish inside ESEC Tamoios with small size vessels and using fishing gears with little environmental impact. In turn, fishers could help managers by: (i) Enforcing rules: to act as fishing management instrument, ESEC Tamoios should enforce the rule over middle-scale fishery and trawling bans. The exclusive supervision by State of property institutions demand high transactional costs to be enforced (Bromley, 1989). Programs as the Voluntary Environmental Agent of the Environment Minister, for example, could allow fishers issue infraction notes. (ii) Collecting and analyzing data: for carrying out exams of fish quality (physiological and radiological, for example), specimen would be collected and sent periodically to laboratories credentialed in the Research Program. As a participatory monitoring program, joint procedures of collecting and interpreting data by its participants are requested for learning.

Provide reliable information about the Nuclear Plant impacts in the marine and coastal resources are an assignment of ESEC Tamoios. The certification of origin for fish caught by artisanal fisheries, when valued by consumers with social and environmental awareness, may contribute to develop local economy. This may be a territorial strategy of development which confers

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Conservation and Sustainable Rural Development in Contested Landscapes: International Perspectives

consumer an active role in the choice by local fish instead of exotic shrimp and fishes (e.g. Litopenaeus Vannamei, Pangasius hypophthalmus) commercialized at prices up to three times lower. Paraty´s society had an experience nationally recognized of territorial development, obtaining the Cachaça Rum Certificates of Designation of Origin. The association of different specific products in a place enables to establish the hypothesis of the basket of goods and services capable of generating a territorial quality rent to the participants of this initiative (Pecqueur, 2006b). In conclusion, at least in theory, in the case of Ilha Grande Bay, it not only feasible, but necessary, to implement integrated strategies of conservation and development into the ESEC Tamoios.

Bibliographic References Abramovay, R. 2010. Por uma teoria dos estudos territoriais. In : P.F. Vieira ; A. Cazella ; C. Cerdan ;Carriére, J-P. (Eds.) Desenvolvimento Territorial Sustentável no Brasil: subsídios para uma política de fomento. APED, Florianópolis: 27-47.

Almudi, T.; Kalikoski, D. 2009. Homem e “natureza” em um parque nacional do sul do Brasil: meios de vida e conflitos nos arredores da Lagoa do Peixe.

Desenvolvimento e Meio Ambiente, 20: 1-24.

Andion, C. 2007. Atuação das ONGs nas dinâmicas de desenvolvimento territorial sustentável no meio rural de Santa Catarina. Tese de Doutorado.

Programa Interdisciplinar em Ciências Humanas.

Florianópolis, UFSC: 266.

Armitage, D.R.; Berkes, F.; Doubleday, N. 2007.

Introduction: Moving beyond co-management. In: Adaptive co-management: collaboration, learning, and multi-level governance. UCBPress. Vancouver.

327 p.

Armitage, D.R.; Plummer, R.; Berkes, F.; Arthur, R.I.; Charles, A.T.; Davidson-Hunt, I.J.; Diduck, A.P.; Doubleday, N.C.; Johnson, D.S.; Marschke, M.;

McConney, P.; Pinkerton, E.W.; Wollenberg, E.K. 2009. Adaptive co-management for social– ecological complexity. Front Ecol Environ. 7(2): 95–102.

Begossi, A.; Lopes, P.F.; Oliveira, L.E.C.; Nakano, H. 2009. Síntese baseada no Relatório do Diagnóstico Socioambiental das Comunidades de Pescadores Artesanais da Baía da Ilha Grande (RJ). Inst.

BioAtlântica (IBio). Rio de Janeiro.

Berkes, F. 2007. Community-based conservation in a globalized world. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 104(39): 15188-15193.

Berkes, F. 2009. Evolution of co-management: Role of knowledge generation, bridging organizations and social learning. Journal of Environmental Management 90: 1692–1702.

Bromley, D.W. 1989. Economic Interests and Institutions: the conceptual foundations of public policy. Basil Blackwell, New York, 263p.

Carrière, J-P e Cazella, A.A. 2006. Abordagem Introdutória ao conceito de Desenvolvimento Territorial. Eisforia 4 (especial).

Diegues, A.C. 1998. The myth of untamed nature in the Brazilian rainforest. São Paulo, Brazil, Research Center on Human Populations and Wetlands in Brazil (NUPAUB), University of São Paulo.

Flores, M. X. 2007. Da solidariedade social ao individualismo. Tese de Doutorado. Programa de Pós-Graduação em Sociologia Política.

Florianópolis, UFSC: 266.

GPESCA, 2011. Desenvolvimento e Gerenciamento de Sistemas de Gestão da Aqüicultura e Pesca na Baía da Ilha Grande. Relatório Parcial: Resultados Preliminares, 61p.

Holling, C.S. 1973. Resilience and stability of ecological systems. Annual Review of Ecology and

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

57

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Systematics 4. 1-23pp.

IBAMA, 2000. Plano de Manejo da Estação Ecológica de Tamoios. Fase I. Instituto Nacional do Meio Ambiente, dos Recursos Naturais Renováveis e da Amazônia Legal (IBAMA).

IBGE. Página do sítio institucional www.ibge.gov.br.

Consultado em 10/01/2012.

Lopes, P.F.M.; Rosa, E.M.; Salyvonchyk, S.; Nora, V.; Begossi, A. 2013. Suggestions for fixing topdown coastal fisheries management through participatory approaches. Marine Policy, 40: 100– 110.

PNAP, 2006. Plano Estratégico Nacional de Áreas Protegidas. Decreto nº 5.758/06.

Olsson, P.; Folke, C.; Berkes, F. 2004. Adaptive Comanagement for Building Resilience in Social– Ecological Systems. Environmental Management.

34(1). 75–90.

Pecqueur, B. 2006. Qualidade e desenvolvimento territorial: a hipótese da cesta de bens e de serviços territorializados. Eisforia, v.4, n. Especial, Florianópolis: 135–153.

Pecqueur, B. 2009. A guinada territorial da economia global. Política e Sociedade. 14. Florianópolis. 79105pp.

Pinkerton, E. (Ed.) 1989. Co-operative management of local fisheries: New directions for improved management and community development. UBC Press. Vancouver.

Sachs, I. 1983. Ambiente e estilos de desenvolvimento.

In: Ecodesenvolvimento: crescer sem destruir. (I. Sachs). São Paulo. Ed. Vértice: 9-27.

2(1): 99-125.

Seixas, C.S.; Kalikoski, D.C. Veira, P.F. 2010.

Participatory small-scale fisheries management in coastal Brazil: implications for fisher’s livelihood and biodiversity conservation. World Small-Scale Fisheries Congress (WSFC), Bangkok.

SNUC. 2000. Sistema Nacional de Unidades de Conservação. Lei 9985/00.

Tonneau, J.P.; Vieira, P.H.F. 2006. Que diretrizes de pesquisa para o desenvolvimento territorial sustentável no Brasil? Eisforia, v.4, n. Especial, Florianópolis: 311–334.

Vieira, P.F. 2005. Gestão de recursos comuns para o ecodesenvolvimento. In: P.F. Vieira; F. Berkes; C.S. Seixas, Gestão integrada e participativa de recursos naturais: Conceitos, métodos e experiências.

Florianópolis, APED e SECCO: 333-378.

Vieira, P.F.; Cazella, A.A. 2006. Desenvolvimento territorial sustentável em zonas rurais: subsídios para a elaboração de um modelo de análise. In: Seminário Internacional “Territórios rurales en movimiento”. Santiago do Chile.

Vieira, P.F. 2010. Políticas ambientais no Brasil: Do preservacionismo ao desenvolvimento territorial sustentável. Política & Sociedade, 8(14): 27-75.

Young, O. R. 2010. Institutional dynamics: Resilience, vulnerability and adaptation in environmental and resource regimes. Global Environmental Change 20: 378–385.

Walters, C.J. 1986. Adaptative Management of Renewable Resources. Macmillan Publishing Company, New York. 374p.

Seixas, C.S.; Davy, B. 2008. Self-organization in integrated conservation and development initiatives. International Journal of the Commons

58

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Conservation and Sustainable Rural Development in Contested Landscapes: International Perspectives

Sustainable rural community development in Western Uganda: Tourism’s potential to alleviate poverty and support community solidarity.

Michael Campbell 1

1

Ph.D. Professor and Director, Natural Resources Institute, University of Manitoba.

1

Michael.campbell@ad.umanitoba.ca

One half of the world’s critically endangered mountain gorillas (Gorilla berengei berengei) remain in Uganda. The most recent census (2010) suggests that the gorilla population (786) has increased by 26%.

This is a remarkable increase given Uganda’s human population is increasing at a rate of 3.6%/annum and that 86% of the population engage in subsistence agriculture. The Ugandan government has identified the thoughtful development of tourism as crucial for conserving Uganda’s wildlife while simultaneously sustaining the integrity of Uganda’s diverse cultures (GOU 2004, 2000). The key to realizing this capacity lies in the development of local capacity to manage, plan, interpret and profit from the resources that are the foundation of sustainable tourism. To achieve this symbiotic relationship between tourism and resource conservation, it is essential that local communities derive benefits from tourism visits. This in turn requires that local communities are equipped with the appropriate skills and abilities that will enable them to plan for, attract and interact with tourists in a meaningful way, and derive economic benefits from the “wildlife capital” of the surrounding National Parks. In 2006, a joint project between the Universities of Manitoba, Makerere University and the Uganda Wildlife Authority was initiated to support tourism training and development in communities bordering protected areas in Western Uganda. Three communities, all with no previous tourism activities, partnered with the project to identify and develop local tourism related initiatives to enhance livelihoods and conservation. The initiatives range from less than one year to three years in development and include

a tourist accommodation, craft cooperative, guided community, forest and swamp walks, 3 beekeeping operations, tree nursery (IUCN red listed), and a hostel for Ugandan schoolchildren. While in various stages of development the initiatives provide insight into critical elements for successful community tourism initiatives. Critical elements in tourism innovations for rural development identified in this project include: development of collaborative innovation network to act as social learning system; basis of trust and selforganization (learning from conflict); community champions; transparency; empowerment and; adoption of alternatives to act in: development of a collective vision aimed at environmental sustainability and community livelihood improvement and; development of a new social system aimed at increasing the voice of poor, community involvement and participation in natural resources management and involving rural people in decision-making to increase their influence or power. A main lesson learnt from Ruhija tented camp and the Kyanyawara project is that the member’s own investments (developmental, monetary and sweat equity) in the initiatives, supplemented with additional funds contributed by CIDA, has enhanced their commitment to the success of their initiatives. This suggests that the more community groups undertake tourism related investment risks, the greater they are committed to cause of conservation.

The communities now see the natural capital of their lands as an opportunity to generate income and other rewards to enhance their livelihood and develop their communities.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

59

60

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Concurrent Session B Florestas Urbanas e Qualidade de Vida language Portuguese

Session organizer:

Dem贸stenes Ferreira da Silva Filho, ESALQ, University of S茫o Paulo, Brazil.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

61

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Arboreal native vegetation at the Natural Municipal Park “Corredores da Biodiversidade”, Sorocaba, SP, Brazil, and its importance to conservation at the urban context Samuel Coelho¹, Eliana Cardoso Leite², Ana Carolina D. Castello³ 1,2,3

Federal University of São Carlos, Sorocaba-SP, Brazil 1

samuel_coelho@yahoo.com.br 2

3

cardosoleite@yahoo.com.br

carol_devides@yahoo.com.br

Keywords: seasonal semideciduous forest; conservation; phytosociology; municipal park

Introduction The Brazilian Atlantic Rainforest is mainly represented by the vegetation along the coastline, extended from the state of Rio Grande do Norte to Rio Grande do Sul. As a result of the intensive agropastoral, industrial and urban activity the Atlantic Rainforest was almost totally devastated during the centuries after the discovery of Brazil. At the interior of São Paulo State, most of the forest remnants are isolated, small in size and in the early stages of succession (METZGER et al., 2009).

Furthermore, suffer more serious and constant threats by being located close to urban centers or surrounded by large monoculture plantations (TABARELLI et al., 2005). However, the forest remnants close to urban areas are very important to maintenance of environmental balance, mainly regarding to the quality of the air, soil, water resources and the local climate (HÜLLER et al., 2011).

The majority of forest remnants in São Paulo State are protected by specific laws in the protected areas (SÃO PAULO, 2004). Inside all its territory, beyond the few remaining of Seasonal Semideciduous Forest (SSF) and “Cerrado” (Savanna), there are few protected areas in this formations (METZGER and RODRIGUES, 2008), as well as in the region of Sorocaba. This region

62

has the second biggest area in fragments forest of the State, losing only to coastline region (KRONKA, 2005) and is intensely urbanized. In Sorocaba, one of these fragments belongs to Natural Municipal Park “Corredores da Biodiversidade” (PNMCBio) area, the first protected area actually implanted in the municipality. Due to the actions of implementing this protected area are recent, virtually nothing is known about the floristic composition and vegetation structure of this fragment, which hinders the establishment of management actions; however, it’s known that it is a changed forest fragment (SOROCABA, 2012).

Despite Sorocaba region hold several remainings of Seasonal Semidecidual Forest (MELO, 2012), struture and composition studies are rare in this region (CARDOSO-LEITE and RODRIGUES, 2008). Disturbances occurred in the ecosystem make them fragile, increasing environmental concern and highlighting the need of studies that subsidize actions that maintain the sustainability of the fragments (GENELETTI, 2004). Accordingly, the phytosociological study provides the ecological basis to explain how occurs the interaction among species in tropical forests and the floristic diversity of natural environmental, being of paramount importance for planning the rational use of this resource.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Florestas Urbanas e Qualidade de Vida

In urban ecosystems, where natural condition is strongly altered, such fragments are very important to improve quality of life, because vegetation eases the impacts caused by human activity, ensuring the maintenance of ecosystems services and maintenance the environmental quality. This public space can be set for several action for biodiversity conservation, awareness and pleasure, a challenge that involves great reflections of human action and the environmental changes related.

Thereby, we aimed analyse the arboreal structure of the remaining fragment in PNMCBio, providing auxiliary data management to assist conservation, restoration and management of the area.

Methodology Study area The study area belongs to PNMCBio, located at north of Sorocaba municipality and between the coordinates 23º23’38” S 47º29’04” W. The Park has a total area of 62,64 ha, of which approximately 20 ha belongs to the studied fragment, classified as Seasonal Semideciduous Forest (BRASIL, 1992). The southern portion of the fragment appears as an permanent preservation area (BRASIL, 2012) surrounded by Campininha stream, a Sorocaba river tributary. The studied fragment is surrounded by managed and abandoned Eucalyptus sp., reflecting the high degree of habitat fragmentation in the region, directly related to agricultural activities and urbanization process (SÃO PAULO, 2012).

This implementation was made with the purpose of providing compensation for the environmental impact caused by the installation of a new unity of Toyota (automobile industry), so the area is located in an urban area in urban-industrial expansion, near the industry.

Data collection and analysis To floristic and phytosociological analysis we allocated 64 plots (MUELLER-DOMBOIS and ELLENBERG, 1974) of 10x10m, grouped in 16 blocks with four plots each one.We sampled all individuals with a circumference at breast height (CBH) ≥ 15 cm, including dead trees who were standing, having measured their height and

CBH. The phytosociological parameters (MUELLERDOMBOIS and ELLENBERG, 1974) were calculated using the software FITOPAC 2.1 (SHEPHERD, 2009) and the Cover Value Index (CV) (sum of the relative density and relative dominance) and Importance Value (IV) (sum of density, dominance and frequency) are present, chosen because allows a more comprehensive view of the species structure in the community.

The botanical material collected was pressed and dried according to usual techniques for this type of study (FIDALGO and BONONI, 1989). The species identification was based on specific literature, comparison with herbarium material and aid of experts.

The families names are according to the APG III (2009), the spelling of species names and authors were conferred through the database of tropical plants of the Missouri Botanical Garden (W3TROPICOS, 2012).

The species successional characterization was made using a data compilation from the “Secretaria de Estado do Meio Ambiente” (SÃO PAULO, 2008).

The successional groups were divided into two broad categories: “Pioneers” (P), which includes pioneer and early secondary, and “Non Pioneers” (NP), which includes late secondary and climax, categories also adopted by Catharino et al. (2006) and Cardoso-Leite and Rodrigues (2008). Species not identified until the specific epithet and exotic were not characterized (SC).

The successional groups of species sampled and the relative proportion between the number of individuals of species in these groups were also considered to infer the successional stage of the vegetation, in this analysis were not included dead trees.

Results and Discussion We sampled 1088 individuals in 64 plots, of which 116 were dead. The individuals were disitributed into 29 families, 54 genera and 80 species, and the dead trees were treated as one family and specie for the calculation of phytosociological parameters (Table 1).

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

63

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Table 1. Sampled species at Parque Natural Municipal Corredores da Biodiversidade (PNMCBio). Nind: Number of specimens collected respectivesampled species; IVat– Natural ImportanceMunicipal Value; CV Park – Cover Value; CS – Sucessional Characterization; SC – Tablefrom 1. the Species "Corredores da Biodiversidade" (PNMCBio).

Nind: Number of specimens collected from the respective species; IV – Importance Unclassified; P – Pioneers; NP – Non Value; CV – Cover Value; CS – Sucessional Characterization; SC – Unclassified; P – Pioneers; NP – Non Pioneers.

Família

Espécies

NInd

Dead

Dead Lonchocarpus subglaucescens Mart. ex Benth.

116

27,02 17,52

Fabaceae

82

24,33 20,39 NP

Sapindaceae

Cupania vernalis Cambess.

115

23,02 16,92

P

Salicaceae

Casearia sylvestris Sw.

93

22,54 13,93

P

Fabaceae

Machaerium stipitatum (DC.) Vogel

82

16,86 12,92 NP

Fabaceae

Platypodium elegans Vogel

51

12,98

9,93

Euphorbiaceae

Pera glabrata (Schott) Poepp. ex Baill.

26

11,81

9,12

P

Salicaceae

Casearia obliqua Spreng.

33

10,89

7,84

NP

Myrtaceae

Campomanesia xanthocarpa Mart. ex O. Berg

44

10,51

7,64

NP

Fabaceae

Machaerium villosum Vogel

30

10,18

6,42

NP

VC

CS -

P

Salicaceae

Casearia decandra Jacq.

40

10,17

6,76

P

Sapindaceae

Matayba elaeagnoides Radlk.

28

7,31

4,8

P

Lauraceae

Nectandra lanceolata Nees

14

7,01

5,76

NP

Fabaceae

Bauhinia longifolia D. Dietr.

21

5,95

3,62

P

Fabaceae

Machaerium vestitum Vogel

18

5,65

2,96

NP

Fabaceae

Leucochloron incuriale (Vell.) Barneby & J.W. Grimes

25

5,59

3,44

P

Myrtaceae

Myrcia sp 2.

18

5,02

2,51

SC

Meliaceae

Trichilia pallida Sw.

17

4,67

2,16

P

Boraginaceae

Cordia trichotoma (Vell.) Arráb. ex Steud.

11

4,18

2,92

NP

Rutaceae

Zanthoxylum rhoifolium Lam.

9

4,02

2,77

P

Ebenaceae

Diospyros inconstans Jacq.

11

3,84

2,05

NP

Rutaceae

Esenbeckia febrifuga (A. St.-Hil.) A. Juss. ex Mart.

17

3,25

2,17

NP

Cannabaceae

Celtis fluminensis Carauta

10

3,21

1,77

P

Celastraceae

8

2,89

1,64

P

5

2,84

1,95

P

Fabaceae

Maytenus gonoclada Mart.

Lonchocarpus cultratus (Vell.) A.M.G. Azevedo & H.C. Lima Copaifera langsdorffii Desf

7

2,65

1,39

NP

Fabaceae

Machaerium nyctitans (Vell.) Benth.

7

2,62

1,72

NP

Fabaceae

Piptadenia gonoacantha (Mart.) J.F. Macbr.

10

2,57

1,31

P

Myrtaceae

Campomanesia guazumifolia (Cambess.) O. Berg

9

2,31

1,24

NP

Bignoniaceae

Handroanthus umbellatus (Sond.) Mattos

13

2,25

1,54

P

Arecaceae

Syagrus romanzoffiana (Cham.) Glassman

5

2,18

1,29

P

Malvaceae

Luehea divaricata Mart.

7

2,05

0,97

NP

Euphorbiaceae

Croton floribundus Spreng.

4

1,97

1,25

P

Nyctaginaceae

Guapira opposita (Vell.) Reitz

5

1,79

0,89

NP

Fabaceae

Machaerium brasiliense Vogel

6

1,76

1,05

NP

Arecaceae

Arecaceae ssp.

Lithraea molleoides Engl.

4

1,62

0,91

SC

3

1,54

1,01

NP

2

1,51

1,15

NP

5

1,49

0,6

P

7

1,47

0,76

NP

Fabaceae

Anacardiaceae Rutaceae Sapindaceae Cardiopteridaceae

64

VI

Zanthoxylum fagara (L.) Sarg.

Allophylus edulis (A. St.-Hil., A. Juss. & Cambess.)

Hieron. ex Niederl.

Citronella paniculata (Mart.) R.A. Howard

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Florestas Urbanas e Qualidade de Vida

The richness families were Fabaceae (18), Myrtaceae (13), Euphorbiaceae (5), Lauraceae, Rutaceae, Salicaceae and Sapindaceae (4). Stand out particularly these families for be in accordance with the great richness of found species in other studies conducted in regions near to Sorocaba to SSF formations (IVANAUSKAS, 1999; ALBUQUERQUE and RODRIGUES, 2000; BERNACCI et al., 2006; GUARATINI et al., 2008).

It was expected that these families appeared among the richest in number of species, once they are among the most diverse in Brazil and are pointed by several authors, especially with respect to large woody species.

Families represented with only one specie totaled 17, corresponding to 60.7% of found. The genera with the largest number of species were Machaerium (7), Myrcia (7), Sebastiania (3), Campomanesia (3) and Casearia (3).

Casearia sylvestris, Casearia decandra, Campomanesia xanthocarpa, Handroanthus umbellathus, Esenbeckia febrifuga presented almost all of their individuals in the plots allocated at the lower altitude portion and near to Campininha stream, being selective hygrophytes species (LORENZI, 2009). Cupania vernalis, Platypodium elegans, Pera glabrata and Bauhinia longifolia, except the first which presented low frequency in the plots near the stream, showed all individuals in the plots allocated at higher altitude portion and occurrence of treefall gaps, all of which are pioneering and heliophytic plants. Lonchocarpus subglaucescens, first in IV, despite not being selective about the soil moisture (Lorenzzi, 2009), showed that almost all of its individuals are in the plots allocated along the stream Campininha.

Piroli and Nascimento (2008) also observed a nonhomogeneous distribution of some species, citing the different exposures to sunlight, different hydromorphy and altitude degrees as factors that may influence the spatial distribution of species. Casearia sylvestris and Cupania vernalis were the only species that occurred in more than half of the plots, with higher frequency.

Despite the matrix be Seasonal Semideciduous Forest, the species found in the fragment are common to other formations of the State (SÃO PAULO, 2008), none of which has exclusivity occurrence in SSF. Pera glabrata, Leucochloron incuriale, Machaerium villosum, Platypodium

elegans, Trichilia pallida, Esenbeckia febrifura, Casearia decandra, Casearia sylvestris, Cupania vernalis and Matayba elaeagnoides had at least 17 individuals in the sample and also occur in dense rain forest and “Cerrado” (Savanna). Except for species not identified to specific epithet, 37 are identified as occurring in Cerrado formations, and 53, in riparian forests. Many species are common to other forest types, and even with low density, are fundamental to community maintenance. Areas in Sorocaba region received influences of “Cerradão” (Savanna type) formations, being occupied by this type of biome in past decades and currently constituting an ecotone.

The 10 higher IV species were Lonchocarpus subglaucescens, Cupania vernalis, Casearia sylvestris, Machaerium stipitatum, Platypodium elegans, Pera glabrata, Casearia obliqua, Campomanesia xanthocarpa, Machaerium villosum and Casearia decandra, contributing with 51.1% of the index. For CV, the position of the top 10 species did not had much variation, except for Casearia decandra that, due to its greater density than Machaerium villosum, occupied its position. The dead trees had the highest IV, corresponding to 10.75% (116) of the individuals. Although Tabanez et al. (1997) and Struffaldi-De-Vuono (1985) found similar values, with 11.3% and 11.5% of the individuals, the death of these trees may be related to the isolation of the fragment, where microclimate changes contribute to the increased mortality not only in immediately of its isolation, but persists along time. Natural accidents, diseases, human disturbance and marked presence of lianas may also contribute to increased mortality, this last factor influence in establishing of treefall gaps by death of their hosts, as observed in parts of the study area.

The percentage of sampled individuals and species into each succession categorie were respectively 52.5% and 40.5% of P, 43.9% and 45.6% of NP and 3.6% and 13.9 % of SC. Although the fragment has a higher P individuals proportion, we found elevated proportion of NP, as well as higher proportion of species in this stage.

Thus, that indicates a transition, where the fragment is changing from an early stage to the intermediate one. Furthermore, we observed that the presence of

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

65

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Lonchocarpus subglaucescens, Machaerium stipitatum, Casearia obliqua, Campomanesia xanthocarpa and Machaerium villosum, all of them NP and among the 10 species with higher IV, as well a gradual decrease in importance of the species samplet (Table 1), may indicate an advance to later succession stages, without excessive dominance among species.

Despite the pressure suffered by being located in urban area, the PNMCBio creation is one alternative to reduce the fragmentation effects and the remnants destruction, which act like stepping stones or corridors, increasing connectivity among forest fragments and ecological functionality of the interconnected landscape mosaics (RIBEIRO et al.

2009). The landscape integration favors the pollination process, the propagules dispersal and the animals movement, decreasing endogamy and favoring the biogeochemistry cycles. These areas, which can be or not be protected areas, benefit gene flow of many species, contributing to maintenance of animal and plant communities (TROIAN et al. 2011). The studied fragment is near others, so there is a connection possibility between this remaining with the Sorocaba river riparian forests, this benefits wildlife and human quality of life, surrounded by urbanization.

We conclued that the studied forest fragment has characteristics that indicate a transition from an early stage to an intermediate, with considerable numbers of non pioneers individuals and species, harboring species with broad occurrence and also common in other forest types, demonstrating the function of maintaining the regional biodiversity . Theses results provided basic information for further studies and development of management actions in the area, favoring regeneration forest process and maintenance of genetic and biological diversity, fulfilling one of the objectives of PNMCBio creation. Moreover, with the effective deployment of the protected area and its management, as well the development of activities related to public use and environmental education contribute to the formation of citizens better contextualized and sensitized on the importance of environmental preservation.

66

Acknowledgements We thank Toyota of Brazil Ltda for the financial support and Fiorella Fernanda Mazin Capelo (Myrtaceae – UFSCar Sorocaba) and Marcelo A. Pinho Ferreira (ESALQ-USP) for the help in identifying botanical material.

References Albuquerque, G.B.; Rodrigues. 2000. A vegetação do Morro de Araçoiaba, Floresta Nacional de Ipanema, Iperó (SP). Scientia Forestalis, Piracicaba, n.28, p.145-159.

APG III. 2009. An update of the Angiosperm Phylogeny Group classification for the orders and families of flowering plants: APG III. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society, Londres, v.161, n.2, p.105- 202.

Bernacci, L.C. et al. 2006. O efeito da fragmentação florestal na composição e riqueza de árvores na região da Reserva do Morro Grande (Planalto de Ibiúna-SP). Revista do Instituto Florestal, São Paulo, v.18, n. único, p. 121-166.

Brasil. 1992. Manual Técnico da Vegetação Brasileira.

Rio de Janeiro: Fundação Instituto Brasileiro de Geografia e Estatística- IBGE. 153p.

Brasil. 2012. Lei nº 12.651, de 25 de maio de 2012.

Dispõe sobre a proteção da vegetação nativa; altera as Leis nºs 6.938, de 31 de agosto de 1981, 9.393, de 19 de dezembro de 1996, e 11.428, de 22 de dezembro de 2006; revoga as Lei nºs 4.771, de 15 de setembro de 1965, e 7.754, de 14 de abril de 1989, e a Medida Provisória nº 2.166- 67, de 24 de agosto de 2001; e dá outras providências. Brasília.

2012.

Cardoso-Leite, E.; Rodrigues, R. R. 2008.

Fitossociologia e caracterização sucessional de um fragmento de floresta estacional no sudeste do Brasil. Revista Árvore, Viçosa, v.32, n.3, p.583-595.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Florestas Urbanas e Qualidade de Vida

Catharino, E.L.M. et al. 2006. Aspectos da composição e diversidade do componente arbóreo das florestas da Reserva Florestal do Morro Grande, Cotia, SP. Biota Neotropica, Campinas, v.6, n.2, p.1-18.

Fidalgo, O.; Bononi, V.L.R. 1989. Técnicas de coleta, preservação e herborização de material botânico.

São Paulo: Instituto de Botânica/Imprensa Oficial do Estado de São Paulo, 62p.

Geneletti, D. 2004. Using spatial indicators and value functions to assess ecosystem fragmentation caused by linear infrastructures. International Journal of Applied Earth Observation and Geoinformation, v.5, n.1, p.1–15.

Guaratini, M.T.G. et al. 2008. Composição florística da Reserva Municipal de Santa Genebra, Campinas, SP. Revista Brasileira de Botânica, São Paulo, v.31, n.2, p.323-337.

Hüller, A. et al. 2011. Estrutura fitossociológica da vegetação arbórea do parque natural municipal de Santo Ângelo, Santo Ângelo, RS. Ciência Florestal, Santa Maria, v.21, n.4, p.629-639.

Ivanauskas, N.M; Rodrigues, R.R.; Naves, A.G. 1999.

Fitossociologia de um trecho de Floresta Estacional Semidecídua em Itatinga, SP, Brasil. Scientia Forestalis, Piracicaba, v.56, p.83-99.

Kronka, F.J.N. et al. 2005. Inventário florestal da vegetação natural do Estado de São Paulo. São Paulo: Imprensa Oficial. 200p.

Lorenzi, H. 2009. Árvores Brasileiras: manual de identificação e cultivo de plantas arbóreas do Brasil.

Nova Odessa, SP: Instituto Plantarum. 384p.

Melo, K. 2012. Análise espacial de remanescentes florestais como subsídio para o estabelecimento de unidades de conservação. 2012. 82f.

Dissertação. (Mestrado em Diversidade Biológica e Conservação) - Universidade Federal de São

Carlos, Centro de Ciências e Tecnologia para a Sustentabilidade, Sorocaba, São Paulo.

Metzger, J.P. et al. 2009. Time-lag in biological responses to landscape changes in a highly dynamic Atlantic forest region. Biological Conservation, v.142, p.1166–1177.

Metzger, J.P.; Rodrigues, R.R. 2008. Mapas-síntese das diretrizes para conservação e restauração da biodiversidade no Estado de São Paulo. In: SECRETARIA DO MEIO AMBIENTE. Diretrizes para conservação e restauração da biodiversidade no Estado de São Paulo. São Paulo: Secretaria de Estado do Meio Ambiente.

Mueller-Dombois, D.; Ellenberg, H. 1974. Aims and methods of vegetation ecology. New York: Wiley & Sons. 574p.

Piroli, E.L.; Nascimento, A.R.T. 2008. Análise florística e estrutura fi tossociológica de um fragmento de Floresta Ombrófila Mista no município de Sertão – RS. Ambiencia, Guarapuava, v.4, n.1, p. 91-103.

Ribeiro, M.C. et al. 2009. The Brazilian Atlantic Forest: How much is left, and how is the remaining forest distributed? Implications for conservation.

Biological Conservation, v.142, p.1141–1153.

São Paulo. 2004. Secretaria do Meio Ambiente.

Fundação para a Conservação e a Produção Florestal do Estado de São Paulo. Recuperação florestal: da muda à floresta. São Paulo: SMA. 112 p.

São Paulo. 2008. Secretaria de Estado do Meio Ambiente. Resolução SMA nº 08 de 31 de janeiro de 2008. Fixa a orientação para o reflorestamento heterogêneo de áreas degradadas e dá providências correlatas.

São Paulo. 2012.Secretaria do Meio Ambiente / Coordenadoria de Planejamento Ambiental.

Meio Ambiente Paulista: Relatório de Qualidade Ambiental 2012. Organização: Fabiano Eduardo

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

67

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Lagazzi Figueiredo. São Paulo: SMA/CPLA. Shepherd, G.J. FITOPAC 2.1. 2009. Universidade Estadual de Campinas. Depto de Botânica, 2009.

Sorocaba. 2012. Secretaria do Meio Ambiente. Plano de Manejo do Parque Natural Municipal Corredores da Biodiversidade de Sorocaba (versão preliminar).

Biométrica. Sorocaba. 387p.

Struffaldi-De-Vuono, Y. 1985. Fitossociologia do estrato arbóreo da floresta da Reserva do Instituto de Botânica (São Paulo, SP). 1985. 213f. Tese (Doutorado) - Universidade de São Paulo, São Paulo.

Tabanez, A.J.; Viana,V.M.; Dias, A. 1997. Conseqüências da fragmentação e do efeito de borda sobre a estrutura, diversidade e sustentabilidade de um fragmento de floresta de planalto de Piracicaba, SP. Revista Brasileira de Biologia, São Carlos, v.57, n.1, p.47-60.

Tabarelli, M.; et al. 2005. Desafios e oportunidades para a conservação da biodiversidade da Mata Atlantica brasileira. Megadiversidade, Belo Horizonte, v.1, n.1.

Troian, L.C.; Fäffer, M.I.; Müller, s.c.; Troian, V.R.; Guerra, J.; Borges, M.G.; Guerra, T.; Rodrigues, G.G. & Forneck, E.D. 2011. Florística e padrões estruturais de um fragmento florestal urbano, região metropolitana de Porto Alegre, RS, Brasil.

IHERINGIA, Sér. Bot., Porto Alegre, v.66, n.1, p.

5-16.

W3TROPICOS. Disponível em:<www.tropicos.org>.

Acesso em: 01 nov. de 2012.

68

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Florestas Urbanas e Qualidade de Vida

Urban tree cover and human comfort in Campinas, Brazil Lea Yamaguchi Dobbert1, Demóstenes Ferreira da Silva Filho2 Jefferson Lordello Polizel3 1,2,3

University of São Paulo/ ESALQ 1

leadobbert@yahoo.com.br 2

dfilho@usp.br

3

jpolize@usp.br

Keywords: Trees, Microclimate, Urban Environment, Thermal Comfort.

Abstract The comfort in the urban space relies on a number of variables related to physical and subjective sensations experienced by people in different environment types.

Due to several changes on thermal characteristics of the surface through anthropic actions like the waterproofing ground and vegetation removal, the heating of the urban environment has increased the effects on the heat islands and worsen it even more.

Into this framework, the urban tree cover presents itself as a key tool by promoting the comfort and wellbeing of its citzens. Besides benefiting the urban microclimate and air quality, it reduces the solar radiation, increases the air humidity and decreases the air temperature, as being one of the main responsible factors for promoting the thermal comfort sensation in open spaces.

The present study, part of a research sponsored by CNPq (National Counsel of Technological and Scientific Development), has analized two neighborhoods (one wooded and the other not wooded) in Campinas city , SP , Brazil in order to verify the interference of trees in thermal comfort conditions and the comfort of the users in the analized places.

Introduction The urbanization effects cause environmental impacts

that affect human comfort. Nowadays in Brazil, more than 80% of the population lives in cities, according to IBGE (2010). The well planned soil use and occupation minimizes the negative aspects caused by compression of the cities. In this regard, Lynch (1960), Spirn (1995), Hough (1989) consider the natural resources looking for a healthier city. The design of urban space should therefore respect the natural environment providing welfare for its users. City, as a part of nature, needs to be planned integrated to the ecosystem. But modern society, looking for interess of the population, changes the natural landscape through artificial human actions (SANTOS, 2008), damaging the comfort in urban space. Few studies have been developed in order to observe the influence of vegetation on microclimate, on the thermal comfort and the quality of open spaces (SPIRN, 1995; NIKOLOPULOU and LYKOUDIS, 2006). Thus, it is highly recommended that the growing of trees and shrub species, as far as it is known, providing shading is the major factor really responsible for the thermal comfort sensation in open spaces. In addition to cutting down solar radiation, plants have the ability to modify the microclimate, increasing air humidity and decreasing the air temperature (OLIVEIRA and MASCARÓ, 2007).

The comfort in urban area depends on a number of variables related to physical sensations and subjective experienced by people in different types

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

69

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

of environment. Due to a series of changes in the thermal characteristics of the surface resulting from human activities such as soil sealing and vegetation removal, heating in urban areas has aggravated the effects of heat islands. Therefore, urban tree cover presents with a key tool by promoting the comfort and welfare of its inhabitants. Besides benefiting the urban microclimate and air quality, reduces solar radiation, increases the air humidity and decreases the air temperature, consisting of one of the main factors responsible for the sensation of thermal comfort in open spaces.

This study, part of a larger research sponsored by CNPq, examined two neighborhoods of Campinas, SP, Brazil (one with lower and another with higher amount of trees) in order to verify the interference of trees in the microclimate and thermal comfort.

Methodology Two neighborhoods were selected: The first one, Jardim das Paineiras neighborhood, predominantly residential, with occurrence of shops concentrated on the avenues, very well wooded. The second one, Cambui neighborhood, an area with mixed occurrence of homes and shops, has a large concentration of residential buildings, most of them containing more than 10 floors, not so well wooded like Jardim das Paineiras.

The index PET (Physiologically Equivalent Temperature) evaluated the thermal comfort in the external environment. This index was obtained by Ray Man Software developed by Matzarakis, Rutz and Mayer (2007), using data from microclimatic monitoring. The measured variables were: air temperature (째 C) and relative humidity (%), with the aid of a thermo-hygrometer, wind speed (m / s) using a thermo-anemometer and digital globe temperature (째 C) through a globe thermometer, which allows the calculation of the mean radiant temperature used in this software. The equipment set on a tripod 1.50 m high consists of: a register of temperature and relative humidity, model Testo 175, protected from radiation,

70

a temperature sensor, model Testo 175-T2, another temperature sensor , Testo 0613 1711 model adapted to the globe and an anemometer - thermometer Testo 445 digital sensor 0635-1549, (protected by a Styrofoam box). Data were recorded each 15 minutes, between 9h and 17h for five consecutive days in August 2012.

To quantify the tree cover we used techniques of remote sensing and GIS enabled to view and assess the areas under study. The supervised classification identifies and quantifies the different types of land use through thematic classes as building area, canopy area, turf, bare soil, impervious areas - asphalt, sidewalks and others.

The Index of Urban Forest (IFU) proposed by Silva Filho and other researchers (2005), allows classifying the analysed areas according to the amount of trees through the use of high resolution multispectral image Word View-2, processed 50 cm spatial resolution, RGB and IR image for the year 2011 in four bands (blue, green, red and near infrared) of selected areas in Campinas city.

The classified images were cropped in Quantum GIS from the boundary of the districts provided by the Planning department of Campinas city. With the supervised classification results was possible to check the ratio of free space with trees (ELA) and proofed free space (ELI) and the ratio of free space with trees (ELA) for built space (EC), obtained by means of the formulas described below :

The ELA (Woody Free Space) constitutes the sum of all the tree crowns and shrubs included in the analyzed area; ELI (Waterproof Free Space) is the sum of not built spaces, however, waterproofed by some impermeable material , which contributes to increasing the runoff of rainwater in the city. To obtain the EC (Construt Space) add up all the coverings spaces found in the image (not free, not occupied by vegetation). These formulas allow to obtain a performance value of a certain neighborhood.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Florestas Urbanas e Qualidade de Vida

The IFU index (Urban Forest Index) is derived by the following equation: IFU= PAI + PAC The IFU can be considered an indicator of recognition and qualification of wooded spaces, related to other building elements and urban equipments such as streets, sidewalks, patios, houses, buildings, present in urban environment and contributors for environmental improvement (Silva Filho et al , 2005). This index with values 0-2 constitutes an indicator for increasing the value of wooded areas, and than closer to 2, more valued is the analyzed area.

Results and discussion Tree cover in the analysed areas In Cambuí neighborhood the IFU = 0.80 is unsatisfactory, requiring maintenance and replacement of various trees. Some streets have no trees. The trade overlaps to homes, making the neighborhood more arid. The removal of trees is justified by the need to highlight the façade of the stores and ensure parking.

Sometimes tree implantation is impossibel due to lack of space on narrow sidewalks that makes it difficult

to maintain trees, causing problems like big roots and inadequate pits. In this neighborhood only 6% of the land cover is classified as turf , thus there are few potential areas for trees. Tree plantation on sidewalks is not feasible, mostly due to its unsuitability for planting. Some alternatives such as green roofs and vertical gardens are possible to help the improvement of environmental quality.

The neighborhood Jardim das Paineiras presents IFU satisfactory (IFU = 1.40) and contains considerable diversity of species. This district showed the highest percentage of canopy and turf, with a total of 46% of the total area, with Free Wooded Space (ELA) corresponding to 55% of the total area.

Climatic variables The climatic variables in the two thermo stations showed different values (Table1). The relative humidity and air temperature were the variables that best expressed the climatic influence of vegetation on urban microclimate of the city.

There were significant differences between the two stations for all climatic parameters (p value <0.0001), according to Kruskal-Wallis statistical test. The relative humidity showed up to 10% difference between the

Table 1: Climatic variables in the analysed areas

Neighborhoods

Jardim das Paineiras

Cambuí

Climatic variables

N

Mean

SD

Min.

Median

Max.

P value

Air humidity

165

55.45

11.71

36.30

56.30

77.10

<0.0001

Air temperature

165

22.10

2.76

15.40

22.50

26.20

<0.0001

Wind speed

165

0.75

0.54

0.00

0.51

3.10

<0.0001

Mean radiant temperature

165

22.78

2.73

15.93

23.34

28.45

<0.0001

PET

165

20.51

3.10

12.20

20.80

27.00

<0.0001

Air humidity

165

47.92

12.26

30.40

46.30

71.20

<0.0001

Air temperature

165

24.16

3.53

16.40

24.50

30.40

<0.0001

Wind speed

165

0.76

0.41

0.02

0.70

2.00

<0.0001

Mean radiant temperature

165

30.75

7.19

16.67

31.36

46.14

<0.0001

PET

165

25.19

5.34

13.20

25.70

34.40

<0.0001

(Mann-Whitney)

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

71

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

thermo stations, while the air temperature difference showed values differing by up to 2 ˚ C between the two analyzed areas. The neighborhood jardim das Paineiras, better wooded (IFU = 1.40) obtained higher relative humidity (56.30%) and milder temperature (22.50 ˚ C).

The wind had no significant correlation. The air temperature and Mean radiant temperature was directly proportional to PET, while the relative humidity appeared inversely proportional to the PET. The air temperature showed a decrease by up to 2 ˚ C and relative humidity up to 10% increase in the more wooded neighborhood. Thermal comfort was evaluated by means of calculating PET (Physiologically Equivalent Temperature) obtained with the use of software Rayman (MATZARAKIS et al, 2007), showed the highest comfort index in more wooded neighborhood, difference of PET from 4,9 ˚ C between the two analysed areas.

Conclusion The thermal comfort,evaluated by PET (Physiologically Equivalent Temperature) showed highest comfort level in the more wooded neighborhood ( Jardim das Paineiras) The climatic variables that best represented the thermal difference between the analysed areas was the air temperature and air humidity What can be concluded is that urban tree cover influences directly in environmental quality, increasing the welfair of their users. Therefore, managers and urban planners should give more attention to urban tree cover in order to improve the urban environment providing more comfort to its users.

72

Refereces Hough, M. City form and natural process, New York, Routledge, 1989, 280p.

Lynch, K, A imagem da cidade. São Paulo: Ed. Martins Fontes, 1997, 227p.

Spirn, A. W. O jardim de granito: A natureza no desenho da cidade. São Paulo: EDUSP, 345p, 1995.

Matzarakis,A.; Rutz,F.; Mayer,H.; Modelling radiation fluxes in simple and complex environments- application the RayMan model, International Journal of Biometeorology, 51, 323334, 2007.

Nikopoulou, M.; Lykoudis, Thermal comfort and psychological adaptation as a guide for designing urban spaces. Building and environment, v. 41, p.1455-1470, 2006.

Santos, M. Metamorfose do Espaço Habitado, Edusp, são Paulo, 2008, 132p.

Silva-filho, D.F; Piveta, K.F.L.; Couto, H.T.Z.; Polizel, J.L. Indicadores de floresta urbana a partir de imagens aéreas multiespectrais de alta resolução, Scientia Forestalis n. 67, p.88-100, 2005.

Oliveira, L. A.; Mascaró, J. J. Análise da qualidade de vida urbana sob a ótica dos espaços públicos de lazer. Ambiente construído, v. 7, n. 2, 2007, p. 59 – 69.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Florestas Urbanas e Qualidade de Vida

Challenges in implementing a Municipal Natural Park in a Petrochemical Pole: the case of the Natural Park Municipal Cotia-Pará, Cubatão (SP), Brazil.

Juliana Ferreira de Castro¹; Sidnei Raimundo² Department of State for the Environment of São Paulo, São Paulo Graduate Student in Social Change and Political Participation, EACH/USP, University of São Paulo.

1

1

2

juboraceia@yahoo.com.br

Professor, EACH/USP. University of São Paulo.

2

sraimundo@usp.br

Keywords: Natural Municipal Park Cotia-Pará; public use; social and environmental interaction.

This work is part of the results of the master plan for the Protected Area, developed by the authors and by the company CPEA (Consulting, Planning and Environmental Studies), with funds from Usiminas steel company.

The State of São Paulo, Brazil, there are two principal biomes of global significance, the Atlantic Forest and the Cerrado. These biomes are heavily fragmented, because they suffered and suffer intense mischaracterization process due they are inserted into the most industrialized and urbanized country, and it also provides a highly capitalized and mechanized agriculture. All these activities promote and promoted large conversions of land use cover, reducing the original areas covered by those biomes. The Atlantic Forest is ranked among 25 “hotspots” of biodiversity on the planet, in other words, areas of great ecological diversity and who lost at least 70% of its original forest cover, and is considered worldwide a top priority for biodiversity conservation (LEAL-GALINDO; CHAMBER, 2005). In the Atlantic “Serra do Mar” slopes and in some sectors of the coastal plain, and the Ribeira Valley, are the largest area with vegetation cover in the state that still has much of the Atlantic Forest remnants (PRIMACK, 2001).

The Santos Region in São Paulo State has high rates of industrial growth and economic development, there are inserted the Polo Steel and Petrochemical Cubatão beyond the largest port in Latin America, the Port of Santos. In the region, the presence of base-industries and other polluting activities with low suitability for some uses in the midst of an extensive network of canals and extensive estuarine mangroves constitute a situation of high ecological vulnerability, and constitute the most important example of environmental degradation caused by water pollution, soil and air in coastal environments in Brazil (MESTIERI, SOUZA apud CPEA, 2012). Added to this context a good network of roads between the capital (the city of São Paulo) and Santos Region, which allow a heavy flow of people, goods and information in the region, making this a very complex scenario, which ultimately exert great pressure on the remaining forests of the region.

The Municipal Natural Park Cotia Pará (MNPCP) is located in Cubatão, in Santos Region, and was created in 2012 with a purpose to preservation of important remnants of the Atlantic Forest biome and associated ecosystems such as mangroves and dunes, and mangroves in particular, makes up about 50% of the Park area. In MNPCP there are two shell middens (Sambaqui in Guarani Indian language) of great

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

73

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

relevance because of human skeletons of more than 5,000 years ago. One of them, called Sambaqui Cotia Para-2, has about twenty meters tall and is considered the world’s third largest sambaqui (GONZALEZ apud CPEA, 2012). The MNPCP has on its surroundings (in a radius of approximately 10 km) five Protected Areas, two State Parks, two Environmental Protection Areas and a Private Reserve of Natural Heritage, Protected Areas play an important ecological role by contributing to the environmental connectivity , indicated by the presence of migratory fauna in the area MNPCP (CPEA, 2012). Besides these features, the MNPCP is a recreational area for the community of Cubatão, lacking, among other things, opportunities for leisure and recreation amid an environment closer to the natural and least urbanized.

Thus, protection of MNPCP has relevance for the protection of fragile ecosystems like mangroves and dunes, the composition and maintenance of corridors and increase connectivity with other Protected Areas of the environment, the protection of archaeological sites, as well as being a leisure option, recreation and environmental education in contact with nature for the community. The implementation of this Protected Area, as Park, is so complex due to the urban reality of Cubatão and others uses in the area before MNPCP studies for development of its Master Plan in 2012. Some of these uses were deployed in the past and now are incompatible with a category Park, as recommended by the National System of Conservation Units (SNUC – Federal Law nº. 9985 de 18 de julho, 2000). These activities are conflicting: an exotic ornamental plant nursery, a zoo, a mini farm and hippotherapy (horse stables for shelter, with its activities in the Park, linked to the use of horses for the recovery of children and adolescents with motor difficulties).

The objectives of the category Park, defined by SNUC, consist in preserving natural ecosystems of ecological significance and scenic beauty, allowing scientific research activities and environmental education and interpretation, and outdoors recreation on nature and ecotourism. Given this scenario, when preparing the

74

Master Plan for the Protected Area, thought about how to reconcile environmental conservation function of a Park associated with the desires and needs of a community in need of leisure facilities, which lies in the midst of a major Petrochemical and Metallurgical country and whose basic needs are often not met. In the same vein, it was thought in addressing those for activities incompatible with the Park category, but which are regarded by the community as important to stay in the area.

F or the preparation of the Master Plan for the Protected Area, and therefore the legal work, it has been done field surveys to collect data and information on the environment and socio-cultural area and its surroundings. After the data collection phase, meetings were held for technical and participatory planning workshops, which were attended by representatives stakeholders of institutions and governance bodies that act directly and indirectly in the Park. Strategies were developed to framework the incompatible uses with a conservation of Protected Areas, as was manifest desire of the community in participatory planning workshops to keep the zoo, the exotic plant nursery and mini farm. The area where these conflicting activities where held was managed initially as Conflicting Use Zone, to then be broken by the Municipality of Cubatão in the current area NMPCP and be transformed into an Urban Park Hall. In return, to compensate for the resulting decrease in the area for conservation, it was suggested that a neighboring area to NMPCP that is Navy’s public domain managed as Inclusion Area, thus ensures greater protection in environmental laws in the Country and increases the significance of the Park from the viewpoint of conservation.

We developed a zoning for NMPCP (figure below), indicating the locations where activities can be performed and all the constraints and implications that fit them. Then Masters Programs have been developed that indicate the main thematic actions and strategies for the implementation and management of the Park, namely: Program Management, Protection Program, Research Program and Program for Public Use and Environmental Interaction.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Florestas Urbanas e Qualidade de Vida

Figure 1: Zoneamento do Parque Natural Municipal Cotia-ParĂĄ. Source: CPEA, 2012.

All the strategies outlined, consensual and consolidated in the workshops and other participatory planning stages of spatial NMPCP deal with an intermediate phase for effective Protected Area. From this set of consolidated shares will be possible to establish new management zones that will be more permanent, tending to stabilize and the adequacy of the Park in accordance with SNUC and also meeting the expectations of society.

CubatĂŁo lacks protected natural areas to maintain essential ecosystem services and community CubatĂŁo lacks spaces where you can enjoy leisure time. The Parks have a key role in the midst of a society that suffers the consequences of urban development, with watercourses polluted, lack of sanitation, among other problems. Besides having the objective of nature conservation and achievement of scientific research, the Park also have targeted public visitation, to be offered environmental education, leisure and recreation for the community in general.

The community suffers the consequences of urban growth and already has some understanding of their meanings and senses on the existence of this area.

Create opportunities for this community to interact with the remaining green areas in the city is a possibility that there may be changes in attitudes and behaviors of individuals against their relationship with nature. Highlighting, then, the key actions included in the Program Management Plan of the Park in order to reconcile the conservation objectives with the interests and needs of the surrounding community.

Through the activities of environmental education and awareness, leisure and recreation Public Use and Environmental Interaction Program it is search up the closer relationship between the Protected Area and the wider community, it aims to demonstrate to visitors and neighbors the relevance of NMPCP seeking their meanings and senses to society. One has to look beyond that irregular activities mentioned in the past of the Park, there is pressure for various uses,

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

75

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

some of which are not consistent with the goals of the Park and others who are against the illegal Brazilian legislation. We identified sites within the Park used by religious, it is known that there are communities around doing irregular water uptake, users of illicit substances are recurrent in the Park, as well as hunting, collecting crabs and planting illegal substances that were also portrayed.

From the diagnosis and surveys performed, it provided subsidies for the implementation of the NMPCP Public Use and Environmental Interaction Program, in order to establish opportunities for leisure and recreation to society as a whole, providing quality of life, interaction between people and the natural environment and conservation in a sustainable manner. In this sense, the main strategies / activities of this Program are: R5 -.,/ ./, 5." 5-* -5 ( 5 +/#*' (.5 0 #& & : R5 -. &#-"65 #(0)&0#(!5 ." 5 &) &5 )''/(#.365 5 0#-/ &5 identity for the Park; R5 ), #(!5 .)5 ." 5 *,)*)- 5 4)(#(!65 ' % 5 ." 5 implementation and monitoring of three trails: the trail at the base of the slope of the Cotia â&#x20AC;&#x201C; ParĂĄ Hill, the path along the transmission line that crosses part of the mangrove vegetation, and the trail that leads to statue of Christ; R5 (-. &&5 -#!( ! 5 .",)/!")/.5 ." 5 #( , -.,/ ./, 5 , 5 of the Park, including the zooâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s enclosures and tracks visitation; R5 -. &#-"5 5 / *,)!, '5 (. ,(-"#*5#(5 65-)5 that it contributes to the professional development of the student, to the knowledge of the visitors and to establish improvements in the Park; R5 ,)'). 5 #( ),' .#)(5 ( 5 , " )&)!# &5 /( 5 ) 5 the Park as a strategy for promoting the Unit; R5 & ,# 35 ." 5 -/,,)/( #(!5 )''/(#.# -5 )/.5 ." 5 goals of the Park, in order that the community take ownership of the Park and develop a sense of belonging; R5 /**),.5 ( 5 ( )/, ! 5 #(#.# .#0 -5 ( 5 -/-. #( & 5 development alternatives for the communities located in the Buffer Zone of PNMCP; R5 0 &)*65 1#."5 ." 5 -/**),.5 ) 5 ." 5 )''/(#.365 (5

76

ecological event calendar; For the feasibility of the proposals in the Program, it is recommended that the NMPCP perform partnerships with public and private institutions in order to increase the potential success of each proposed activity and this Program. It is also necessary to train the staff of the Park for monitoring the work proposed in this program.

In the other hand, Management Program is designed to assist the manager in decision-making and priority actions for which the Park is consolidated as a Protected Area. The management process is dynamic and NMPCP presents atypical features because of the types of uses already established in their space that conflict with the goals of this category of Protected Area and will continue to exist adequately to the legislation. Thus the strategies defined for this Program were: R5 0 &)*' (.5 ) 5 *,)$ .-5 ),5 #'*& ' (. .#)(5 ) 5 the Protected Area focusing emergency, in order: the land regularization; regulation from legal documents, carrying out projects to reform and readjust the infrastructure of Conflicting Use Zone.

R5 )(-)&# .#)(5 ) 5 ' ( ! ' (.5 *)&# 35 5 through: manager with a background in environmental, strengthening partnerships between the Municipal; fostering a database and projects; joint partnerships with industry, other businesses, Non Government Organizations and Civil Society Organization of Public Interest to effect regional proposals, creation of a department in the Municipal Environment of CubatĂŁo dealing with Protected Areas, creation of the Advisory Council.

R5 Ĺ&#x20AC;(#(!5 ." 5 -- (.# &5 /( .#)(-5 5 #(5 order: management and administration activities as fundamental protection, research and management; determination of the activities that can be outsourced and standardizes them for concessions and contracts for services, planning and monitoring of outsourced activities; design and development of the Risk Management Plan to the Public Visitation with Contingency Plan in accordance with ABNT NBR 15331 2004.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Florestas Urbanas e Qualidade de Vida

Until the conflicting use zone is regularized as Urban Park this area is treated as conservation area and will also be awarded funds for projects submitted to the Clearing House, Commitment Terms of Environmental Compensation and Terms of Adjustment of Conduct. The retrofitting of visitation structures, trails and attractions is crucial to minimize potential impacts on the native fauna existing in the Park. Moreover, one must adapt to structures with special needs, in accordance with Federal Law No. 10.098/2000 and its regulation from the Federal Decree No. 5.296/2004 establishing the promotion of accessibility for people with disabilities or reduced mobility.

The Protection Program comes against the Management Program since it promotes the full protection of the natural heritage of a Protected Area and both must act together to identify problems and solutions in the equation.

With respect to protection of the Protected Area, the strategies were: R5 -. &#-"5 !, ' (.-65 ,.( ,-"#*-5 ( 5 - %5 partners for Institutional Relations, seeking: conduct regular monitoring of colonization of native forests by exotic species, promote erosion control and restoration of natural processes and / or resulting from human action; develop, deploy and maintain Plan Surveillance; provide through Municipal government a bond with the environmental Police, Civil Police, Federal Police, IBAMA (Brazilian Institute of Environmental and Renewable Natural Resources), State and Federal Public Ministry, and other active institutions in environmental protection scenario for the fast and efficient service demands, especially those related to criminal activity in the immediate surroundings of the Park; elaborate plans to celebrate the agreement between Municipality and Department of Public Safety for a more effective action as the Environmental Police watchdog through Delegate Activity, as already happens in other counties; develop research surrounding the NMPCP to identify potential leaders active in protecting the environment.

R5 *.5 ." 5 #( , -.,/ ./, 65 +/#*' (.5 ( 5 "/' (5

resources, from: setting priorities in the acquisition of equipment; continuous training of staff involved in the protection, adequacy of physical infrastructure to support the monitoring, expanding the effective and vigilant posts surveillance.

R5 )( / .5 -., . !# 5 *& ((#(!65 .)95 -#!(5 *,).) )&5 procedures; raise funds for the production of information material; joint partnerships to accomplish the Program; structuring of the Technical Chamber of Protection within the Consultative Council; disclosure of actions of the Board.

One of the major tasks of running the Protection Program is the mapping of risks and violations in and around the NMPCP, the control of surrounding areas by organized crime prevented an initial mapping for the preparation of the Master Plan, requiring intensified policing of these areas of risk. Only with the systematic collection of data over the next few years it will be possible for the management structure of the Park to accurately identify the places and events of highest risk and coordinate partnerships to draw concrete objectives in the medium and long term.

Already the Research Program and Management aims to generate knowledge necessary to undertake management practices in NMPCP plus: guiding research in development in the Park; establish and stimulate the composition of the scientifictechnical collection unit; monitor the phenomena and environmental change occurring; expand and systematize the knowledge acquired by ecosystems and disseminate the results to society. For the development of this program there is the following strategies: R5 ( ! 5 ( 5 ')(#.),5 ." 5 .#0#.35 ) 5 - # (.#Ĺ&#x20AC; 5 research; R5 ( ! 5." 5 /( : R5 ( ! 50 ! . .#)(: R5 ( !#(!5." 5 /&./, &5 ,#. ! : R5 ( ! 5 . ,5 -)/, -8 Based on these actions, it is expected that the Municipal Natural Park Cotia-ParĂĄ, begins a new phase of development in which it will turn efetive management objectives and establish a relationship

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

77

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

which encourages in the community a sense of pride of having a Protected Area as neighbor with the recognition of the environmental services that must fulfill its primary objectives and be recognized throughout local society.

References BRASIL. Lei Federal nº 9985, de 18 de julho de 2000. Institui o Sistema Nacional de Unidades de Conservação da Natureza.

CPEA – Consultoria, Planejamento e Estudos Ambientais. 2012. Plano de Manejo do Parque Natural Municipal Cotia Pará. Usiminas. Cubatão, SP. GALINDO-LEAL; CÂMARA. 2005. Status do Hotspot Mata Atlântica: uma síntese. Belo Horizonte. Fundação SOS Mata Atlântica / Conservação Internacional do Brasil.

PRIMACK, R. B. 2001. Biologia da conservação.

Londrina: Editora Rodrigues.

78

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Florestas Urbanas e Qualidade de Vida

Analysis of public spaces titled as “Park” in Sorocaba, SP, Brazil, as a subsidy for its management.

Mauricio Tavares da Mota¹, Eliana Cardoso Leite²

1

Graduate Student in Sustainable Environmental Management, Federal University of São Carlos (UFSCAR), Sorocaba-SP 1

2

mauriciotavaresmota@gmail.com

Professor, Department of Environmental Sciences, Federal University of São Carlos (UFSCAR) 2

cardosoleite@yahoo.com.br

Keywords: Urban parks; free spaces; protected areas.

The present study evaluated the public spaces titled as “Park” in the city of Sorocaba, and provide for effective management of these spaces and the consequent promotion of the quality of life of its users. The research methodology was divided in two stages, the first consisted in bibliographical and cartographical survey of established parks in Sorocaba with aid of 66 aerial photos scanned in scale 1: 20,000 (year 2006), throughout the territory, these were geo-referenced and exported, vectorized for ArcGis ® 9.0 software; the second, consisted of field analysis and proposition of the method, to distinguish between those with urban vocation, of those with potential for conservation units based on the following criteria: size, percentage of native forest cover and function. We identified 33 parks, totaling an area of 1,593 .87 ha, the smallest 0.28 ha and has greater has 1,074 ha, 14 (42%) are smaller than 5 ha, 5 (12%) range between 5.1 and 10 ha, 11 (33%) are between 10.1 and 50 ha, 2 (6%) between 50.1 and 100 ha and 1 (3%) has size greater than 100 ha. Of these, 14 (42.5%) have potential to meet

urbanistic functions, another 14 (42.5%). Do not have the the minimum percentage of vegetation, and five met requirements for establishment of protected areas (reater than 5 ha, between 5.1 and 10 ha at least 70% of vegetation; 0.1 and 50 ha with at least 60% of vegetation; 50.1 and 100 ha, with at least 50% of vegetation; greater than at least 40 100.1% vegetation). Were these municipal park Mario Covas, municipal park “Biodiversity Corridor”, municipal park Bráulio Guedes da Silva, municipal park Chico Mendes and municipal park Pedro Paes de Almeida. We conclude that there are no standards or criteria for the institution of public spaces titled as “Park” in the city, whether they are designed to meet urbanistic functions to promote leisure and recreation of those aiming to establish protected areas. This fact undermines their management and the quality of life in the city. In this way, urge the implementation of clear standards for creation and implementation of protected areas, with clear distinction of spaces with vocation to fulfill function urbanistic than those with potential for conservation.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

79

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Impact of plat size in stock biomass of urban trees Sibipiruna (Poincianella pluviosa var. peltophoroides) in Maringá – PR

Flávia Gizele König Brun1, Demóstenes Ferreira da Silva Filho2, Eleandro José Brun3, Hilton Thadeu Zarate do Couto4 1,2

Universidade Tecnológica Federal do Paraná – Campus Dois Vizinhos 1 3

2,4

flaviag@utfpr.edu.br

eleandrobrun@utfpr.edu.br

Escola Superior de Agricultura Luiz de Queiróz – ESALQ/USP 2

dfilho@usp.br

Introduction The pollution harmful to the quality of life, growing every passing day the interest in studies of biomass and carbon content in forests. These stocking carbon in biomass both above and below ground, and represent more carbon than currently exists in relation to the stock in the atmosphere (SILVEIRA et al., 2008).

In particular urban forestry, for this also has potential to store carbon in their biomass above and below ground, and provide other environmental benefits to urban centers, for example, reducing air pollution and improving air quality, lessen warming buildings and other urban infrastructures, among others, has shown a growing interest and demand for scientific studies, worldwide, about their real potential in sequester and store carbon. Give up highlighting the pioneering studies conducted in the United States, which have become important sources for understanding the role of trees in sequestering and storing carbon in urban (LIU and LI, 2011).

80

As Biondi (1995), abiotic factors in the environment (temperature, humidity, wind, precipitation, etc.)

Are often interrelated with the biotic (insects, fungi, parasites, etc.). Generating, depending on the degree of severity , injuries and even diseases and decline of the individual, which makes the analysis of the influence of these factors on urban trees quite complex.

In this sense Brazolin (2009) states that the spacing adequate for development of the root system of trees or urban space fully paved, greatly increases the susceptibility to pests and diseases and therefore falling trees in urban areas because these conditions do not allow adequate percolation occurring water, aerated nutrient absorption and, consequently, the development of root system.

Based on these aspects, the present study aimed to evaluate the impact of the plat size in the biomass stock of urban trees sibipiruna (Poincianella pluviosa) in Maringá - PR.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Florestas Urbanas e Qualidade de Vida

Materials and Methods Description of the specie and study area The sibipiruna (Poincianella pluviosa) is a species of medium-sized native Atlantic Forest biome, belonging to the family Fabaceae, has bipinnate compound leaves. The flowers have yellowish, arranged in terminal racemes that stand out in the crown, giving it great ornamental effect, and the timing of flowering in forest occurs in the months from August to November. The fruits are vegetables, whose maturation occurs between the months from July to September (MARCHIORI, 1997).

The species grows well in average soil chemical fertility, since the water table is not very close to the surface.

Besides this aspect, stands out as the main pest beetles of the family Scolytidae (CARVALHO, 2008).

Regarding the phenological behavior in urban, depending on management practices, such as pruning, it is observed that the species has become extremely sensitive to this, especially during flowering, the formation of flower buds. Brun et al. (2007) report that, when performed pruning, the species tends to favor the premature abscission of flowering and reduced flowering period, recommending only light pruning performing at the end of the phenological cycle, in the fall of ripe fruit.

Lorenzi (1998) cites that the species is highly ornamental, especially when in bloom. It is widely used in landscaping in general, with rapid growth, with high rusticity and is recommended for use on public roads (SANTOS and TEIXEIRA, 2001).

Besides these aspects, Silva et al. (2009) report that the species is also great environmental benefit in the urban water cycle, since there is a potential interception average of 60.6% of the rainfall, with rainfall ranging from 0.2 to 30.8 mm, representing an important form of containment flooding in urban areas.

Regarding the improvement of thermal comfort climate and population, MascarĂł and MascarĂł. (2005) report that the species is a potential for temperature reduction

in parkways, during the summer, up to 9.0 Âş C and an increase in relative humidity of 15% primarily due to the density and area occupied by its canopy. The use of sibipiruna in afforestation of streets and public spaces of MaringĂĄ - PR has a stake of 43.6%, representing a total of 12,267 individuals (SAMPAIO, 2006).

This study was conducted in the urban area of the municipality of MaringĂĄ, which is located at 23 Âş 25 \if]]5 )/."5 .#./ 5 ( 5kg5Ě?5kl]5 hf]]5 -.5 )(!#./ 65 with its urban area equivalent to 128.26 km2 , with a population of 357,077 inhabitants (IBGE, 2010).

Preserving nature in the city is required by its abundant trees, with 40.0 m2 of green area per inhabitant (27.0 m2 corresponding urban trees of streets and squares and 13.0 m2 to reserves and parks within the city limits) (SECRETARIA DE SERVIĂ&#x2021;OS PĂ&#x161;BLICOS E MEIO AMBIENTE, 2003).

To collect the material, aiming at the quantification of biomass and carbon in the tissues of the species studied, as suppression Sector Plan Forestation Bureau of Public Service MaringĂĄ was selected District City High, which is located in East Zone of the urban perimeter of Maringa, at coordinates 23 Âş 27â&#x20AC;&#x2122;45, 5â&#x20AC;&#x2122;â&#x20AC;&#x2122; South Latitude and 51 Âş 55â&#x20AC;&#x2122;9, 2â&#x20AC;&#x2122;â&#x20AC;&#x2122; West Longitude, characterized as a strictly residential area. The planting of the subjects is dated from 1979 and 1980, with the trees being 32 years old, according to information from old residents of the place and the technicians of the Department of Urban Forestry Department of Public Utilities, and took along with allotment site.

The climate of the city, according to the KĂśppen classification is Cfa type, subtropical humid with abundant rainfall in summer and infrequent frosts in winter and an average annual temperature of 21.9 Âş C (MAACK, 1968).

The soils of the urban area are classified as red Alfisols, Oxisols Purple, Dark Red Oxisols and also observed the occurrence of patches of Entisols (EMBRAPA, 2006).

For the realization of this study, conducted in three

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

81

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

steps: a) selecting and logging samples, totaling 24 trees in a diametric range of 45.1 cm to 70.0 cm, to quantify the stock biomass (leaves, bark, wood of th trunk and total biomass) with subsequent construction of mathematical models of linear regression to determine the biomass of the species in different neighborhoods of the urban area, b) conducting inventory the species of trees road, where they inventoried 10 % in urban areas (23 neighborhoods). c) To analyze the impact of patch size on biomass accumulated in the trees, which was determined by linear regression mathematical models built through the trees and their variables dendrometric samples, after the stock biomass be attributed to the urban perimeter, proceeded a multiple linear regression analysis to establish the impact of the size of the bed of biomass stock of trees road.

Results and Discussion In the present study during the inventory 1040 trees were evaluated, totaling 1696.4 Mg of total biomass distributed in 234 Mg of leaves, branches 1287.3 Mg, 9.5 Mg of bark of the trunk and 166.5 Mg of wood of the trunk.

The distribution of trees inventoried in different plat sizes of denoted that 14.5% of the specimens were measured nonexistent area for development of its root system, so all space with its root system concreted, and such situation is observed mainly in recently refurbished sidewalks. In addition to these aspects, it was found performing severe pruning of the roots in these examples. All subjects were evaluated in these conditions is leased out the downtown area, which shows only plat sizes, with at least 1.0 m2 or above this size.

In 2.1% of the specimens, the space available for the development of the root system was less than 0.5 m2, which was also the construction of sidewalks narrow (1.75 m) and, consequently, the reform of the pavement ride, a fact that was also observed for root pruning shallowest of individuals.

82

The wide open spaces with dimensions ranging from 0.5 to 1.0 m2 were found in 17.6% of specimens measured on public roads, and in this case, they were “built” in the recent period, in areas that tree was implanted prior to construction of the pavement of the sidewalk and reported by residents mainly as a way to “caution the cracks”. Volpe- Filik (2009), studying the occurrence of damage to sidewalks (cracks) in Piracicaba - SP, Brazil, wooded with Sibipiruna found that 99.3% of the specimens evaluated in 15 neighborhoods caused damage to sidewalks ranging from light to heavy, with the destruction of the pavement.

According to the author, the main cause of this scenario was the size of the area for development of free copies of 0.9 m2 in extent, 30.0% of the plot area required for a large tree (3.0 m2), as the species studied, thus popularizing the “myth” among residents, the problems that caused the pavement would be used depending on the species and not the insufficient size of the open area where the individual is deployed.

That author says in order to avoid such a situation, it is essential to consider the trunk diameter (DBH) of any kind, as an adult, to define the size of the plat size ideal reconciling the full development of the tree and maintaining the integrity of the pavement.

The percentage of individuals deployed in open areas greater than or equal to 1.0 m2 was 65.8%, which is essentially composed of individuals located in the downtown area or front of inbuilt land in the process of building or in areas where residents chose not pave the ride. However, in the latter case, the exposed soil and traffic of pedestrians and vehicles, which increase the degree of compaction and loss of soil, some copies were already outcrops with its root system, showing that the mere absence of paving throughout the sidewalk, it ensures good root system of the kind depending on the compaction caused by use.

Regarding the size of the plat size, as can be seen in Table 01, the leaf fraction was not affected (effect) significantly, this could be related to large specimens present (45.1 to 70.0 cm in diameter) and present in mature physiological cycle in some cases, individuals

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Florestas Urbanas e Qualidade de Vida

in stage senility, where the leaf biomass production is stabilized, ie, it remains only to continue the photosynthetic activities essential and need not be large intakes leaf production, as in young individuals where the size of the plat size is essential for the full development of the root system, and also greater oxygenation of the soil and nutrient intake, and consequently the formation of leaf tissues.

As Larcher (2000), tree species under go a phase where growth is small mass of stems and roots, which is dependent on the treated sheets produced by, during the young plant, which leads to a high production primary and a surplus of organic substances. However, with aging, goes to the mature phase, in which the component “biomass” is maintained, first positive, and later tends to null. Therefore, the larger the tree, becomes more unfavorable relation between the green tissues (leaves) and non-green (wood, bark and leaves), resulting in a gain photosynthetic sufficient only to replenish the foliage and maintain respiration of a huge mass of stems, branches and roots growing.

To the fractions branches, the stem wood and total biomass, the effect of the plat size was significantly positively to the plat size of 1.0 m2, with a representation of 96.2%, 96.4% and 96.2%, respectively, of the

variability these fractions and a correlation of 0.99.

On the effect of bark fraction plat size also showed significant positive, but to plat sizes greater than 1.0 m2, with a representation of 95.8% of the variability of this fraction and a correlation of 0.99.

Given these results confirmed the importance of deploying large open areas for the full development of urban trees, since this ensures a higher proportion of soil suitable for root development, nutrient uptake and cycling and consequently biomass accumulation by individuals, in addition to reducing the intensity of occurrence of cracks in sidewalks.

The above observation can be corroborated with the study by Bortoleto, Silva Filho and Lima (2006), which evaluated the priorities of the street tree program management office of Águas de São Pedro - SP, Brazil, found that there was a direct relationship between the lack of plat sizes for the roots, and outcrop indication of management action to expand the plot, because the area was free of problems in determining outcrops roots in street urban trees of that area, which leads to actions remodeling construction site, using plat sizes of at least 1.0 m2 to 2.0 m2 per tree establishment or extension of green bands on the sidewalk.

Table 01: Analysis of the influence of parameter deployment area size free on biomass accumulation and its fractions in individuals sibipiruna (Poincianella pluviosa) with diameter distribution from 45.1 to 70.0 cm implanted in urban trees of Maringá – PR.

Plat size (m2)

F

Ryy

R2yy

Absent Ang. C.

BL

0,9833

0,9669

0,2918

BB

0,9993

0,9996

1,7081

BTB

0,9992

0,9984

0,0137

BWT

0,9999

0,9998

0,1948

TB

0,9996

0,9992

2,2189

< 0,5 p

0,3820 ns (0,2%)* <0,0001 (3,2%) 0,0016 (3,4%) <0,0001 (1,2%) 0,0003 (1,2%)

Ang. C. -2,7354 -2,1419 -0,0126 -0,1307 -5,0441

0,5 – 1,0 p

0,2044 ns (0,7%) 0,1474 ns (0,4%) 0,5310 ns (0,01%) 0,2875 ns (0,0%) 0,0727ns (1,2%)

Ang. C. 0,2048 1,6137 0,0111 0,1897 2,018

1,0 p

0,4637 ns (0,02%) <0,0001 (0,4%) 0,0019 (0,3%) <0,0001 (0,4%) 0,0002 (0,3%)

Ang. C. 0,4395 1,1758 0,0077 0,1594 1,787

> 1,0 p

0,2850 ns (1,3%) 0,0015 (96,2%) 0,0704 ns (3,4%) <0,0001 (96,4%) 0,0048 (96,2%)

Ang. C. 0,2156 1,1414 0,0085 0,151 1,5122

p 0,1918ns (94,5%) <0,0001 (0,3%) 0,0003 (95,8%) <0,0001 (2,0%) <0,0001 (2,2%)

F = Fraction; BL = Biomass of leaves BB = Biomass of branches; BTB = Biomass trunk bark; BWT = Biomass wood trunk; TB = Total biomass; Ryy = multiple correlation coefficient; R2yy = coefficient of multiple determination; Ang. C. = Angular coefficient of linear regression; p = Value of error probability (p <0.05), ns = not values Values in bold are significant at 5% probability of error; * = Percentage representation of the variable in coefficient of determination of the multiple regression. For multiple linear regression models that assessed the effects of parameters was not considered the value of the intercept on the same, since this was not a significant determinant of the value of the error probability.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

83

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Conclusions Based on this study it can be concluded that: This confirms the premise technique importance of beds of large (at least 1.0 m2) for the full development of urban trees, in particular road trees, because these beds large guarantee a greater proportion of soil suitable for root development, cycling and nutrient uptake and consequently higher stock biomass and area of shading by trees, besides the reduction of the intensity of occurrence of cracks in sidewalks.

References BIONDI, D. Caracterização do estado nutricional de Acer negundo L. e Tabebuia chrysotricha (Mart. ex Dc.) Standl. utilizadas na arborização urbana de Curitiba - PR. 1995. 164 f. Tese (Doutorado em Ciências Florestais) – Universidade Federal do Paraná, Curitiba, 1995.

BORTOLETO, S.; SILVA FILHO, D. F.; LIMA, A.M.L.P. Prioridades de manejo para a arborização viária da Estância de Águas de São Pedro, por setores. Revista da Sociedade Brasileira de Arborização Urbana, Piracicaba, v. 1, n. 1, p.

62 – 73, 2006.

BRAZOLIN, S. Biodeterioração, anatomia do lenho e análise de risco de queda de árvores de Tipuana (Tipuana tipu (Benth) O. Kuntze) nos passeios públicos da Cidade de São Paulo, SP. 2009. 265 f. Tese (Doutorado em Recursos Florestais) – Escola Superior de Agricultura “Luiz de Queiroz”, Universidade de São Paulo, Piracicaba, 2009.

BRUN, F. G. K.; LONGHI, S.J.; BRUN, E.J. FREITAG, A.S.; SCHUMACHER, M.V. Comportamento fenológico e efeito da poda em algumas espécies empregadas na arborização do Bairro Camobi, Santa Maria, RS. Revista da Sociedade Brasileira de Arborização Urbana, Piracicaba, v. 2, n. 1, p. 44 – 63, 2007.

84

CARVALHO, P.E.R. Espécies arbóreas brasileiras.

Colombo: EMBRAPA, 2008. v. 3, 593p.

EMBRAPA, Empresa Brasileira de Pesquisa Agropecuária. Centro Nacional de Pesquisa de Solos. Sistema brasileiro de classificação de solos.

2 ed. Rio de Janeiro: EMBRAPA, 2006, 306p.

LARCHER, W. Ecofisiologia vegetal. 2 ed, São Carlos: Rima, 2000. 531p.

LIU, C.; LI, X. Carbon storage and sequestration by urban forests in Shenyang, China. Urban forestry & Urban greening, Illionis, v.11, n. 2, p. 121 – 128, 2012.

LORENZI, H. Árvores Brasileiras: manual de identificação e cultivo de plantas arbóreas nativas do Brasil. v. 1. Nova Odessa: Editora Plantarum, 1998. 352p.

MAACK, R. Geografia física do Estado do Paraná.

Curitiba: BADEP, 1968. 350p.

MARCHIORI, J.N.C. Dendrologia das angiospermas: leguminosas. Santa Maria, RS: Editora da Universidade Federal de Santa Maria, 1997. 200p.

MASCARÓ, L.E.; MASCARÓ, J. Vegetação urbana.

2 ed. Porto Alegre: Editora Mais Quatro, 2005.

204p.

SAMPAIO, A.C.F. Análise da arborização de vias públicas das principais zonas do plano piloto de Maringá – PR. 2006. 117 f. Dissertação (Mestrado em Geografia) –Universidade Estadual de Maringá, Maringá, 2006.

SANTOS, N.R.Z.; TEIXEIRA, I.F. Arborização de vias públicas: ambiente x vegetação. Porto Alegre RS: Editora Pallotti. 2001. 135p.

SECRETARIA DE SERVIÇOS PÚBLICOS E MEIO AMBIENTE. Nossa Cidade – Maringá, PR. Disponível em: <http://www.maringa.pr.gov.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Florestas Urbanas e Qualidade de Vida

br>. Acesso em: 01 Ago. 2009.

SILVA, L.F.; LIMA, A.M.L.P.; SILVA FILHO, D.F.; COUTO, H.T.Z. Precipitação interna e interceptação da chuva em duas espécies arbóreas urbanas. Revista da Sociedade Brasileira de Arborização Urbana, Piracicaba, v. 4, n. 4, p. 32 – 48, 2009.

SILVEIRA, P.; KOEHLER, H.S.; SANQUETTA, C.R.; ARCE, J.C. O estado da arte na estimativa de biomassa e carbono em formações florestais.

Floresta, Curitiba, v. 38, n. 1, p. 185 – 206, 2008.

VOLPE-FILIK, A. Trincas nas calçadas e espécies muito utilizadas na arborização: comparação entre Sibipiruna (Caesalpinia pluviosa Dc.) e Falsa-murta (Murraya paniculata (L.) Jacq.) no município de Piracicaba/SP. 2009. 96f. Tese (Doutorado em Agronomia) - Escola Superior de Agricultura “Luiz de Queiroz”, Universidade de São Paulo, Piracicaba, 2009.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

85

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Tree canopy cover assessment using the Urban Forest Index in São Carlos, SP (Brazil) Sabrina Mieko Viana1, Demóstenes Ferreira da Silva Filho2 1,2

Escola Superior de Agricultura Luiz de Queiróz – ESALQ/USP 1

sabrinamieko@gmail.com 2

dfilho@usp.br

Keywords: Urban Forestry, Indexes, São Carlos (SP), remote sensing Trees provide numerous environmental services, essential on environmental quality maintenance of the cities. However, in order to provide these benefits for all its inhabitants, it is necessary to know the canopy cover distribution and their relationship with the other infrastructures, in order to set priorities for their improvement and maintenance. Furthermore, the cities´ dynamics demands the application of methods and indexes to evaluate their changes comprehensively and quickly. Based on these reasons, this research assessed the tree canopy cover (TCC) of the urban area of São Carlos, SP (Brazil), as well as the implementation of the Urban Forest Index (UFI).

The study area was divided into 44 sectors, in order to facilitate the analysis of the distribution of trees.

The survey percentages of TCC and other elements of the urban area (roofs, asphalt floor, tree canopy, lawn and bare soil) was performed by supervised classification of satellite images from Worldview-2 satellite, collected in June 2011. Based on these data, we proceeded to calculate the UFI as proposed by Silva Filho et al. (2005). This index consists of the sum of the proportions of the TCC by impervious (PAI) and built spaces (PAC). The maximum value that the UFI can reach is 2, and the closest to this value, the greater the valuation of the TCC over built and impervious areas.

The UFI for the entire study area was 1.04 and TCC

86

was 21.48%. Although these values are regarded as reasonable, the analysis indicates that the TCC is poorly distributed within and among the sectors.

Approximately 57% of TCC is concentrated in four sectors, which include industrial districts and two university campi. The highest values of TCC and UFIs were concentrated on north and northwest regions, where there is a predominance of middle and high-class neighborhoods and gated communities.

The lowest values occurred in the central region, with TCC values below 10% and UFIs ranging to 0.33 to 0.41, and in low-income neighborhoods, in the south region, with TCC of 4.88% and 0.33 UFI. The indexes analysis indicates that in the central areas, where there are few permeable areas, it is recommended to create incentives for maintenance of the trees in the backyards and new plantings on sidewalks.

We conclude that the TCC of the study area has uneven distribution, with higher amounts in areas of middle and upper class and lower in low-income neighborhoods, mainly in the peripheral areas. This pattern occurs in many Brazilian cities and affects the environmental quality of the less favored areas.

Although the analysis of the components of the IFU has given indications of possible strategies for improving the TCC, this is not particularly sensitive to its distribution. Therefore, further studies are recommended to somehow include in the index a correction factor for the distribution of TCC.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Florestas Urbanas e Qualidade de Vida

References SILVA FILHO, D.F., PIVETTA, K.F.L., COUTO, H.T.Z., POLIZEL, J. Indicadores de floresta urbana a partir de imagens aéreas multiespectrais de alta resolução. Scientia Forestalis, n.67, p. 88100, 2005.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

87

88

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Concurrent Session C Urban Forestry, Health and Well Being

Session organizer:

Frank S. Jensen, Forest & Landscape Denmark, University of Copenhagen, Denmark

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

89

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Creating a Tree Culture Mark Duntemann1, Nicole Stuart2 1,2

Natural Path Urban Forestry, PO Box 1753, Oak Park, Illinois USA 2

natpath@earthlink.net

Keywords: heritage, culture, tree, stewards.

The importance of trees in terms of environmental and aesthetic benefits is well known, yet decisions about individual trees are vulnerable to competing priorities. Some priorities include municipal or private development and individual convenience and preferences. These dilemmas are particularly common in the United States. Alternately, the author notes a shared respect for trees by professionals as well as laypeople during his travels abroad.

Many international cities and public spaces are tied to their communities through trees.

Individual trees or groves serve as cultural reference points that are commonly known. These trees are associated with cultural events, historic landscapes, individuals, or literature. One example was the 170-year-old Horsechestnut (Aesculus hippocastanum) featured in Anne Frank’s diary entries from the time that she hid with her family in Amsterdam. Another is a centuriesold Cedar of Lebanon (Cedrus libani) that dominates the historic Parco Massari in Ferrara, Italy. Trees mark these events and landmarks and raise community awareness through local contexts. Certainly, the sentiments invoked mature over generations.

Examples of trees as cultural links in the United States are limited. There are, or were, a few national examples: the Wye Oak, the Treaty Oak, and Luna. Regardless of their initial notoriety, few people understand these trees in their cultural contexts today. Illinois provides a local example of this situation. While Illinois communities enjoy the presence of hundreds of oaks and associated systems that predate European settlement, little effort has been made to communicate these trees’ significance

90

to the public.

The responsibility for sowing the cultural value of trees is, in many instances, that of the stewards. We have not met our obligation to define the importance of individual trees to our communities in regard to ecology, culture and heritage. Informing the public of a particular tree’s history can only increase community interest in urban forestry programs as well as collective cultural heritage.

For example, Alexander Robinson was a member of the Pottawatomie Indian Nation, who helped protect survivors of the Fort Dearborn massacre in 1812. Do we know the trees that surrounded Alexander Robinson’s cabin along the Des Plaines River? Also, did Lincoln and Douglas debate under a tree in Alton or Quincy, Illinois in 1858? Did trees survive the Chicago Fire?

The answers to these questions have implications for local communities and international visitors.

Mr. Duntemann’s presentation will provide local examples from international sites and discuss how trees can and should transcend the current and past cultures and heritage of the area. This enhanced knowledge could over time help to create more verdant communities and heightened public involvement. Urban foresters and arborists play an important role in sustaining healthy tree populations and informing the community of the importance of trees, rather than their disposability.

References Duntemann, M. 2009 Creating a Tree Culture, Illinois Trees (March). Illinois Arborist Association

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Concurrent Session D Nature-based Recreation and Tourism

Session organizer:

Peter Fredman, Mid Sweden University and the European Tourism Research Institute, Sweden

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

91

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

The value of ecotourism to residents around a national park: Does proximity and perceptions matter?

Eugene E. Ezebilo1 1

Southern Swedish Forest Research Centre, Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences 1

eugene.ezebilo@slu.se

Keywords: Contingent valuation, economic benefits, ecotourism, local people, nature conservation

Introduction Deforestation threatens plant and animal species, forest ecosystem services and people who depend on forests for their livelihoods (Chapin et al., 2000).

Although protected areas such as national park has been established in various parts of the world to help reduce deforestation it has been fairly successful in developed countries but less so in developing countries (Ezebilo and Mattsson, 2010). This is because the main goal for establishing national parks often conflicts with local demands for forest products and land use for agriculture, especially in developing countries where the livelihoods of many people are strongly linked to natural resources (Emerton, 2001). To engender local support for conservation efforts various projects that link conservation with development have been implemented around national parks so that locals can get benefits from nature conservation (Berkes, 2004). One of such projects is ecotourism, i.e., travel to natural areas that conserve the environment and improves the well-being of local people (The International Ecotourism Society, 1990). When ecotourism is supported in a national park, it is often argued that economic benefits will accrue to local people (Weiler and Scidl, 2004). This study explores the willingness to pay regarding ecotourism using the contingent valuation method and whether

92

distance to ecotourism site and expected future benefits from ecotourism matters when local people state their willingness to pay. The study involves people who reside around the Okwangwo Division of the Cross River National Park in southeast Nigeria.

Methodology The Cross River National Park in southeast Nigeria was established to help protect some of the natural rainforests.

For administrative purposes the park is managed as two Divisions, i.e. the Oban Division in the south and the Okwangwo Division (OD) in the north. This study was conducted in villages around the OD. The OD has an area of 1 000 km² and it is one of the United Nation’s world biodiversity hotspots in the world. Approximately 1 545 plant species have been documented in the park and the park harbours the most endangered gorilla subspecies, the Cross River gorilla (Gorilla gorilla diehli). More than 1 000 species of butterfly and more than 280 bird species have been recorded in the OD (BirdLife International, 2012; Larson, 1997). Before the established of the OD the people in the villages around the OD had access to the land presently occupied by the OD for their livelihood activities. The establishment of the OD restricted the people access to the land. Eco-

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Nature-based Recreation and Tourism

tourists from different parts of the world visits the OD thus it is hoped that the local people will benefit from businesses associated with ecotourism.

The data for this study originated from personal interviews that involved 150 households in three villages (i.e. 50 in each village) located around the OD. Of the three villages Butatong is the closest village to the OD administrative office, followed by Bukalom while Wula is the farthest. The willingness to pay (WTP) question was of the open-ended format. The respondents were asked to state the maximum amount of money in Nigerian Naira (NGN) that they would be willing to pay for improving facilities to help attract more eco-tourists.

They were asked socioeconomic questions such as income, age, household size, education, occupation and the distance of their home to the OD. The respondents were asked whether they belong to an environmental group and whether the OD is important for generating revenue from ecotourism in future.

Results and discussion Ninety-six per cent of the respondents were willing to pay for ecotourism and the average amount they were willing to pay annually was approximately 1 033 NGN (US$ 7). Only five per cent of the respondents get revenue from ecotourism and they were all from the Butatong village, i.e. the village closest to the OD administrative office. The respondents who were of the opinion that the OD is important for ecotourism in future have higher WTP than those who say the OD is not important. The respondents whose homes were 7.1 to 10 km from the OD had the highest WTP and those whose homes were 0.5 to 1 km had the lowest (see Fig 1).

1600 1400 1200 1000 WTP (Nigerian Naira)

800 600 400 200 0 0.5 - 1

1.1 - 2

2.1 - 4

4.1 - 7

7.1 - 10

>10

Distance (km)

Fig 1 Distance of respondent’s home to the OD in relation to WTP

To explore the factors that might have influenced the WTP the ordinary least squares regression was applied.

The results showed that the respondents who have at least high school education, engaged in agriculture and gathering of forest products, belonged to an environmental group and were of the opinion that the OD is important for future benefits from ecotourism were willing to pay more for ecotourism. The respondents who live further from the OD, male and have many persons in their household were willing to pay less.

An increase in distance of the respondent’s home from the OD by one kilometre leads to a decrease in WTP by approximately 233 NGN (US$ 1.5). The presence of expectation of getting benefits from ecotourism in future leads to an increase in WTP by approximately 323 NGN (US$ 2.1).

The findings from this study revealed that the local people who reside around the OD have WTP for ecotourism. However, their WTP varies with regard to the distance of their homes from the OD and expectation of future benefits. The findings show that on average, people who reside closest to the OD have the lowest WTP. This may be that the people are the most affected by the restriction of access to land due to the establishment of the OD. The findings highlights the importance of involving people that are most affected by the conservation policy in designing conservation with development strategy. The findings further revealed that only few of the local people get revenue from ecotourism.

This indicates the importance of considering how to package ecotourism so that more local people could benefit from it. The findings suggest that the distance of the local people’s home from the ecotourism site plays an important role with regards to the benefits they get from ecotourism. It further suggests that when local people state their WTP regarding ecotourism they consider whether some benefits would accrue to them in the future. The findings highlights the importance of distance to ecotourism site in relation to the distribution of benefits from ecotourism among local people and the importance of expectation of future benefits when people state their WTP. Thus in planning ecotourism project it is important to consider the distance of the people’s home to the ecotourism site. The findings

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

93

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

contribute to more understanding regarding the benefits that local people who live near a national park get from ecotourism.

References Berkes F. 2004. Rethinking Community-Based Conservation. Conservation Biology 18, 621-630.

BirdLife International. 2012. Important bird area fact sheet. Cross River National Park, Okwangwo Division, Nigeria. http://www.birdlife.org.

Accessed December 15, 2012.

Chapin, F.S., Zavaleta, E.S., Eviner, V.T., Naylor, R.L., Vitousek, P.M., Reynolds, H.L. et al. 2000.

Consequences of changing biodiversity. Nature 405, 234-242.

Emerton, L. 2001. The nature of benefits of nature: why wildlife conservation has not economically benefited communities in Africa. In: Hulme, D., and Murphree M (eds.) African wildlife and livelihoods: the promise and performance of community conservation. James Currey, Oxford, UK, p.2008-2226.

Ezebilo, E.E., and Mattsson, L. 2010. Socio-economic benefits of protected areas as perceived by local people around Cross River National Park, Nigeria. Forest Policy and Economics 12, 189-193.

Larson, T.B. 1997. Butterflies of the Cross River National Park diversity. Proceedings of the workshop: Essential Partnership â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the forest and the people. Calabar, Nigeria. p. 229-235.

The International Ecotourism Society. 1990. What is ecotourism? http://www.ecotourism.org/what-isecotourism Accessed March 13, 2013.

Weiler, S., and Seidl, A. 2004. Whatâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s in a name?

Extracting econometric drivers to assess the impact of national park designation. Journal of Regional Science, 44, 245-262.

94

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Nature-based Recreation and Tourism

The biodynamic agent course in prudentópolis - Brazil: strategy to preserve the araucaria moist forests using ecotourism as a tool for sustainable development Jasmine Cardozo Moreira1, Vania Mara Moreira dos Santos 2 1,2

Ponta Grossa State University, Paraná, Brazil 1

jasminecardozo@gmail.com

Keywords: Education, Tourism, Araucaria Moist Forests, community, sustainable alternatives.

Prudentópolis, in Paraná State, South of Brazil, is a municipality that houses one of the last significant remnants of Araucaria Moist Forest concentrated in the “Faxinais”, a historical form of social organization of production that preserved more environmental conditions, compared to other organizational forms. They are collective production systems that amalgamated “cabocla” culture and European cultures in the late nineteenth century, combining agricultural cultivation into individual lots with the creation of animals in a community that kept the forest. Currently, “Faxinais” are threatened because they maintained the forest in an advanced stage of conservation and now they are suffering intense pressure for conversion to agriculture and silviculture. In the project entitled “Ecotourism as a tool for sustainable development of Faxinais in Prudentópolis”, approved and sponsored by the Brazilian Ministry of Environment and run by the NGO Institute Guardians of Nature the objective was the selection of families that had the capability and interest in receiving tourists. Since 2007 the NGO was offering training courses dealing with issues such as sustainable tourism, hospitality, biodynamic agriculture, business management, among others. Other steps included market surveys,

identification of trails, environmental diagnosis and georeferencing of faxinal and selected properties for business plans, study of carrying capacity of the attractions, the constitution of a system to monitoring and controlling the impacts of visitation, and the creation of a logo for the Route of the Faxinais. For the Brazilian government, the Ecotourism is an activity of extreme importance, since it is in agreement with the national effort to promote economic and social development. The Brazilian natural landscapes of unique beauty and ecological value, make our country one of the leading destinations for ecotourism worldwide. The results showed that by empower the community to work with ecotourism was taken the first step to transform the Faxinais an economic model of sustainable development by providing better quality of life through economic performance, demonstrating the importance of community for conservation of Araucaria Forest. Assisting residents to generate income, while promoting the conservation of Faxinais, the Project has demonstrated that is possible, with skills and expertise, offer sustainable alternatives to these communities that otherwise would not have conditions to continue living in these regions.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

95

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Indicators for Sustainable Recreational Use of Forests and Other Natural Resources â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Experiences from Northern Europe Tuija Sievänen1, David Edwards2, Peter Fredman3, Frank Søndergaard Jensen4, Odd Inge Vistad5 1

Finnish Forest Research Institute (METLA) Finland 1

2

tuija.sievanen@metla.fi

Social and Economic Research Group, Centre for Ecosystems, Society and Biosecurity, Forest Research, Northern Research Station, Scotland 2

3

david.edwards@forestry.gsi.gov.uk

Mid-Sweden University, Sweden 3

4

peter.fredman@miun.se

Dep. of Geosciences and Natural Resource Management, Faculty of Science, University of Copenhagen, Denmark 4

5

fsj@life.ku.dk

Norwegian Institute for Nature Research (NINA), Human dimension department, FakkelgĂĽrden, Norway 5

odd.inge.vistad@nina.no

Keywords: recreation, nature tourism, social indicator, sustainable recreation, forest Introduction Sustainable development is a long-term goal for most natural resource related policies. In Europe, at the first Ministerial Conference on the Protection of Forests #(5 /,)* 5 B 5 gooi65 ()15 \ ), -.5 /,)* ]C65 sustainable forest management was defined as â&#x20AC;&#x153;the stewardship and use of forests and forest lands in a way, and at a rate, that maintains their biodiversity, productivity, regeneration capacity, vitality and their potential to fulfill, now and in the future, relevant ecological, economic and social functions, at local, national, and global levels, and that does not cause damage to other ecosystems.â&#x20AC;? (Helsinki Resolution H1, www.mcpfe.org). The Forest Europe process involves 45 European countries, and has a counterpart in the Montreal Process (http://www.rinya.maff.go.jp/mpci/).

The need to establish a global policy for sustainable use and management of forest resources is expressed also by the United Nations Forum on Forests (UNFF, http:// www.un.org/esa/forests/index.html). The sustainability concept itself is based upon the principle that current

96

resource uses need to be in balance so that future uses are not threatened, and that future generations have the same opportunities to use and benefit from natural resources as the present generations have. The state of balance should be known and possible to define, and when agreed upon, development and changes over time should be monitored. When monitoring is required, there is a need for efficient measures (indicators) to describe the state of sustainability, the phenomena in question and associated changes.

Among nine North European countries, a project \ ) # &5 #( # .),-5 #(5 ), -.,35 @ /,." ,5 0 &)*' (.5 #(5 the North European contextâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; (SOSIN) was initiated in 2012 in order to assess suitable indicators for sustainable recreational use of forests and other natural resources.The project gathered information about existing processes and reporting of social indicators for recreation and nature tourism in each participating country. The second goal was to assess the status of recreation monitoring in North Europe. The project produced a state of art report of used and proposed recreation indicators, and

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Nature-based Recreation and Tourism

recreation monitoring (Sievänen et al. 2013).

Results of reviewing state of art of recreation indicators and monitoring in North Europe The first topic was to report how nature-based recreation and tourism is represented in policy documents, and whether any statements exist, which support use of indicators and monitoring for the purpose of sustainable use of natural resources or land use. The results show that most countries have policies for (i) sustainable forestry, (ii) preserving biodiversity, and/or (iii) sustainable tourism. We have also included integration of land uses, integration of recreation and tourism with timber production, nature conservation or mining and other extractive use of natural resources besides political goals such as human health and wellbeing in respect of use of land and natural resources. One important aspect is the sustainability of recreational use itself. Most countries were able to put forward policy documents, which are related to natural resources, tourism, land use planning or health sector, and in which nature-based recreation and/or tourism are mentioned as having a role in the sector.

The most typical type of document was a national forest program or strategy. Only four countries (Denmark, Finland, Norway and Sweden) have a specifically focused strategy or program for outdoor recreation and/ or nature-based tourism.

The second topic was to collect lists of indicators presented in official documents or in other literature such as study or review reports of recreation indicators.

Most countries report some indicators related to recreation. In Denmark, Scotland and Sweden, several different indicators are found in different documents.

Norway has some official outdoor recreation indicators, but not specified for forest recreation. There is a lot of variation between the existing indicators, and there doesnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t appear to be one that is common in terms of scales of measurement or limits of applied type of nature area to all countries. The list of indicators adopted in â&#x20AC;&#x2122;official documentsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; is surprisingly short. Indicators such -5\ 2. (.5) 5)* (5*/ &# 5 --]65\*,)*),.#)(5) 5*)*/& .#)(5

* ,.# #* .#(!5#(5)/. )),5, , .#)(]65),5\(/' ,5) 50#-#.-5 to forestsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; are most common. More indicators are related to the demand for recreation than to supply of recreation opportunities. A summary of the most often mentioned indicators is found in table 1.

The third topic for reporting was the sources of data and information that are used for monitoring recreation indicators. The objective was to determine who is responsible for the provision of monitoring data, what the quality of data is and whether the data is updated systematically. Another important aspect is to determine the prospects of data collection continuing into the future. Finally, one key task was to find out whether there is any systematic monitoring or data available for the indicators related to recreation and tourism, which could serve as data sources for recreation indicators but which are not in use at the moment.

Most countries report some kind of monitoring system or database, which is or could be used for monitoring recreation indicators. Many countries also report that there is some systematic data collection both at national and local level, and both from a demand and a supply perspective. But in most countries the data collection is not primarily for monitoring nature-based recreation.

Only Denmark, Finland, Norway and Scotland can report having especially focused monitoring for outdoor recreation nation wide. Estonia, Denmark, Finland and Scotland have regularly conducted on-site visitor surveys, but the local/on-site level monitoring is mainly concentrated on state owned areas. Denmark and Scotland have the best coverage of visitor surveys and counting. Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Norway, Northern Germany, Scotland and Sweden gather outdoor recreation related statistics with surveys such as Living conditions, Time Use, Environmental awareness, Culture and Leisure, or with general National Statistics such as in Germany.

Most countries do not, however, monitor sustainability of nature-based recreation and tourism systematically over time and were unable to provide information on indicators or monitoring systems for evaluation and assessment of recreation. Most of the countries studied

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

97

are also unable to report the Forest Europe indicators relating to recreation and other social benefits of forests as demanded. Some countries, do however, report good progress in their efforts to monitor recreational use of forests, particularly in protected areas.

Table 1. Summary of most often mentioned recreation

indicators among eight North European countries (Denmark-

DK, Estonia-EST, Finland-FIN, North Germany-GEM, Norway-NO, North-Western Russia-RUS, Sweden-SWE, Scotland-UK)

Recreation Indicator Proportion of population which take part in outdoor activities Visits to woodlands/ national forests/ different types of nature areas/ national parks and state owned hiking areas Proportion of adults who visited woodland/ forest/nature area in previous 12 months Number and length of core paths in woodlands/ recreation trails (for walking, hiking, cross-country skiing)

between countries. There are efforts to include recreation measurements into forest inventory systems (Danish National Forest Inventory), or there are national outdoor recreation demand inventories (Denmark, Finland, Scotland), and in some countries there are databases of recreation supply (of recreation areas, trails, other services).

Also, indicators presented are often not directly measuring demand or supply of recreation, or other aspects of recreation but rather values that are indirectly

Number of countries

Remarks

DK, FIN, NO, SWE, UK = 5

Number of activities measured varies between countries

DK, EST, FIN, NO, UK = 5

Destination type and amount/size of destination areas differ between countries

DK, FIN, NO, UK = 4

Destination type varies

FIN, UK = 2

Type of paths or trail vary

Proportion of population with short distance to local green areas

NO, SWE, UK =3

Extent of open public access (Forest Europe indicator); everyman’s rights

DK, EST, FIN, NO, SWE, UK= 6

Conclusions and Discussion The project identified several problems with current social indicators of nature-based recreation and tourism.

In most countries, the relevant indicators are not feasible and effective to offer reliable information of on-going changes. The major problem in most countries is that there is a serious shortage of reliable data to provide quantitative figures for social indicators. In addition, there is still limited coherence and no agreement on which could be the best recreation indicators to be used on Europe wide, national or local level. According to COST E33 reporting, most European countries lack efficient monitoring systems to offer estimates of indicators across time and regions (Sievänen et al.

2008). Recreation monitoring is taking place in most North European countries to some extent, but less so in other parts of Europe. But also in the North, monitoring methods and outputs accordingly vary a lot

98

The definition of ‘short distance’ and ‘local green areas’ vary: 300 m/ Sweden, 500 m/UK, 200/500 m/Norway Everyman’s rights vary slightly between countries

related. Those indicators are chosen because the data are available, but there is a danger that the indicators are not effective to capture the key issue. A big problem is that there are no reliable measurements to offer for reporting sustainability (or equity), and few countries can provide time series for national or regional level information, which is needed to describe the status of the indicators. Finally, there are not always standards for the information describing the indicators, and thus information gathered may not be comparable between countries.

There is an obvious need to enhance the monitoring of social aspects of forests and forestry, and also other sectors such as preserving biodiversity or health and wellbeing in society related to nature-based recreation and tourism. Globalisation continues to have a stronger impact on human society across Europe, and European countries will continue to share policies for use of

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

natural resources but also in terms of the status of wellbeing of populations. Good measures and indicators for our societies’ success in achieving the objectives of sustainable development are essential and valuable for the wellbeing of people. Our knowledge-base and understanding of the full range of benefits, which people gain from the natural environment when taking part in outdoor recreation, supports the overall goal of enhancing the provision of access to healthy green environments for recreation.

monitoring systems to produce inventory data for recreation statistics that provide a knowledge-base for indicators that are comparable across Europe.

Our next challenge is to work towards relevant and informative indicators that reveal the benefits to our societies and whether societal goals are being achieved.

The task is to develop and improve the indicators which are already in use, and also to create new indicators. The indicators should be effective, focused, and be useful for many purposes and also in other sectors of natural resources in North European countries and beyond.

References

There is a need to assess the possibilities of creating and recommending standardized and harmonized social indicators, which could provide comparable figures across countries and regions. Second, the core task is to assess what kind of social, especially recreation, indicators are needed and possible to implement, and what kind of quantitative data is available for collection on a continuous basis in different countries. There is also a need to ensure feasible monitoring systems, which are reasonable in terms of cost and methodology so that many countries can apply them. In all countries included in this study, there is a challenge to develop

In conclusion, the project identified a need for better indicators and development of systematic and long term monitoring of sustainability in recreational use of forests and protected areas among Northern European countries, and across Europe as a whole.

Sievänen, T.,Arnberger, A., Dehez, J., Grant, N., Jensen, F.S. &Skov-Petersen, H. (eds.) 2008.Forest Recreation Monitoring – a European Perspective.

Working Papers of the Finnish Forest Research Institute (Metla) 79, 245 p.

Sievänen,T., Edwards, D., Fredman,P., Jensen, F.S. & Vistad, O-I.(eds.) 2013.Social Indicators in the Forest Sector in Northern Europe – A Review focusing on Nature-based Recreation and Tourism.

(Manuscript).

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

99

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Use of indicators as a tool for park visitation management Ginessa Corrêa Lemos1, Getulio Batista Teixeira2 , Maria de Jesus Robim3 1

ITPA/INEA, Rio de Janeiro-RJ 1

2

ginessacl@gmail.com

Universidade de Taubaté, Taubaté-SP 2

3

getulio@agro.unitau.br

Instituto Florestal, São Paulo-SP, 3

mjesusrobim@gmail.com

Keywords: Visitation Management, Indicators, Parks Recently, visitation in parks has increased continuously, however the majority of these protected areas do not have an administrative structure to control visitation, especially when island ecosystems are considered.

The State Park of Ilhabela (PEIb) is a good example where this situation prevails and for this reason it was selected for this research, which purpose is identifying indicators for a better management of the park. It was possible to propose a system for participative management after a study to understand the process of visitation in this park that allowed us identify the use and conflicts, including visitor’s profiles and periods of increased visitation. Thus, it was used as reference to select indicators of Bountîle – Base of observation for nautical and terrestrial purposes within the islands, developed by French researchers for the National Park of Port Cros, which was complemented with guidelines from the Ministry of Environment and other authors, and concerned proposed and expected traits of park visitation, guiding selection of the following indicators taking into account: a) Opportunities of recreation for a diverse public; b) Visitation safety; c) Satisfaction with the experience; d) Minimum environmental impact; e) Influence in socioeconomic development of the surrounding community. 20 management indicators were identified, based on the PEIb analyses and the following criteria: Uses and users; Climatic conditions; Well-being of the residents; Security; Profile of the

100

visitor; Well-being of the visitors; Behavior of the visitors; Certification, Management, and institutional integration. Criteria diversity was the main result, because it is believed to be required in order to cover varied aspects of a visitation management system in a conservation unit. The indicators are flexible, and could be changed anytime, thus, always allowing consonance with the goals of the park management plan. They should be feasible economically, technically, and operationally to be efficient. It is primordial that those indicators and protocols are discussed and tested between park employees and local actors, ensuring active management and monitoring continuity.

References BRASIL. Ministério do Meio Ambiente. Secretaria de Biodiversidade e Florestas. Diretoria de Áreas Protegidas. Diretrizes para visitação em unidades de conservação. Brasília: MMA, 2006a.

BRIGAND, L. LE BERRE, S. Joint construction and appropriation of indicators by users, managers and scientists:the case study of Port-Cros and Porquerollestourist frequentation observatory’. In: JournalofSustainableDevelopment. Vol. 10. França.

2007

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Nature-based Recreation and Tourism

TONGE, J.; MOORE, S.;HOCKINGS, M.; WORBOYS, G.; BRIDLE, K. Developing indicators for the sustainable management of visitor use of protected areas in Australia. CRC for Sustainable Tourism, Gold Coast, Qld. ISBN 1

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

101

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Managing tourism in protected areas from a landscape perspective: An exploratory study from Sweden Peter Fredman1, Daniel Laven2, Sandra Wall Reinius3 1,3

Mid-Sweden University, Sweden 1 3

2

peter.fredman@miun.se

sandra.wall-reinius@miun.se

Mid-Sweden University, Sweden, and Dept. of Conservation, University of Gothenburg 2

daniel.laven@miun.se

Keywords: Protected areas, Tourism, European Landscape Convention Over the last decades, the notion of sustainable tourism has emerged as a dominant paradigm for managing visitor use in parks and protected areas worldwide.

One consequence of more traditional “managementby-objectives” frameworks to managing for sustainable tourism (e.g. LAC, ROS) is that the focus of management tends to be inside the boundaries of parks and protected areas, but new challenges for managing sustainable tourism require us to look beyond those boundaries.

The European Landscape Convention (ELC) is one example of a growing trend towards landscape-oriented approaches to environmental planning and management which will have important implications for tourism in and around protected areas. The ELC provides the policy framework for organizing European cooperation on landscape issues, and tourism is identified as one development strategy in the convention. The convention calls for close collaboration between national and local authorities, private organizations and the public. Since coming into force in 2004, more than 30 countries have ratified the ELC, suggesting that landscape will likely be an important consideration for much of European land use and development in the future. The ELC applies to all landscapes, not just selected ones, and underlines the diversity of landscapes as a value. It emphasizes that landscape is the concern of everybody, and advocates an enhanced role for public participation. It also highlights the principle of subsidiarity, requiring that landscape

102

matters should be dealt with as closely to the affected population as possible.

Using Sweden as an example, this paper offers an exploratory look at the intersection of a landscape perspective – as articulated in the ELC – with the contemporary notion of sustainable tourism management in parks and protected areas. Nature protection in Sweden began in 1909 when Europe’s first national parks were established in the north and today 10.9 percent of the land area is protected through 29 National Parks, 3800 Nature Reserves, 93 Nature Management Areas and 6800 Habitat Protection Areas. Data were collected using qualitative semi-structured interviews and snowball sampling techniques. The sample included representatives from government ministries, national governmental agencies, regional authorities, protected area managers, non-profit organizations and university professors. Four articulated and interconnected themes emerged from the study data: (a) institutional negation and conflict among key implementation actors; (b) confusion and uncertainty over the landscape concept; (c) opportunities for enhancing sustainable tourism development; and (d) future challenges for the landscape-sustainable tourism nexus. Results from the study are discussed within the context of Fulufjället National Park which represents one of the more innovative approaches to tourism development in protected areas in Sweden so far.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Nature-based Recreation and Tourism

Dilemmas and challenges to implementation the use public programme of protected areas in são paulo metropolitan region, brazil.

Sidnei Raimundo 1, Reinaldo T. Boscolo Pacheco 2 1

Professor, PhD of EACH-USP. School of Arts, Sciences and Humanities, University of São Paulo.

1

2

sraimundo@usp.br

University of São Paulo.

2

epacheco@usp.br

Introduction The São Paulo Metropolitan Region - RMSP - in its southern section, presents a rapid conversion of land use cover, changing from areas with agricultural tasks or small leisure farms to areas of intense urbanization. This change is associated with poor villages, often slums characterized as dormitories, and sometimes with planned villages – the gated communities.

In this sector, the RMSP has created four Municipal Natural Parks in order to protect Atlantic Forest remnants.

Due to the urban reality, the implementation of protected areas and their Public Use Programs is complex, differing, for example, from areas like the Amazon. In the Amazon, large tracts of natural environments attract ecotourists interested in visiting these environments. Protected areas of the southern sector of the RMSP tend to attract visitors from neighboring areas with different motivations, not necessarily related to the knowledge of nature.

Given this reality, we address issues in developing a public use program: how to provide nature-awareness activities for underserved communities, whose basic needs are not met? What are the interests and needs of the surrounding community about objectives and services provided by parks? Can protected areas existing in this reality meet their conservation goals?

Thus, the general purpose of this paper is: to reconcile communities’ leisure aspirations with the conservation actions of the parks, and to propose actions to change attitudes and behaviors of society in its relationship with

nature.

The survey was done considering the ideas of “thick description” (Geertz, 1989) and “roles and representations studies” (Claval, 2001) involved in the deployment and use of future parks. We conducted a survey of leisure practices, highlighting aspirations and needs and linking them with the conservation objectives of the parks.

To add to the observations and field analyses, we held semi-structured interviews with local leaders, as suggested by Ferreira (1996) and Brandon (1995).

Finally, in relation to the park’s objectives considering the assumptions that it is possible to respect the interests of visitors and achieve educational goals, in this case, with an emphasis on nature conservation. This information established the guidelines for the public use of the parks.

1) The Leisure of Surrounding Communities of the Parks and Challenges for the Public Use Program On the southern sector of São Paulo city there are no roads or highways. The avenues and streets represent the main axes of communication networks and are the vectors of urban expansion toward the parks. This situation contributes to severe land use cover change.

The occupation of the region follows an urban matrix pattern, with remaining rural or natural patches, as analyzed by the parks. In adjacent areas of the parks, agriculture still occurs, with the production of vegetables, and also linked to the imaginary world of rural farms as weekend leisure nautical activities.

The São Paulo Municipal Parks are new parks, designed

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

103

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

in areas historically used by local people for their leisure practices: small weekend farms, interspersed with vacant land on the shores of Billings and Guarapiranga Dam, used for football, fishing, hunting and other activities inside the forests. However, they were not activities planned or structured to receive visitors, and informal action often caused environmental problems.

There are few facilities for structured reception of visitors, and these are located mainly on the Billings Dam margins (near “Ilha do Bororé” and “Varginha” parks), with a marina for boats and restaurant services, in addition to a few other small farms that are rented to the general public. Center Paulus, located in the environs of “Itaim” Park, offers hosting services and nature experience activities.

However, these equipments are incipient and do not provide services or activities commonly encountered in a park, as guide’s services, or on impact’s control and environmental interpretation trails, among other activities that commonly make part of a public use program. The structure found today are private, which demonstrate the lack of structured public spaces in the region to ensure the constitutional right to leisure.

In these São Paulo’s parks, almost everything is still to happen, nedding to combine the public use structured (planned and responsible) and, at the same time, ensuring the conservation of natural characteristics.

We surveyed the leisure practices of the surrounding community, highlighting how such practices could be developed in a protected area. We intended do not cause a rupture between these practices and recreational objectives of the park, but brief up the activities that could be offered in a natural park, in pursuit of the involvement and identification of the communities, avoiding activities that were unrelated to the daily lives of the surrounding communities.

The leisure’s small farms in the region, the remaining agricultural practices and nautical activities in the dams are the highlight of the landscapes images that locals thinking about the area. Such features are associated

104

with the use and occupation process dating from the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, such as colonial settlements, mainly by Germans, marking the agricultural character and linked to rural and natural in the region.

Noteworthy in this process the construction of BillingsGuarapiranga dam system, built during the first three decades of the twentieth century. There was an electrical need and for this a series of dams were built. In the 1930s, finishing up the installation of the system, for integration and administration areas, the Light Company established a ferry-boat system. These would constitute the attraction point to visitation in the region.

The margins of the two dams become a pleasant place for leisure practices, with the establishment of leisure small farms, yacht clubs, service companies and restaurants.

Agricultural production, mainly vegetables and fruit, and dams landscapes, becomes in an imaginary world that São Paulo’s inhabitants have by the region. It is a natural world, idyllic, inaccessible until mid-1970, where adventurers and nature lovers was looking for to link at natural world.

The urban sprawl changes the activities in the region, but these representations of a natural landscape still remain in the minds of ancients’ occupants and are part of the new residents looking for nature, particularly those of private condominiums.

In Bororé Island and along the condominiums of Guarapiranga´s dam (near to Jaceguava Park), the weekend leisure and recreation activities are linked to dams that mark the representations and imaginary of the communities.

Currently, the region has not only the possibility of environmental interest, improving the quality of life, and leisure services to the local population. The areas have also cultural heritage, with houses about one hundred and fifty years, as the small church in Bororé and traces of European colonization, which are still are presents, especially in the Bororé Peninsula.

Combined to these cultural characteristics, there is the preservation of technology memory, with of dam’s history

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Nature-based Recreation and Tourism

at region studied, as electrical power production in the region between São Paulo and Santos.

However, although the natural representations of the landscape are still very strong, the daily lives of communities have other characteristics that sometimes produce conflicts even in their leisure practices.

Bororé Island has a poor land connection to the Grajaú (district more development). The Bororé villages are distributed dispersed in the region, so that the contact between them can hardly be done by walking, but by car or bus, due and lack of sidewalks for pedestrians.

Reports of local’s people from the Bororé Island Residents Association (AMIB) indicate that some leisure outdoors practices held on the island are on the dam margins. But the most frequent activities of island residents are in indoors because of fear of suffering accident caused by visitors who come from the “continent”.

The trekking practice and areas with this purpose has been reported numerous times as aspiration of leisure activities to be developed in the region, along with the possibility of areas for biking. There is great difficulty in developing these activities today because there are not areas that offer security.

Furthermore, there are no plates about risk, as the dam depth or the water quality. Use is done irregularly, with risks to the leisure practice and even public health risks.

Nowadays, the ferry becomes on weekends a hot point in the region. Along the car’s line waiting to go to the island, there are bars, hawkers and cars double-parked.

The most critical point is the first ferry, where informal trade blocking the vehicles circulation. There, visitors have their leisure practice completely decontextualized from the imaginary and bucolic countryside. Rather, these practices are associated with drinking and other drugs, dance and music played loud in bars and cars. As an extension to these practices, there is the possibility of swimming in the dam. However, drowning is frequent and demands a detachment of the Fire Department keeping a boat on weekends to curb abuses. A lot of visitors, mainly from the São Paulo south zone, as Grajaú

district, produce hard conflicts.

The neighborhoods offer few elementary and high school courses and none of Early Childhood Education. The Unified Educational Centers (CEUS), large municipal public facilities built to function also as space is sociability and leisure community, are distant. The children end up being enrolled in neighboring municipality, and they using ferry and bus to the displacement. Programs like “Family School”, which open the public schools on weekends, were abandoned because the displacement of the population from their houses to school was expensive.

The dam’s margins are largely privatized. There are second home, clubs and associations on the Bororé Island and condominiums and sports clubs, as well as Messianic Temple called “Solo Sagrado” in Jaceguava. Smallholder transforms their small farms in locals to leisure to attend the growth number of visitors. The demand for this equipments, whether private, which have a structure pools and barbecues, is growing, according to residents and owners, due to the lack of structured areas for this practices. Some of these properties offer a small structure trails, pool and use the edge of the dam.

There are possibilities of development of activities with schools and church groups approaching subjects facing the region’s ecosystem. However, it is still incipient in these private areas and people have sought these spaces just for fun and relaxation. The parks could offer additional activities for these groups, with nature conservation objectives.

Our field observations about the leisure practices performed by residents of nearby neighborhoods to Itaim Park, demonstrate that the streets are used by various children groups to play, for example, cycling, soccer fields improvised, among other activities on the streets. The adults were also seen outside the house, talking or doing small chores. In free time, residents reported that leaving the area to go to some places like purchasing in Interlagos shopping-center.

Unemployment is a worrying factor to consider in the parks surroundings. There is a high rate of male unemployment or informal employment in low-wage. In free time these

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

105

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

communities, the pubs constitute themselves as main form of entertainment and as an “escape valve” for many residents, being a form of distraction, given their personal difficulties. The bars are sociability places, and the local people use these equipments to chatting and drinking alcoholic beverages as a routine practice.

There are a lack of facilities and leisure activities offered to the people especially, children, women and elderly. When analyzing gender issues, it is possible to note that women do not exercise leisure activities because of deficiency of options that include also their children. Worsens this, the lack of women’s time, due to the double journey of housework and paid activities.

Some young people remain for many hours in outlets like Internet cafes and bars with board games, problem derived from low employment opportunities for the majority of the male population. The result is that most men and consequently families suffer with alcoholism.

Considering these assertions, it may be done activities of public use program in these parks for that can meet the broad objectives of non-formal education, reconciling goals of environmental conservation practices on access to leisure and culture as a right of the people.

Thus, the public use program must consider these local characteristics, tagged by a set of representations of the dams and agricultural activities, but based in the environmental conservation. The communities surrounding of the parks were sensitive to development oriented activities will raise awareness of nature. The parks can fulfill an important role in complementing these activities, helping to reduce the shortage of leisure activities and also contribute to environmental conservation of the parks.

eliminating) those activities that cause problem to environment.

We are suggested a basic infrastructure to attend the visitor, but sought to highlight the multiplicity of activities that can be developed in that equipments, considering a work of community engagement. This work must be focused on “socio-cultural animation” and “environmental interpretation” to enhance positive impacts and the use of “minimal impact” techniques to reduce the negative impacts of visitation to the Park.

The socio-cultural animation been developed to accommodate a wide range of activities that are very different of the elitist way and the formal academic knowledge production (PUILG & Trilla, 2004), the socio-cultural animation allows for leisure practitioner to obtain an active attitude during on an activity. According Dumazedier (2004, p. 260): “The active attitude is the first moments to create a total availability state to fully live the imaginary life that is offered, so that they are entirely released the projection and identification mechanisms, without which there is no effective participation. This is the time of ‘woken dream’. “ This characteristic is fundamental to the practice of sociocultural animation because it, according with the level of involvement and intensity that it is fixed in this experience is that one can establish individual development by means of a leisure activity (ALVES; RAIMUNDO, 2009) in the case, focused in nature.

2) Proposals for Public Use Program of the Parks

Thus, it is possible to do activities with visitors linked environmental issues offered by the park upon a sociocultural animation, with the training of local monitors.

More than that, according to Alves, Raimundo (2009) these actions can be developed with of environmental interpretation principles.

As the parks of São Paulo are in the process of creation, it is necessary to plan all activities related to public use.

Therefore, it is necessary to order the activities already practiced by the community, expanding the possibilities for those low-impact in nature, and reducing (or

Interviews with residents surrounding the park, especially teachers and schools principals, point out that an “environmental awareness” is already latent on the local community. It is necessary that Public Use Program stimulate the feelings on direct contact with natural world.

106

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Nature-based Recreation and Tourism

Practices environmental interpretation that enable this contact constitute in activities of high relevance toward a transformation of knowledge, values and attitudes to form a pro-environmental behavior (Neiman, 2007).

The environmental interpretation basis should be considered for development activities realized by sociocultural (or socio-environmental) animators and should be developed by young people from the surrounding communities.

Reports by teachers and students from schools around the parks, show aspirations to formal studies as environmental studies (study trips). These activities could be widely explored as an environmental education with schools and organized groups. The public use program of the parks should prepare for these demands.

From the community’s expectations, there is an indication the need for a multipurpose infrastructure that can be useful in art activities, performances, festivals, workshops for ancients, women, and meetings of the neighborhoods surrounding the park. There are “wishes” by places for sports and corporal, intellectual and manual activities, recreational and artistic activities and various others forms. There is the expectation that the space of the parks means a new meeting place and sociability that should be organized and safe. Thus, we suggest the infrastructure deployment focused on the public serving, unlike the traditional visitor-centers, setting up multi-purpose places where the local community can develop their talents and aspirations oriented by “socio-environmental” animators. And in all of these activities the environmental conservation should be encouraged. We are suggesting, for example, dramatics plays developed by local groups with natural themes. Workshops and other courses related to environmental issues, among other activities.

Assuming the information reported herein, the activities of Public Use Program of these parks should cater to the communities needs and can meeting the broad objectives of non-formal education, reconciling goals of environmental conservation practices on access to culture and leisure as a right of the people.

References ALVES, C. J. S.; RAIMUNDO, S. Percepção ambiental e as práticas do lazer em contato com a natureza no Parque Estadual da Cantareira Núcleo Pedra Grande, São Paulo (SP). Olam: Ciência & Tecnologia (Rio Claro), v. 9, p. 335-360, 2009.

Brandon, K. Etapas básicas para incentivar a participação local em projetos de turismo de natureza. In: LINDBERG, Kreg; HAWKINS, Donald (org).

Ecoturismo, Um guia para planejamento e gestão.

São Paulo: Senac, 1995, p. 225-256 CLAVAL, P. A geografia cultural; tradução de Luiz Fugazzola Pimenta e Margareth de Castro Pimenta, 2 ed. Florianópolis: E UFSC, 2001, 453 p.

DUMAZEDIER, J. Lazer e cultura popular. Tradução de Maria de Lourdes Santos Machado. 3 ed. São Paulo: Perspectiva. 2004.

FERREIRA, L. da C. A floresta intransitiva: conflitos e negociações na mata atlântica, SP. Tese. (Doutorado em Ciências Sociais). IFCH-Unicamp, Campinas, 1996, 196p.

GEERTZ, C. Uma descrição densa: por uma teoria interpretativa da cultura. In: A Interpretação das Culturas. Rio de Janeiro: LTC, 1989.

NEIMAN, Z. A educação ambiental através do contato com a natureza. 2007. 239 f. Tese (Doutorado em psicologia) – Instituto de Psicologia, Universidade de São Paulo, São Paulo, 2007.

PUIG, J. M.; TRILLA, J. A pedagogia do ócio. Porto Alegre: Artmed, 2004.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

107

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Indicators of landscape valuation - Serra do Mar State Park, Santa Virginia Nucleus, São Paulo, Brazil Juliana Marcondes Bussolotti 1, Solange T. de Lima Guimarães 2 , Maria de Jesus Robim 3

1 1

2

Professor, UNITAU

julianabussolotti@gmail.com

Professor, Geography Department , IGCE-UNESP, Rio Claro 2

3

hadra@uol.com.br

Forest Institute, São Paulo-SP 3

mjesusrobim@gmail.com

Keywords: Protected areas, Tourism, European Landscape Convention The Serra do Mar State Park (PESM) Santa Virginia Nucleus (NSV), which covers the northern portion of the Atlantic Forest of São Paulo State, Brazil and is considered to have a valuable biological and cultural wealth, has suffered anthropic threats and pressures that cause degradation and loss for biodiversity as well as for the traditions and cultural identities of its inhabitants. To promote participatory management, an Advisory Council was established for each administrative unit of the Park as a space to host the dialogue between the community and the Park.

A large number of studies on the effectiveness of these participatory efforts in Brazil has been conducted in the last two decades, but “most of the time the community is considered a single and coherent element, with no internal conflicts, but only with the external actors”, without considering the heterogeneity of views, motivations and sociocultural contexts in the construction of this approach (FONSECA, 2011, p.164).

It is understood that there are different perceptions of the protected areas held by the council members and the supervisors, which gives room to reflect on the subjectivity of these relations in the life space and the lifeworld of

108

these forums. The Advisory Board of the Santa Virginia Nucleus of the Serra do Mar State Park (PESM), in São Paulo, Brazil, was chosen as a case to deepen the study.

It is believed that the landscape identity of the protected area is created in the experience of the Council, and hence it is reflected in the conservation actions of the board members and in the conservation of the area itself. It is the shared horizon of the protected area’s management and it happens in this cosmovision (Zeitgeist), understood in the definition of Geography’s Phenomenologists, like Buttimer (1982, p.172) for instance, as the context where “consciousness is revealed (...) of values, assets, a practical world (...) anchored in a past and directed to a future,” creating “an order of spatial interactions and opportunities” which emerges from the “shared human experiences” (1982, p.190).

The main goal established for this study was to create parameters for the indicators of environmental valuation in protected areas, based on the analysis of the perception and interpretation of the landscape of the members of Santa Virginia’s Advisory Board.

By relying on the hermeneutic phenomenological method and discussing the landscape with theorethical

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Nature-based Recreation and Tourism

references of humanistic geography and landscape ecology, the research assumed that the objective and subjective knowledge of the world, in forums such as the Advisory Board of Santa Virginia, are joined together and are part of the subjects who perceive, interpret and value the landscape of the Protected Area.

the ecosystem), â&#x20AC;&#x153;socioecological-culturalâ&#x20AC;? (related to the quality of human life and of the environment) and â&#x20AC;&#x153;socioeconomicâ&#x20AC;? (related to the direct economic benefits of the society) (Naveh, 2001, p. 278). Thus, if the Protected Area does not have a value for the board members, there will be no actions for its conservation.

The functions of the landscape reported by the board members express their diverse interests and understandings about Nature and their relationship with it â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the uses, sensitivities, ways of acting, experiences and expectations they have as advisors and residents of the region. These different dimensions â&#x20AC;&#x201C; physical, metaphysical and ontological â&#x20AC;&#x201C; are the ones implied in the construction of the cosmovision of the Protectec Area. The worldview in this landscape takes place in the presence of experience.

Regarding the bioecological domain, the board members indicated as its main functions: R5 Äť 5 *, - ,0 .#)(5 ) 5 ." 5 ( ./, &5 , -)/, -5 ) 5 ." 5 Atlantic Forest, its protection and environmental interconnectedness, forming a mosaic of conservation of the Atlantic Forest with the other nuclei.

R5 Äť 5 /( .#)(-5 ) 5 #) #0 ,-#.35 ' #(. ( ( 65 ." 5 protection of water and the vocation for the protection of the forests that remain in the region.

Naveh (2001, p.275) points out the ten major premises for a holistic conception of multifunctional landscapes, which should consider humans beings and their ecology, as well as the socioeconomic, cultural and political aspects as â&#x20AC;&#x153;an integral part of the highest geobioanthropological coevolutionâ&#x20AC;? in all its dimensions, hierarchies and levels, as a single ecosystem in the landscape. It would be â&#x20AC;&#x153;a holistic metatheory selftranscendant of the limits of our own existenceâ&#x20AC;? (NAVEH, 2001, p.275). The understanding of the landscape dynamics happens through the integrity of the experience of the lifeworld (BUTTIMER, 1982) and the worldview (DILTHEY, 1992), â&#x20AC;&#x153;in the changing values of the life spaceâ&#x20AC;? (FRĂ&#x2030;MONT, 1980, p.165) in this globalized society of shared horizons, in which what is shared is not a homogeneity, but the differences, the multiple functions of this landscape.

The functions of the landscape brought out by the board members were understood as â&#x20AC;&#x153;parameters for measuring the biological diversity along with the cultural and ecological diversity as a common index of the ecodiversity of the total landscapeâ&#x20AC;? (Naveh, 2001, p.277). The ecodiversity of the total or global landscape, composed by the lifeworld and the life space, is a tangible expression of the functions of this landscape for the board members.

The research takes into consideration the values implicit in the â&#x20AC;&#x153;bioecologicalâ&#x20AC;? domain (processes related to

The indicators that the members pointed out for these functions are: R5 #) #0 ,-#.38 R5Äť 5 *,). .#)(5 ) 5 ." 5 ,%5 #(5 )($/( .#)(5 1#."5 )." ,5 agencies and the community.

R5 - , "5 ),5." 5*,). .#)(5) 5." 5 ), -.-8 Regarding the socioeconomic domain, they considered as key functions: R5 ( )' 5! ( , .#)(5.",)/!"5/- 5) 5( ./, &5, -)/, -5 ),5 conservation and for organizing the occupation in the surroundings of the Nucleus.

R5 , .# -5 ) 5 ).)/,#-'5 ( 5 (0#,)(' (. &5 / .#)(5 as a project of the municipalities as well as the Park, beyond the conservation of traditional lifestyles and their communities.

The indicators that board members pointed out for these functions are: R5Äť 5 0 &)*' (.5) 5, .#(!5 ( 5)." ,5.)/,#-.5 .#0#.# -65 as well as of environmental education, for generating income.

R5 ." ,5 .#0#.# -5 ." .5 ! ( , . 5 #( )' 5 ),5 &) &5 communities around the Center.

R5 Äť 5 , -5 -/,,)/( #(!5 ." 5 ,%5 .)5 *,). .5 1 . ,5 resources.

R5 , %#(!5 !/# -5 ( 5 (0#,)(' (. &5 / .#)(5 1#."5 local guides.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

109

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Regarding the sociocultural domain, they understand that the Nucleus has the function of: R5 #(!5 5 -)/, 5 ) 5 ( ./, &5 /.35 ( 5 * 5 B (I Nirvana), being a source of pride, and being a privilege that should be kept for the future generations.

R5 #(. #(#(!5." - 5 /( .#)(-5.",)/!"5 / .#)(65 /&./, &5 preservation and research.

The indicators that members pointed out for these functions are: R5 "#& , (5 1#."5 5 " (! 5 '#( - .5 #(5 , & .#)(5 .)5 environmental issues.

R5 * #. .#)(5 ( 5 )''/(# .#)(5 1#."#(5 ." 5 communities and surrounding municipalities.

The capacitation of schools.

Regarding the envisionement of a model that would translate the interactions between the listed functions and their indicators, the board members considered important the participation of all actors in the management of the Protected Area, through technical panels and partnerships with municipalities and other institutions, in order to have greater effectiveness on the actions of the Council.

The landscape of the Santa Virginia Nucleus is interpreted and experienced differently by each member of the council of the Protected Area. Each one of the representatives lives in this landscape according to the tangible constructions and its functional structures, which represent the way of interacting with this environmental reality. But the intangible constructions are the ones that deserve more attention, because they are not valued and are very seldom used, to indicate the ability of the members to align themselves in the same goal of action on the Advisory Board.

Valuing this environment, where the Santa Virginia Center is located, for the people who represent the community inside and around the Conservation Unit, will depend on building a consensus between the social representations made by the advisors about this landscape and its multiple functions for each one of them. Only then will it be possible to build the indicators for joint planning between community and State.

110

The subjective data of the intangible landscape and the objective data of the tangible landscape, as well as the dynamic between them both, will â&#x20AC;&#x153;allow to suppose the indicators needed to know the status and the progress of a given geosystemâ&#x20AC;? (Bernaldez, 1981, p.35) in a conceptual spiral establishing relations between the tangible and intangible landscapes which form the global landscape.

The conclusion is that the landscape identity of the protected area can hold itself when it takes into account the landscape identities of the shared human experiences and the dynamics of the life experience of all actors, fostering the dialogue between people and the environment.

This work believes that, although the Advisory Council discusses the wisdom and the preferences existing in the represented communities and seeks a consensus, it cannot yet live the representation of their groups; it tends to give more autonomy to membersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; participation in the management decisions with technical panels, for instance, and it is starting the convergence of their programs and policies with the municipalities involved in this Protected Area.

The Advisory Council may make use of local practices and of the membersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; understanding of the landscape of NĂşcleo Santa Virginia. The multiple functions of this landscape, experienced and discussed by the Advisory Board, are clear to all members. When considering the subjective aspects of the experience and of the construction of the sense of place, there is an appreciation of the factors and circumstances related to the life space and the lifeworld by the members, and consequently, an appreciation of the landscapes, of a sense of belonging and of the existing relationships of otherness.

The life space is related both to the idea of topophilia as well as topophobia of these members, understanding how â&#x20AC;&#x153;all the emotional bonds between human beings and the environment (...) associate sensibility with placeâ&#x20AC;? and should be taken into account in this groupâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s actions.

(Tuan, 1980, p.29-106).

For FrĂŠmont (1980, p.24-26), the stages of the formation of the life space pass through the richness and complexity

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Nature-based Recreation and Tourism

of its representations, from early childhood inside the family, gradually enlarging this space in a process of descentralization and socialization, based on the structures of perception and intelligence, in schemes of assimilation and accommodation of these experiences; hence, the â&#x20AC;&#x153;life space is a contiuous experience.â&#x20AC;? It includes both personal and historical temporal dimensions as well as â&#x20AC;&#x153;movement, which is the displacement in time and space.â&#x20AC;? â&#x20AC;&#x153;The life space is a movement-space and an inhabited timespace,â&#x20AC;? it is egocentric and social at the same time. They complement themselves in the relation of the lifeworld of each board member in the dynamics of this experience in the landscape.

the military dictatorship in Brazil (1964-1983); or in a collective and procedural way, historically referring to the rural areas. The organization of this landscape, although discussed in the last 10 years in the Advisory Board with community representatives, runs through what FrĂŠmont BgonfC5( ' 5 -5\." 5.", 5 )(., # .#)(-5#(5." 5*,) --5 of creation of life space and its organizationâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;:

This phenomenological perspective on geography, a fundamental approach to understanding the rhythms of space-time (Buttimer, 1982), collaborates with the awareness of social representations that form the understanding of each member about the landscape and allows him or her to understand the changes in the during the establishment of this protected area, which affected populations inside and around the Nucleus and caused disruptions in the life space and the lifeworld. To FrĂŠmont (1980, p.43): â&#x20AC;&#x153;Every bit of space, every road, every field, every forest, appear to the inhabitant, worker or traveler as a right to do or not to do. The appropriation, under its different forms, reduces and strictly regulates the use of space.â&#x20AC;?

2) The interaction of different layers of life spaces, which ."#-5 ." -#-5 , ,-5 .)5 -5 \& ( - * -5 )0 ,5 & ( - * -]85 Regional spatial policies (such as the creation of an Area of Integral Protection); with municipal spatial policies (through interaction and discussion of the laws of the use of land and its zoning systems in urban and rural areas in the Master Plan); and more local layers (as the use the inhabitants make of the protected area and its surroundings and their experience of it);

The negotiation between the uses of this landscape prior to establishment of the Protected Area and the current restricted uses of this landscape present conflicts. And the Advisory Council proves to be a very important forum of participatory management. For that, it needs to strengten its cosmovision of the landscape. A cosmovision is the perception practice of the group of reflecting on the various skills and experiences of each member in a conscious connection to all, to solve the problems faced by the group. (Dilthey, 1992; Artigas, 2005).

Considering these perspectives, the reflections of FrĂŠmont (1980) pose important questions to the considerations of this investigation. The life space is a space of creation, sometimes individual, as, for instance, in the policy space that created the protected areas at the time of

1) Organize the territory not for, but with everyone involved in this landscape, as it has been doing with their Councils and actions involving participatory and democratic processes, but taking into consideration the view of each one of the actors involved for this action;

3) And finally, the contradiction that this arrangement of space can only capture the more superficial realities and relationships of the life space (relationships which intend to be only technical and scientific), if the views of the whole society involved in this landscape are not considered: how they see their functions, how they think of creating a healthy dynamic of living, how they perceive and act emotionally in this space where the Protected Area is located, proving the need for a greater integration between the Nuclei for the management of PESM; and exchanges of experiences between the surrounding communities, their municipalities and supervisors. As Fremont says, â&#x20AC;&#x153;thereâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s a need to relearn the space and to relearn to learn itâ&#x20AC;? (1980, p.257).

Negotiating different and sometimes conflicting interests, and resolving differences in order to make decisions by consensus, ensuring the protection of the natural environment and considering the local sociocultural needs, is not an easy task, as demonstrated in the analysis of this work; but there is a need of providing basic training

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

111

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

for the council members and their organizations and to the staff of PESM; a process that will emerge from the views of each participant and will be jointly built in the interaction of the different ways of living the space and the world in this landscape; it is necessary to discuss the functions of this landscape for each one of the actors and to seek the success of joint actions, building a cosmovision of this landscape.

References

This knowledge, born from the spontaneity of reasoning, from the social representations, the observations, the perceptions-interpretations and cultural values, which, intuitively, will be able to introduce new (simple) hypotheses that afterwards will have to be examined and duly proved by the members of the Advisory Board of Santa Virginia Nucleus, will provide the indicators of the landscape valuation for them.

BUTTIMER, A.. 1982. Apreendendo o dinamismo do mundo vivido. In - CHRISTOFOLETTI, A.Perspectivas da Geografia. Rio Claro: Difelp. 165 − 193.

The final conceptual diagram of the work, complemented by the conclusions of the research, corresponds to the design of the dynamics of these discussions according to the interpretation of the authors, justifying the possibility of taking into account the Council view as a starting point to create the framework of the joint planning, already experienced and elaborated in the Workshop performed at the Board meeting in May 2011. (Figure 1).

This research also amplified the researchers’ concepts of “Self ”, linking the concepts about the landscape with the practical ideal of seeking the legitimacy of the possibilities of knowledge of Advisory Councils like the one of Santa Virginia. The future and the past of this landscape in the here and now.

ARTIGAS, M. . 2005. Filosofia da Natureza. Trad. José Eduardo de Oliveira e Silva. São Paulo: Instituto Brasileiro de Filosofia e Ciência Raimundo Lúlio.

BERNÁLDEZ, F. G.. 1981. Ecologia y paisaje. Madrid: H. Blume Ediciones.

DILTHEY, W. . 1992. Teoria das concepções do mundo.

Lisboa: Edições 70.

FONSECA, I. F. de. 2011. Relações de poder e especificidades do contexto em fóruns participativos.

In - PIRES, R. R. C. (org.) Efetividade das instituições participativas no Brasil - estratégias de avaliação. Brasília: Ipeap.159-169.

FRÉMONT, A. .1980. A região, espaço vivido. Coimbra, Portugal: Almedina.

NAVEH, Z. 2001. Ten major premises for a holistic conception of multifunctional landscapes.

Landscape and Urban Planning 57, p. 269 − 284.

Disponível em: <http://tx.technion.ac.il/~znaveh/ files/Landscape%20Ecology%20Theor y%20 a n d % 2 0 G l o b a l % 2 0 A p p l i c a t i o n s / Te n % 2 0 major%20premises%20for%20a%20holistic%20 c on c e p t i on % 2 0 o f % 2 0 mu l t i f u n c t i on a l % 2 0 landscapes.pdf>. Acesso em: 30 de set de 2011.

TUAN, Yi-Fu.. 1980. Espaço e lugar - a perspectiva da experiência. São Paulo: Difel.

112

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Nature-based Recreation and Tourism

Figure 1 - FINAL CONCEPTUAL DIAGRAM OF THE RESEARCH ARTIGA

Org. por Juliana Marcondes Bussolotti (2011).

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

113

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

The Brazilian three-banded armadillo (Tatu-bola) and the 2014 World Cup: opportunities to protect the Caatinga Rodrigo Castro1, Samuel Portela2, Daniele Ronqui3, Flávia Miranda 4, Marcel Viergever5 Executive Director Associação Caatinga (AC) 2 Project coordinator AC 3 Coordinator of communication AC 4 Vice-president of ASASG/IUCN Coordinator of Conservation Strategies of The Nature Conservancy do Brasil 1

5

In February 2012 Associação Caatinga released, on the internet and social networks, a national campaign called “Tatu-bola for mascot of the 2014 World Cup”. The goal of this campaign was to make this species (Tolypeutes tricinctus, Dasypodidae) and its endangered status better known, as well as highlight the importance of its habitat protection, the Caatinga, in the light of one of the biggest sports events globally, the 2014 World Cup in Brazil. The indication of this animal for mascot was done because of the behavior of assuming the shape of a ball when threatened and because it occurs in areas where the organization develops its conservation initiatives.

The strategy to mobilize society for environmental issues through the popularity of soccer was successful.

In September 2012 the species was confirmed by FIFA as mascot of the event. During the same year, Associação Caatinga intensified its conservation activities related to tatu-bola, which culminated in the development, in partnership with IUCN/ASASG and The Nature Conservancy of Brazil, of the tatubola conservation project entitled “Tatu-bola and the 2014 FIFA World Cup Brazil – Together, scoring a goal for sustainability”. The project is divided in the following lines of action: research, conservation strategies, in situ conservation, environmental education and communication. The main objective of the project is to reduce the species` risk of extinction for the next 10 years, through a set of actions such as identifying priority areas for conservation of the

114

tatu-bola, supporting the establishment of private reserves (RPPNs) and public protected areas, besides promoting the restoration of strategic ecological corridors. The conservation initiative was inspired on the experience of Associação Caatinga in the setting up of Serra das Almas Nature Reserve in Crateús, Ceará.

At the Reserve will be implemented the first Tatubola Research and Conservation Centre in order to promote the necessary studies to evaluate the current status of the species threat and support the definition of the following conservation strategies. The centre will be opened to visitors, so the public will have the opportunity to know better the species and its habitat and also, in the context of the World Cup, attract a greater number of visitors to tatu-bola`s home.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Concurrent Session E Community Values in Conservation

Session organizer:

Douglas de Souza Pimentel, Fluminense Federal University and State University of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

115

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Visitor Management in Brazil Parks and Protected Areas: Benchmarking for Best Practices in Resource Management Robert C. Burns1 1

West Vitginia University, Division of Forestry and Natural Resources 1

robert.burns@mail.wvu.edu

Keywords: protected areas, outdoor recreation, visitor management Recreational planning with a focus on nature-based recreation activities, along with mitigating their potential impacts on natural resources, is a challenge for recreation planners and professionals in many parks and protected areas around the world (Manning, 2011; Moore & Driver, 2005; Eagles et al., 2002). The case of parks and protected areas in Brazil is somewhat unique, in that little outdoor recreation research has been undertaken in Brazil, while parks and protected areas are of critical value to the Brazilian people. The preservation of parks and protected areas has occurred, but sometimes at the expense of local populations. Over the past decade, however, trends have been noted that indicate a greater reliance on a “balance between top-down preservation and bottom-up sustainable development, which is the result of local social movements” (Bicalho, 2011). In 2000, Brazilian PPAs were strengthened by the Sistema Nacional de Unidades de Conservacao da Natureza (SNUC) (Silva, 2005). The SNUC created two broad categories for Brazilian PPAs. The first of these requires: strictly protected, with biodiversity conservation as the principal objective. This includes National Parks, and is roughly equivalent of the World Conservation Union (IUCN) Category II. The second category is sustainable use, which allows for varying forms of exploitation, with biodiversity protection taking a lessor role. This includes Brazilian national forests, various reserves, and areas of particular ecological interest (Silva, 2005). Together, these PPAs (Conservation Units) account for nearly 70 million hectares (nearly 8% of total land area). However, a unique challenge within the Brazilian PPA system is the relatively minor discussion of the role of visitors in PPAs in enabling legislature. Of the 68 National

116

Parks in Brazil, only 20 are open for public visitation, and management plans for those parks that do allow for visitation is limited. In some cases no visitors may enter a national park without the use of a guide. This presentation will compare Brazil parks and protected areas with those in the US and Central Europe. We will focus on key underlying differences in the legislature that creates the parks, and comparisons of how visitor management is different and how that impacts management and visitor perceptions (Table 1).

In eastern Europe (and in eastern Germany, which was a part of the eastern bloc of nations from 1945 until 1990), we see a situation similar to that of Brazil, and unlike that in the US. For many of these nations, the development of parks and protected areas is a new phenomenon. For example the earliest named national park in Germany (Bayerischer Wald) was developed in 1970, and the two most recent (Eifel and KellerwaldEdersee) established in 2004. Germany’s parks were developed under the Federal Republic of Germany’s Federal Nature Conservation Act (BnatSchG), article 24, paragraph 1. Germany has 14 national parks, covering just over 1 million ha, and covering about 0.54% of German territory. Similar to the situation in Brazil, most of the German national parks are in a state of development, and most do not meet the criteria set forth by enabling legislation (BnatSchG). The German parks were developed with a multi- purposive intent of environmental science, education, and public experience of nature. German national parks are designated by the states within Germany, and are then agreed upon by the enabling legislation. This creates an interesting situation

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Community Values in Conservation

of a combined federal—state management process, which includes both pros and cons. German parks have no fees, although concessionaires do operate in and near the parks. German parks fall under the IUCN Category II, although the Federal Republic of Germany has not confirmed their commitment to managing to IUCN standards. Austria, a closely linked neighbor to Germany has seven national parks, covering nearly three percent of the total territory of Austria. Similar to Germany, Austrian national parks are in the IUCN category II, and are co-managed by both federal and state entities.

Nearly all Austrian parks are fee-free, with the exception of boating in specific areas in the Gesaeuse National Park. In the US, the first national parks were named early in the nation’s history, with Yosemite, Yellowstone, Sequoia, Ranier, Glacier, and Crater Lake National Parks designated as parks in the latter part of the 19th century or early in the 20th century. The enabling legislation for US national parks were the Antiquities Act of 1906 and the Organic Act of 1916, which created the National Park Service and allowed for funding. These enabling legislation acts mandated protective status for the parks and allowed for the conservation of scenery, natural and historic settings, wildlife, and outdoor recreation. A total of about 28% of the land mass of the US is considered as parks and protected areas.

Benchmaking Brazilian parks and protected areas Why focus on comparing European, North American and South American park and protected are settings?

First, we gain an intimate understanding of how parks and protected areas are classified and managed in other countries, the challenges they face, and how they deal with and solve management and planning problems. This allows for better reflection of how different managers approach the planning process. Secondly, resource managers (and researchers) gain an understanding of how diverse cultures deal with similar issues. Alternative strategies may be implemented to reach a similar end result—better management of parks and protected areas. Additionally, a shared understanding can be used to enhance adaptive management and collaborative planning processes by providing ”best practice” examples.

Communication can be enhanced between parks and protected area managers worldwide, particularly on

visitor use dynamics and impacts. Managers can better understand and share similar methodologies, which can result in cross-boundary comparisons of not only problems/issues, but also how various solutions have been effective (or ineffective) in different places, and why.

As the potential for activity-induced conflict increases, comparative studies on an international level can help to advance both science and practice of recreation management. However, comparisons are only useful when the basic conditions, managers’ values, and frameworks under which management makes decisions are known von Ruschkowski et al, (in press). These are often derived from legislation and policies, and they set the tone for parks and protected area management. Local managers must still interpret and implement management processes, but by making use of best practices methods, and understanding others’ reactions to similar problems, they are effectively provided with additional tools with which to make decisions.

European and US models European social science research on visitor management in nature-based recreational settings has traditionally focused on understanding the impacts of use levels on the natural resource. Therefore, the European approach has relied heavily upon visitor monitoring, and several countries have meanwhile established standardized visitor monitoring programs (Arnberger 2006; Burns, Arnberger & von Ruschkowski 2010). This approach successfully provides indicators to natural resource managers. Nevertheless, valid long-term data about overall visitation are not available for many locations. While additional variables, which are useful for developing social carrying capacity models (e.g., trip characteristics, sociodemographic variables, and recreation activities), have been regularly collected, variables reflecting the quality of the recreation experience, such as crowding perceptions, have rarely been asked. Germany’s national parks serve as a prime example here. Due to the fourteen parks’ recent history—the first one was established in 1970—research and management activities focus mainly on natural resources, whereas socio-economic issues (tourism, recreation, and conflicts between different user groups) are considered to a much lesser extent (von Ruschkowski 2010). A similar situation is reported

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

117

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

for Austria (Arnberger and Muhar 2008). However, during the past decade, interest in these variables has increased and recent efforts to provide valid and longterm data on overall visitation, visitor preferences and satisfaction, and even crowding perceptions are reported for several German, Swiss, and Austrian protected areas (Arnberger 2006). Several areas have applied integrated visitor monitoring concepts combining monitoring data with survey data. However, in many cases research on crowding is driven by interested researchers and not by park administrations as they have not yet identified it as a prior management goal.

Most U.S. federal natural resource agencies tend to manage parks and forests using one of the traditional frameworks designed by U.S. researchers and proved in U.S. parks and forests, which have also addressed the quality of the recreation experience. These frameworks typically include the Recreation Opportunity Spectrum (ROS), Visitor Impact Management (VIM), Limits of Acceptable Change (LAC), and the Visitor Experience and Resource Protection (VERP) (Graefe, Kuss, and Vaske 1990; National Park Service 1997; Stankey and Lime 1973). Much of the North American research conducted using the above-mentioned frameworks focuses on user crowding, conflict, trip characteristics, sociodemographics, and satisfaction. Only in recent years have the variables associated with visitor-use monitoring been included in understanding North American social carrying capacity (Manning 2011). These frameworks have been applied over several decades and are very common to US national park managers.

Over thirty years of natural resource research in and outside of the United States has revealed distinct similarities in problems and distinctly different approaches to addressing these problems. European research tends to focus on land use in an eco-centric manner, while the U.S. body of literature is often more anthropocentric in scope. Nearly all European parks are recent additions to the world’s loosely held collection of parks and protected areas, and are often a means to minimize social use after hundreds or thousands of years of use. Conversely, the approach to managing most U.S. parks and protected areas is to provide access for social use. Whereas social

118

carrying capacity seems to be treated as a separate research topic in the United States, recent European efforts focus on the combination of socioeconomic data with ecological data, although only a few studies (mostly from Alpine habitats) exist. Thus, more studies and a better emphasis on the integration of both research fields should be the focus of future research. Visitor satisfaction data and conclusions are also needed as key pillars of park management to convey the message about overused areas where the intentions for displacement lead to more potential conflicts, as the Austrian study shows.

Especially in densely populated areas, park managers have the difficult task of finding compromises between land user interests and natural resource protection on a daily basis. In such cases, it is even more important to have sound knowledge about visitors’ intentions, because only this will provide for solid and transparent decision making (Burns et al, 2010). It is assumed here that one of the reasons why the topics of crowding and social carrying capacity in general are pursued with a lesser emphasis in Europe is that (besides the different legal situation) the actual occurrence of crowding would actually lead to consequences through management actions.

These would include the limitation of visitor numbers or restrictions on certain recreational activities—in other words, measures that are not popular with visitors and users. This is more complicated when—because of the overall dense situation in Central Europe—protected areas are urgently needed for daily recreation.

Visitor use restrictions, such as special-use permits for certain recreational activities, are very much an exception in most European protected areas. In the United States, many efforts to cap visitor impacts are spurred by lawsuits, followed by the need for litigation. In these instances, it remains questionable whether management frameworks provide an answer to these unsettled cases.

As such frameworks more or less do not exist in Europe, protected and recreational areas can make their decisions without any methodological restrictions, thus providing a test bed for new, even unconventional, methods to measure social carrying capacity or crowding.

Additionally, on a meta level, no quality standards for collecting visitor-use data in Germany or Austria

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Community Values in Conservation

currently exist, thus making it impossible to guarantee standardized methods for visitor counts (Sievänen et al. 2008), while standardized approaches are used, for example, by the U.S. Forest Service. One additional crucial point is the long-term perspective. While in the United States the management frameworks require longterm monitoring efforts regarding the social aspects, in most of the Central European countries this long-term perspective is not given; long-term monitoring is applied only for ecological issues.

Although management frameworks to address the impact of visitor use on natural resources (VIM, VERP, and LAC, among others) exist, the topic of addressing social carrying capacity has been rather neglected in Austrian and German protected area management. As visitation to the national parks is high, even under international standards, social science research (visitor satisfaction, crowding, etc.) needs to be included in the management standards for Austrian and German national parks.

Thus, researchers are required to identify and define valid methods, quality standards, and criteria in order to ensure integrated approaches that are implemented on an individual basis (Burns, Arnberger & von Ruschkowski 2010).

Conclusions.

Brazil’s supply of parks and protected areas is more than impressive, both in scope, in sheer beauty and diversity ( Janer, 2010). With more than 300 conservation units, including 68 national parks, one could argue that Brazil has an adequate supply of natural resources available to it’s recreating public and tourists. The supply has been inventoried and most parks and protected areas either have a management plan in existance, or a management plan is within the scope of management for future consideration. Invariably, new parks and protected areas will be named, either as a result of a desire to protect environmentally sensitive ecosystems, or as a result of legislation or political will.

What is unknown, however, is the demand that will be placed on Brazil parks and protected areas over the next 2030 years. With estimates suggesting tourism will increase in double-fold over the next 20 years, it is imperative that demand be understood in a way that managers can begin

to focus on Brazil parks and protected area management in a way that will sustain the future of the settings and also focus on visitor use (Hall et al., 2012). There are many forces that have the potential to influence the scope of tourism demand on these natural resources. Brazil, as one of the BRIC nations, has become a global economic power. It is expected that this economic power will move Brazil forward in many different ways, most outside the scope of this presentation. As mentioned previously, Brazil will host the 2014 FIFA World Cup and the 2016 Summer Olympics. That Brazil is hosting two of the world’s largest and most important international sporting events is evidence of the emerging global importance of the nation. Opportunities and challenges abound, and with an immense financial investment into park and protected area infrastructure, including R30 billion into the parques copa (Palhares 2012). The hundreds of thousands of visitors drawn to Brazil by these worldwide events will have an impact on Brazil parks and protected areas. However, it is the residual effect, the emerging of Brazil as a nation that is more and more easily accessible that has the potential to have a long lasting effect on its parks and protected areas. If tourism does indeed double in size over the next 10-20 years, Brazil parks and protected areas must be prepared to provide quality experiences to visitors.

Future Research Transportation and access to parks and protected areas is a challenge in the United States, and less so in Europe.

The challenges associated with access and transportation in Brazil cannot be understated. Although a lack of access does help, in some ways, to protect sensitive ecosystems, this issue must be addressed. With a relatively low level visitor use at Brazil parks and protected areas, it can be surmised that crowding and conflict may not be a critical issue in these settings. However, in order for Brazil parks and protected areas to be relevant to its citizens, an effort to provide for adequate access for all citizens should be undertaken. When citizens have access and feel the natural resources are indeed ”theirs” rather than belonging to the government, a sense of place and relevance can be developed. In conclusion, a systematic, broad-based visitor management plan, one which can be benchmarked against other visitor management systems,

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

119

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

is suggested. Resource managers and researchers may want to focus on understanding visitor use monitoring, working together to develop park management plans that will be effective for managers and that allow access for visitors. Additionally, the marketing of Brazil parks

and protected areas should be an important concept of the management plans of parks and protected areas.

Marketing efforts should be matched to the existing infrastructure so potential visitors to parks and protected areas have realistic expectations.

Nation

Central Europe

Brazil

USA

Methods

Quantitative

Quantitative

Quantitative

Bias

Eco-centric

Eco-centric

Anthropocentric

Use of Frameworks

Very few applications

Very few applications

Heavily relied upon

What drives research

Ecological needs

Ecological needs

Litigation

Settings of parks and protected areas

Mostly developed to highly developed

Wilderness remote to highly developed

Wilderness remote to highly developed

Tools used

Cameras and visitor counters

Very few tools used

Visitor counters

Table. 1 Differences noted between three case study locations

regarding social carrying capacity assessment (modified from Burns et al., 2010)

References: Arnberger, A. (2006). “Recreation Use of Urban Forests: An Inter-area Comparison.” Urban Forestry and Urban Greening 4: 135–44.

Arnberger, A., Eder, R., Allex, B., Sterl, P., and Burns, R. C. (2012). Relationships between national park affinity and attitudes towards protected area management of visitors to the Gesäuse National Park, Austria. In Forest Policy and Economics, Volume 19, 48—55.

Arnberger, A., and A. Muhar. (2008). “Recreation and Nature Tourism Demand, Supply and Actual Usage in Austria: Cost Action e33 WG2 Country Report.”

In Forest Recreation Monitoring: A European Perspective, ed. T. Sievänen, A. Arnberger, L. Dehez, N. Grant, F.S. Jensen, and H. Skov-Petersen, 106– 14. Working Papers of the Finnish Forest Research Institute, Helsinki 79.

120

Bicalho, A.M. (2011). Forestry Management in Inhabited Conservation Units: The Tapajos National Forest as a Model of Community Governance in Brazil.

Proceedings of the 19th Colloquium of the IGU Commission on the Sustainability of Rural Systems; National University of Ireland. (online only).

Burns, R.C., Arnberger, A., and von Ruschkowski, E. (2010). Social carrying capacity challenges in parks, forests, and protected areas: An examination of Transatlantic methodologies and practices.

International Journal of Sociology, 40(3), 30—50.

Eagles, P.; McCool, S.; & Haynes, C. (2002): Sustainable Tourism in Protected Areas: Guidelines for Planning and Management. IUCN, Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK. xv + 183pp.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Community Values in Conservation

Federal Republic of Germany’s Federal Nature Conservation Act (BnatSchG), article 24, paragraph 1 http://www.gesetze-im-internet.de/bundesrecht/ bnatschg_2009/gesamt.pdf, accessed from WWW on March 30, 2013.

Graefe, A.R.; F.R. Kuss; and J.J. Vaske. (1990). Visitor Impact Management: The Planning Framework.

Washington DC: National Parks and Conservation Association.

Hall, J., Matos, ,S., Sheehan, L., and Silvestre, B. (2012).

Entrepreneurship and Innovation at the Base of the Pyramid: A Recipe for Inclusive Growth or Social Exclusion? Journal of Management Studies 49:4.

Janer, A. (2010). The national parks of Brazil. An online publication of the Instituto EcoBrasil http://www. ecobrasil.org.br/ Accessed March 30, 2013.

Palhares, G. L. (2012). Tourism in Brazil: Environment, Management and Segments in Contemporary Geographies of Leisure,Tourism, and Mobility, Lohman, G., and Dredge, D.

Conservation Biology, Pages 608–611, 19, 3.

Stankey G.H., and D.W. Lime. (1973). Visitor Perceptions of Wilderness Recreation Carrying Capacity. USDA Forest Service, Intermountain Forest and Range experiment station, INT-142, Ogden, UT. von Ruschkowski, E.; R.C. Burns, A. Arnberger, D. Smaldone, and J. Meybin. (in press). Recreation management in protected parks and forests: A comparative study of Austria, Germany, and the United States of America. Journal of Park and Recreation Administration. von

Ruschkowski, E. (2010). Ursachen und Lösungsansätze für Akzeptanzprobleme von Großschutzgebieten am Beispiel von zwei Fallstudien im Nationalpark Harz und im Yosemite National Park [Causes and Potential Solutions for Conflicts Between Protected Areas and Local Communities]. Hannover/Stuttgart: ibidem-Verlag.

Manning, R. E. (2011). Studies in Outdoor Recreation: Search and Research for Satisfaction. Third Edition.

Corvallis: Oregon State University Press.

Moore, R. L. & Driver, B. L. (2005). Introduction to Outdoor Recreation. Providing and Managing Natural Resource Based Opportunities. Venture Publishing State College, PA, USA. National Park Service. (1997). VERP: Visitor Experience and Resource Protection Framework. Denver, CO: U.S. National Park Service, Denver Service Center.

Sievänen, T., Arnberger, A., Dehez, L., Grant, N., Jensen, A., and Skov-Petersen, H., eds. (2008). “Forest Recreation Monitoring: A European Perspective.”

Working Papers of the Finnish Forest Research Institute, no. 79, Helsinki.

Silva, M. (2005). The Brazilian Protected Areas Program.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

121

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Claiming space and identity in a contested landscape: Traditional agriculture in and around the Estação Ecológica de Juréia-Itatins Alaine Ball1 1

The Whitney and Betty MacMillan Center for International and Area Studies, Yale University 1 Escola Superior de Agricultura “Luiz de Queiroz”, Universidade de São Paulo 1

alaine.ball@gmail.com

Keywords: protected areas, traditional identity, swidden agriculture, caiçaras, adaptive co-management Introduction As conservation practitioners increasingly acknowledge the need to consider local peoples in strategies to preserve biological diversity, the global conservation narrative has shifted away from an emphasis on protected areas absent of people to efforts to support the economic and cultural well-being of populations residing within or adjacent to protected areas (Schmink, Redford, and Padoch, 1992).

However, multiple factors, including different perceptions of landscape and livelihood, result in conflicting landuse objectives among actors. This tension persists in and around the Estação Ecológica de Juréia-Itatins (Ecological Station of Juréia-Itatins, or EEJI), a “fully” protected area of coastal São Paulo, Brazil, where local caiçara residents continually contest their right to remain living and practicing swidden agriculture on ancestral lands now designated as an ecological station and as areas of environmental protection (APAs).

In Brazil, many traditional peoples, including caiçaras, live within and adjacent to protected areas, limiting their ability to practice traditional resource management such as swidden agriculture (characterized by cutting and burning small patches of forest for short-term cultivation and by long fallow periods) and to adaptively respond to change (Creado et al., 2008). The continued practice of swidden agriculture in contested landscapes is uncertain, and unintended consequences of conservation plans that have previously excluded people include loss of cultural knowledge that contributes to the resilience

122

of communities (Begossi, 1998; Diegues, 1994). This study considers how traditional agricultural practices, cultural identity, and perceptions of conservation and sustainability may be responsive and adaptive to sociopolitical change, and how local people and conservation projects negotiate contested land use.

I consider how boundary creation constructs and produces traditional identity, how identity and agricultural practices in turn construct these boundaries, and how “traditionality” is employed to include, exclude, and make claims. Residents of the EEJI, government, and nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) are engaged in a complex system of ongoing negotiation and contestation that results in changes in agricultural systems, altered perceptions of cultural identity, and uncertain governance that permits the continued practice of closely-monitored swidden agriculture. Ultimately, both traditional identity and identity-based boundaries are unstable concepts, and protected area management policy based on restricting traditionality to government-defined visions will perpetuate conflict between administration and residents.

Although the “people in parks” debate has been welldescribed in the literature (West, Igoe, and Brockinton, 2006), few studies have provided ethnographic detail of the process of daily negotiation of identity and of resourceuse, and what these negotiations mean for cultural adaptation and resilience. This analysis seeks to fill this gap by describing the experience of practicing swidden agriculture and defining identity in protected areas,

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Community Values in Conservation

providing insight into residents’ relationships with their landscape. Further incorporation of local perspectives will contribute to the construction of the “non-bureaucratic bureaucracy” required of adaptive management (Pritchard Jr. and Sanderson, 2002), providing increased opportunity for residents and managers to respond to environmental feedback (Olsson, Folke, and Berkes, 2004).

Background: Conflict over place The EEJI, or simply “Juréia,” is a human-inhabited “fully” protected area—a category of conservation unit that prohibits human residence—and has been the site of intense conflict between residents, government, and environmental NGOs since its creation in 1987.

Located in the Ribeira Valley of coastal São Paulo, the EEJI contains the largest remaining contiguous tract of Atlantic Forest, encompassing 80,000 hectares of humid tropical slope forest and flood plain forests (Carvalho and Schmitt, 2010; Sanches, 2001). About twentytwo communities remain within the EEJI, resulting in a paradoxical situation in which residents and their resource management are illegal. Described by an informant as a “symbol of the Brazilian environmental movement” as a reflection of the success of securing this territory as a protected area (regional director of a large environmental NGO, personal communication), Juréia and the ban on traditional resource management that accompanied its creation nevertheless had disastrous effects on local caiçara residents, many of whom moved to surrounding cities to seek employment when no longer able to support themselves through agriculture and fishing. Research was conducted between June and August 2011 in two communities within the EEJI, Praia do Una (including Grajaúna and Rio Verde) and Despraiado; with agriculturalists in several communities outside of the EEJI (Figure 1); with park guards and park administrators; and with representatives of environmental NGOs. These categories of actors sometimes overlap.

I employed participant observation and semi- and unstructured interviews to gather data on perceptions, identity, and agricultural practices, operating from a phenomenological theoretical basis (Laverty, 2003). ! (

! (

! ( ! ( ! ( ! (

After years of pressure, residents succeeded in 2006 in

creating two Sustainable Development Reserves (RDS), a category of sustainable use protected area, in the more heavily populated areas of the EEJI, influencing the redrawing of reserve boundaries into what became known as the Juréia “mosaic.” However, in 2009, the Secretary of the Environment of the State of São Paulo deemed the RDS unconstitutional, and the land reverted to EEJI territory. Since then, residents have engaged in continual negotiation to reinstate the RDS and gain further control over territory, achieving partial success just last month when the Legislative Assembly of São Paulo agreed to re-establish the mosaic.

Figure 1: Research locations inside and outside of the EEJI. Sites indicated are current and former swiddens.

:

( ! ( ! (! ! ( ( Despraiado !! (

! (

! ( ! ( ! (

! (

! (

( ! (! ( ! (! ( Praia do Una! ( ! (! ( (! ! (! ! ( ( (! ! (! ! ( ! ( ( ! ( (! ! ( ! (! ! ( ! (

! ( Itimirim-Coveiro

Atlantic Ocean

! ( Suamirim ! ( Icapara ! ( ! ( ! ( ! (

0

Research Locations EEJI Border

5

10

20 Kilometers

Communities

! (

Perceptions of landscape and imagining a protected area The mosaic metaphor provides a pleasing image of heterogeneity and incorporation of different interests, yet in reality reflects oppositional and superimposed claims to land. This opposition is based in different perceptions of human-nature relationships and the consequently dissimilar ways of seeing the landscape, resulting in “cultural parallax,” a “difference in views between those who are actively participating in the dynamics of the habitats within their home range and those who view those habitats as ‘landscape’ from the outside” (Gary Nabhan, in Parajuli, 2001). In imagining the “environment,” Luke (1995) describes a process of “environing,” an encircling act that demarcates the protected area territory but that is also the first disciplining act on the landscape. The protected area is transformed into a Foucauldian milieu, in which the “naturalness” of the human species becomes problematic within the “political artifice of power relations” viewing the landscape from outside (Foucault, 2007[1978]).

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

123

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Residents hold what Ingold (1993) would describe as a “dwelling perspective” of place, in which “the landscape is constituted as an enduring record of—and testimony to—the lives and works of past generations who have dwelt within it, and in so doing, have left there something of themselves.” In contrast to the globalized imagining of landscape, in which biological hotspots become the common property of all mankind, the local one is experiential and historical, with agriculture an integral component of the life-process that shapes and is shaped by environment.

A frequent refrain is, “I was born here, brought up here…”, and cultural histories are written on the landscape in the form of former swiddens and old garden sites.

When describing the landscape, residents stress that “it was all roça (swidden/garden plot),” that “it was already conserved,” and that “in the past, we were healthy and there was an abundance.” Though a distinction between human areas and forest is made, at the landscape level and across time, these boundaries are less apparent. In addition to referring to the forest as “already preserved,” residents also believe that some degree of protection is necessary and describe their traditional practices as “sustainable” and as a type of traditional “management.”

By borrowing conservationist language to articulate their relationships with nature, residents attempt to politically legitimatize practices through use of contemporary terminology, demonstrating the process through which actors come to incorporate each other’s discourses.

Swidden agriculture and traditional identity Swiddening in a protected area In 1992, the EEJI administration began allowing swidden cultivation by permit, though residents complain that the process of obtaining the permit is so time consuming that it precludes any functional farming. Most restrictive, from their perspective, are limitations concerning where and what they can cut to establish a new roça based on the Brazilian Forest Code and federal environmental laws specific to the

124

Atlantic Forest, which also apply to farmers outside of the EEJI. In some areas, these restrictions have resulted in shortened fallow periods (from 15 or more years to 1 or 2) and decreased production, as forest considered optimal for swidden locations is now off-limits and degraded sites are farmed repeatedly.

Caiçara swiddens were formerly characterized by a high degree of crop diversity, with manioc (Manihot esculenta) as the staple crop, though agrobiodiversity is currently declining (Peroni and Hanazaki, 2002).

Farmers interviewed for this study currently cultivate a total of about thirteen manioc varieties, both sweet and bitter, which vary by community; however, all cultivation ceased in Praia do Una during the ban on swidden agriculture, and several manioc varieties were lost. Today, what exactly is permitted under authorized swiddening is unclear, and practices such as burning must be argued for. To authorize a swidden, a forestry technician accompanies a farmer to the site he wishes to cultivate, marking the location with GPS and issuing a permit showing clearly defined roça boundaries, but ultimate decision-making authority is removed from the farmer.

When speaking of agriculture, several residents asserted that “the traditional person has to live from the roça,” and that “we live more like Indians than Indians.”

This acknowledgement of the indigenous origins of their agriculture was stated both humorously and in resentful recognition of the more clearly defined rights of indigenous peoples in Brazil. Caiçaras find it ironic that they are the ones struggling for the right to practice swidden agriculture, while their indigenous neighbors have largely abandoned agricultural practices for the more lucrative endeavor of palm heart extraction. By law, indigenous peoples may extract a limited amount of certain forest products, a privilege denied caiçaras.

These extractive privileges are illogical to caiçaras, as in their eyes they are the true practitioners of “sustainable” resource management. In this light, swidden agriculture becomes a central element in defining a “correct” way of living on the land, rather than profiting solely from wild forest products. Residents assert that illegal extraction and hunting worsened after the creation of the EEJI,

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Community Values in Conservation

as the transfer of their lands to the public domain has delegitimized their claims and former community boundaries. Rather than keep out extractors, as intended, the boundary of the EEJI made another boundary—that of community territory—easier to cross.

Problems of “traditional” The designation “traditional” has been used as a tool of marginalization (Schmink, Redford, and Padoch, 1992), to stake claims to land by traditional peoples, and, more recently, as a category of rights holders (Castro et al., 2006; SNUC, Federal Law no. 9.985/2000, Articles 4.XIII and 5.X). Additionally, the discourse of “traditional”—the assumption that traditional populations are good stewards of their resources, or that they exist in a static state—has important political implications and can obfuscate heterogeneous characteristics of communities (Dove, 2006); describing a community as traditional or indigenous is a political as much as cultural designation (Castro et al., 2006; Li, 2000). For example, the traditional practice of swidden agriculture has been paradoxically associated with both deep ecological knowledge of and adaptation to the forest and with degradation of the forest and maladaption to modern land-use change (Diegues, 1994; Castro et al., 2006).

Both “culture” and “identity” are uncertain concepts, resisting definition. Culture has been conceptualized as a context in which actions and symbols can be interpreted (Geertz, 1973) and emergent or as a process (Williams, 1973), while identity—fluid, negotiable, and often wielded as a powerful political tool—is questioned as a working analytical category due to its ambiguity (Brubaker and Cooper, 2000). Claims to cultural authenticity can be used both to marginalize and to make claims about land and rights. They are also ways that local people seek to define themselves in a modern context, though the very existence of something called “traditional identity” is predicated on its contextualization within modernity (Hirtz, 2003).

Rather than a “fixed ground from which…actions follow,” identity is the “product of articulation” in the process of positioning (Stuart Hall, in Li, 2007).

Although Brazilian legal definitions of traditional people address dependency on natural resources (Decree 6.040/07, article 3, paragraph 1 in Creado et al., 2008), residents may resent outside impositions of identity as defined by bureaucrats or anthropologists.

Smith (1999) refers to such impositions as “legislated identities,” which do not place decision-making about identity and about change in the hands of those being defined. Within the EEJI, where residents are categorized as “traditional,” “old arrivals,” and “recent arrivals,” legislated identities are operative on a daily basis, influencing decisions about resource use.

Traditional people are caught in a delicate balance of presenting themselves as civilized but not too civilized, desiring development but only as long as it is “sustainable,” noble in their traditionality but repressed enough to warrant the compassionate attention of potential allies. According to one resident, “We should do away with this traditional, not traditional, and just be considered a community. We all depend on each other, this place depends a lot on what is not traditional.

The communities don’t make this distinction, the government does (resident of Despraiado, personal communication).

Furthermore, local residents hired as park guards may re-imagine traditional practices, and thus their association with traditional identity, as environmentally incorrect through their experiences of supervising residents’ resource management. Park guards are put in the clearly difficult position of monitoring their own communities but often will avoid inspecting their immediate neighbors and own family if possible, making seemingly contradictory personal and official choices (Vasan, 2002). One informant described the hiring of local residents as park guards as an intentional strategy of the government to divide communities, and resentment towards those able to procure employment with the reserve is high.

Conclusion: Approaching adaptive co-management?

In and around the Estação Ecológica de Juréia-Itatins, differing perceptions of landscape, employment of the

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

125

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

concept of “traditional,” the association of identity with agricultural practices, and on-the-ground complexity of monitoring result in daily negotiation over resource use. The combination of legislation that acknowledges rights of traditional people, flexibility and confusion in local governance, and ongoing resistance by local people has resulted in the continued inhabitation of many protected areas created on traditional lands.

Insufficient enforcement of environmental laws due to lack of resources is commonly cited as the main obstacle to conservation efforts, but park guards and the Environmental Police exert substantial energy monitoring small agriculturalists, which forces residents to continuously articulate their right to manage resources.

Though human habitation within ecological stations is technically illegal, the administration has established locally “official” conditions under which people can not only reside within the station, but also practice swidden agriculture. Thus, in one sense, the imperfect discipline within the EEJI may contribute to the preservation of traditional practices by providing the physical and quasi-legal space for the agriculture to occur and by providing a forum in which day-to-day practices are negotiable. However, the government confines agriculture to authorized locations, limiting its practice to a form not considered truly traditional by residents. While protected area boundaries and traditionality are usefully dichotomizing by preventing large-scale commercialization and development, actor positionality and day-to-day negotiations result in the continual construction and reconstruction of these concepts.

Restricting traditionality and traditional resource management to government-defined visions will not be conducive to the adaptive co-management of protected areas to which actors should aspire. Berkes, Colding, and Folke (2000) describe traditional knowledge as a “knowledge-practice-belief complex,” utilizing adaptive management systems which emphasize feedback learning and acknowledge uncertainty and unpredictability, and in which management for processes enables communities to “monitor, interpret,

126

and respond to dynamic changes in ecosystems.”

Exemplified by the successional management of swidden agriculture, adaptive management of resources is part of the adaptive co-management of social and ecological systems (SES).

Adaptive co-management systems are “flexible community-based systems of resource management tailored to specific places and situations and supported by, and working with, various organizations at different levels” (Olsson, Folke, and Berkes, 2004), with SES conceived of as nested, moving through adaptive cycles across space and time at various scales and speeds, with disturbance regimes inherent (Holling et al., 1998; Gunderson and Holling, 2002), or as “multiple subsystems” (resource systems, resource units, governance systems, and users) that “interact to produce outcomes at the SES level” (Ostrom, 2009).

In the cases of Praia do Una and Despraiado, these cycles have manifested, for example, as political change (periods of prohibition of agriculture), which had direct effects on agro-ecological systems, biocultural knowledge, and claims to identity. Residents’ resilience was tested, and crises drove adaptations—political and social—that may increase resilience in the face of future change (Begossi 1998; Holling et al., 1998).

Begossi (1999) describes the lesser degree of political and thus larger-scale engagement of caicaras when compared with caboclos. However, the selforganization into associations and political action of the residents of Juréia seeking to increase horizontal and vertical linkages demonstrates an exception to this observation. Olsson, Folke, and Berkes (2004) identify vision, leadership, and trust as essential elements in the self-organizing process undertaken by communities in adaptive co-management systems. Additionally, flexible institutions and organizations are crucial to adaptive approaches. Following this characterization, elements for adaptive co-management are in place in and around the EEJI: caiçaras are increasingly engaging in interregional collaboration (coordenação nacional caiçaras) and political debate, and the reinstatement of the RDS in Juréia creates the “social space” (Olsson, Folke, and Berkes, 2004) for community-based ecosystem

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Community Values in Conservation

management.

The current reality of traditional life in the coastal Atlantic Forest is testing the connections between practice and place and forcing re-articulations of identity.

While many ex-residents continue to struggle to regain appropriated lands in the hopes of returning, over a generation of living away from the forest has resulting in an extraordinary loss of environmental knowledge.

Whether or not the connection to land remains in the absence of practice, and if swidden agriculture will continue to form an important component of caiçara or traditional identity, remain to be seen.

References Begossi, A. 1998. Resilience and neotraditional populations: The caiçaras of the Atlantic forest and caboclos of the Amazon (Brazil). In Berkes, F. and Folke, C. (eds.). Linking Social and Ecological Systems: Management Practices and Social Mechanisms for Building Resilience. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, pp 129-157.

concepts of tradition and property rights in the conservation of natural resources in the Atlantic Forest (Brazil). Ambiente e Sociedade 9:23-39.

Creado, E.S.J., Mendes, A.B.V., Ferreira, L.d.C., and de Campos, S.V. 2008. Between “traditional” and “moderns”: Negotiations of rights in two protected areas of the Brazilian Amazon. Ambiente e Sociedade 4.

Diegues, A.C. 1994. O Mito Moderno da Natureza Intocada (The Modern Myth of Untouched Nature). Núcleo de Apoio à Pesquisa sobre Populações Humanas e Áreas Úmidas BrasileriasUniversidade de São Paulo, São Paulo.

Dove, M.R. 2006. Indigenous peoples and environmental politics. Annual Review of Anthropology 35:191208.

Foucault, M. 2007 [1978]. 11 January 1978. Chapter 1 In Senellart, M. (ed.). Michel Foucault: Security, Territory, Population: Lectures at the Collège de France, 1977-1978. Picador, New York, pp 1-27.

Begossi, A. 1999. Scale of interactions of Brazilian populations (Caiçaras and Caboclos) with resources and institutions. Human Ecology Review 6:1-7.

Berkes, F., Colding, J., and Folke, C. 2000. Rediscovery of traditional ecological knowledge as adaptive management. Ecological Applications 10:12511262.

Geertz, C. 1973. The Interpretation of Cultures. Basic Books, New York.

Brubaker, R. and Cooper, F. 2000. Beyond “identity.”

Theory and Society 29:1-47.

Hirtz, F. 2003. It takes modern means to be traditional: on recognizing indigenous cultural communities in the Philippines. Development and Change 34:887914.

Carvalho, M.C.P. de and Schmitt, A. 2010. Laudo histórico e antropológico (historical and anthropological report). Technical report for the identification of traditional families in the Estação Ecológica de Juréia-Itatins, contracted by the Forestry Foundation, São Paulo, Brazil.

Castro, F. de, Siqueira, A.D., Brondízio, E.S. and Ferreira, L.C. 2006. The use and misuse of the

Gunderson, L.H. and Holling, C.S. (eds.). 2002.

Panarchy: Understanding Transformations in Human and Natural Systems. Island Press, Washington, DC.

Holling, C.S., Berkes, F. and Folke, C. 1998. Science, sustainability and resource management. In Berkes, F. and Folke, C. (eds.). Linking Social and Ecological Systems: Management Practices and Social Mechanisms for Building Resilience.

Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, pp 342362.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

127

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Gunderson, L.H. and Holling, C.S. (eds.). Panarchy: Understanding Transformations in Human and Natural Systems. Island Press, Washington, DC., pp 147-170.

Ingold, T. 1993. The temporality of the landscape. World Archaeology 25:152-174.

Laverty, S.M. 2003. Hermeneutic phenomenology and phenomenology: a comparison of historical and methodological considerations. International Journal of Qualitative Methods 2:Article 3.

Li, T.M. 2000. Articulating indigenous identity in Indonesia: resource politics and the tribal slot.

Comparative Studies in Society and History 42:149-179.

Li, T.M. 2007. Introduction: The will to improve. In The Will to Improve: Governmentality, Development, and the Practice of Politics. Duke University Press, Durham, pp 1-30.

Luke, T.W. 1995. On environmentality: Geo-power and eco-knowledge in the discourses of contemporary environmentalism. Cultural Critique 31:57-81.

Olsson, P., Folke, C., and Berkes, F. 2004. Adaptive co-management for building resilience in socialecological systems. Environmental Management 34:75-90.

Ostrom, E. 2009. A general framework for analyzing sustainability of social-ecological systems. Science 325:419-422.

Parajuli, P. 2001. Learning from ecological ethnicities: toward a plural political ecology of knowledge. In Grim, J. (ed.). Indigenous Traditions and Ecology.

Harvard University Press, Cambridge, pp 559-590.

Sanches, R.A. 2001. Caiçara communities of the southeastern coast of São Paulo State (Brazil): Traditional activities and conservation policy for the Atlantic Rain Forest. Human Ecology Review 8:52-64.

Schmink, M., Redford, K. H., and Padoch, C. 1992.

Traditional peoples and the biosphere: Framing the issues and defining the terms. In Redford, K.H. and Padoch, C. (eds). Conservation of Neotropical Forests: Working from Traditional Resource Use. Columbia University Press, New York, pp 3-10.

Smith, L.T. 1999. Decolonizing Methodologies: Research and Indigenous Peoples. Zed Books Ltd, London.

Vasan, S. 2002. Ethnography of the forest guard: contrasting discourses, conflicting roles and policy implementation. Economic and Political Weekly 37:4125-4133.

West, P., Igoe, J. and Brockington, D. 2006. Parks and people: The social impacts of protected areas.

Annual Review of Anthropology 35:251-277.

Williams, R. 1973. Base and superstructure in Marxist cultural theory. New Left Review 82:3-16.

Peroni, N. and Hanazaki, N. 2002. Current and lost diversity of cultivated varieties, especially cassava, under swidden cultivation systems in the Brazilian Atlantic Forest. Agriculture, Ecosystems, and Environment 92:171-183.

Pritchard Jr., L. and Sanderson, S.E. 2002. The dynamics of political discourse in seeking sustainability. In

128

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Community Values in Conservation

Environment History and Education: Linking people and institutions to nature Douglas de Souza Pimentel1, Ana Angélica Monteiro de Barros2 1

Fluminense Federal University 1

1, 2

douglasgeia@gmail.com

Professor Rio de Janeiro State University

Keywords: Environmental history, Environmental education, Serra da Tiririca State Park, Itaipu Archaeological Museum.

Introduction This paper is an evaluation that starts from biologists’ point of view. But, citing Drummond (1991), many natural scientists pointed out that the full understanding of human societies depends on the studies of its interactions with the natural environment.

Considering this, interdisciplinarity is a basic premise of Environmental History research and Environment Education activities developed nearby the Serra da Tiririca State Park (PESET – Niterói/Maricá, RJ) and the Archaeological Museum of Itaipu (MAI – Niterói, RJ). Therefore, from this perspective, such activities seek to balance fragmented and sometimes, oversimplified visions (LEIS, 1995) in order to broadly address the socio-environmental issues, enabling the full understanding of nature’s dynamics under the influence of human activities over time.

Thus, this paper aims to describe some actions and approaches in socio-environmental research that could contribute to the construction of this broader vision and the rapprochement of these institutions to local communities.

Development The Environmental History as a tool to reach environmental broader comprehension The Environmental History is a part of History that

has been structured since the early 1970s, when the theoretical basis for understanding the landscape as a historical document begin to be established (DRUMMOND, 1991; HUGHES, 2006; WOSTER, 1991). Therefore, this discipline considers the environment as a synergic agent in human history on the planet (WOSTER, 1991).

Thus, Drummond (1991:5/8) indicates a number of characteristics of Environmental History studies.

Such analyses constantly dialogue with Biology and Ecology and generally cover areas with some natural identity and reciprocal influences in the use of resources. There are a wide variety of sources from written documents to people’ reports. In these studies, fieldwork is an essential condition for this historical reading of the human marks in landscapes. So, these studies cover the ecosystem dynamics in the past and relations with the socioeconomic domain, as well as environmental changes caused by human actions. In addition, the Environmental History also focuses on thought structures of human societies on the natural world (Hughes, 2006; WOSTER, 1991). Therefore, such discipline depends on an interdisciplinary vision and still is structuring its concepts.

Raising environmental awareness The process of raising environmental awareness encompasses perception and emotion in a gradient that generates differences in attitudes toward the nature, which

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

129

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

ends up becoming a field of symbolic representations (TUAN, 1983). Those are built from the way someone perceives the world subjectively. Perception is the way we look at the world and the values are projected onto it.

The perception also carries a strong cultural component that depends on beliefs, experiences, traditions, ideas and socioeconomic contexts (TUAN, 1983; Younes; GARAY, 2006). Under this cultural bias, the Environmental History brings the capacity on critical analyses of environmental changes over space and time and allows broader discussions about the relationship between society and the environment. Therefore, the individual stories and local changes in space are valued and that knowledge becomes important for the Environmental Education process.

Public use in Protected Areas The Brazilian parks are protected areas (PA) where the main focus is the ecosystems’ conservation and only the indirect use of resources is allowed, generally related to its visitation (BRASIL, 2002). Environmental Education, in turn, is an integrated part of public use. Such educational process represents an activity provided by law for all protected areas, often related as a tool to enable ecotourism and parks management.

So, the term public use is adopted by official agencies linked to the management of protected natural areas in Brazil and can be defined as the usufruct enjoyed by the PA’s public user, whether recreationist, tourist, educator or researcher (MAGRO, 1999). The activities of public use and environmental education could be considered as a long-term investment in environmental conservation and basic premise of the ecotourism’s role in protecting biodiversity. Thus, environmental education, associated with ecotourism, catalyzes a deeper reflection on the individual values to foster environmentally responsible behavioral change, reconnecting people to the natural environments. It should also stimulate a more comprehensive view of the environmental problems, assisting in understanding the social, economic and political complexities involved in ecosystems, besides encouraging individual and collective participation (SILVA; COSTA NETO, 2007; Vasconcellos, 2006).

130

The Archaeological Museum of Itaipu (MAI) has a strong relationship with the Serra da Tiririca State Park (PESET) and the integrated institutional actions can help foster recognition of the region peculiarities, thus raising awareness of local environmental issues, creating an institutional link to the surrounding communities.

According to Pimentel (2008) the historical issues related to the region development and specifically to the PESET are valued by the inhabitants of the neighborhoods of Niteroi and Maricá municipalities. Selles and Abreu (2002) conducted Environmental Education activities with teachers from nine local schools, using the rich local historical record, as generator theme to develop new environmental perceptions. The authors concluded that the integration between history and biology was essential to this process. Currently, there are investments to structure the “Paths of Darwin” in the state of Rio de Janeiro (Charles Darwin visit the study region in XIX century) and specifically in PESET. Thus, historical fact can help management to build a greater appreciation of the Park by the public. In fact, interdisciplinary projects involving natural and social history of the region are important in this context and the MAI and PESET represent an excellent locus to these activities.

Such projects are being developed with public funds by Interdisciplinary Environmental Study Group (GEIA) of Rio de Janeiro State University (UERJ).

History of the Serra da Tiririca State Park’s institutionalization The park’s management involves different social and biological scales. Conflicts were and are catalyzed when parks are created and explanation for this goes back to the practical application of a conservation vision, as well as some difficulty in expanding the park management to consider the relations maintained with society. In this sense, research on the social perception about the parks and their management falls within the perspective of Environmental History, considering the intangible of human relationships with nature (HUGHES, 2006, WOSTER, 1991).

It should also be considered that the parks occupy a conceptual space that takes a referential of nature

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Community Values in Conservation

(Watson, 2000). They can be analyzed through the prism of nature’s social construction (WEST; Igoe; Brockington, 2006).

Still considering an interdisciplinary view, the establishment of PAs can be focused by the construction of the identity of a regional space. So for, management must be given under three conceptual axes: a) the territorial form legally established; b) the institutional form that is responsible for the perpetuation and control of space and c) the symbolic forms related to the people’s perception and action about space (PIMENTEL; MAGRO, 2012).

Thus, the study of perceptions about the parks embraces the attributes proposed by Freitas (2005) to intersect the human geography and history’ points of view, as these visions include three sets of questions related with the biological and ecological attributes of a geographic space, the socio-economic domain, modes of production, institutions and politics as well as the perceptions and values assigned by individuals to the parks.

The Parque Estadual da Serra da Tiririca (Peset), which separates the cities of Niterói and Maricá, (Rio de Janeiro - Brazil), was deployed in a massive covered by Atlantic Forest that penetrates the continent towards SW/NE, almost perpendicular to the shoreline. This region is characterized by a rich social and environmental history (Barros et al., 2003). The Park’s name is related to the passage of mule trains along a path filled with plant “tiririca” (Cyperus) (Barros et al., 2010), also used by Darwin in April 1832. The naturalist noted in his journals (p.70) that: “After passing through some cultivated country, we entered a forest which in the grandeur of all its parts could not be exceeded [...]”

The PESET was created in 1991 under the auspices of a major mobilization of social groups in the region.

Environmentalists who individually or with the establishment of NGOs and residents’ associations, acted politically in order to preserve the massif region of Serra da Tiririca by the constitution of a State Park. Since the 1950s, several real estate companies sought land in the region. This turns out to promote popular mobilization that resulted in a Civil Public Action, the first in Brazil

to instigate the state administration to effectively assume the Park’s conservation (BARROS et al., 2003). However, the inefficient performance of the former Forests’ State Institute (IEF) and current Environmental’ State Institute (INEA), as representative of Park’s administration, amplifies its image of “paper park”.

This negative perception is mainly catalyzed by the 16year period of PESET’s uncertainty about its limits.

Only in 1993 the boundaries of the “study area” were established. The state administration expected that the definitive limits could be established trough democratic consultation. In 1999, the IEF composed a second Commission, which was constituted under protests of manipulation and lack of transparency (VALLEJO, 2005). In 2001 the discussions were ceased and the proposed new boundaries, approved. However, only in September 2007, the definitive, but not actual limits were sanctioned.

Considering this, this Park is an important example of how social and political interactions can influence the conservation efforts in different manners. To illustrate this, the PESET’s limits were recently expanded with the inclusion of Peça’s Hill, the Father, Mother and Girl Islands, the surroundings of Itaipu Lagoon and 90% of Darcy Ribeiro Ecological Reserve’s area. Which will in turn, amplify the administrative problems.

The PESET’s Institutional Sphere has been marked by lawsuits to undermine the government in effective conservation, but this history about boundaries definitions guided the legal dimension of the Park. In the end, with the sanction of the definitive limits of the Park, a liability related to the traditional people of Serra da Tiririca, was left. Two legal instruments sought to guarantee their right to remain and use areas of the park (RIO DE JANEIRO, 2007).

In the symbolic sphere, the Park represents the good and the bad of the relationship between people and protected areas. However, while an institutionalized space, much of bad is related to administrative problems of INEA. The public administration did not build an image of Park with social significance. The positive relationships are

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

131

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

represented by popular demand for the Park’s creation, which is a history of social and environmental struggle and constant vigilance (PIMENTEL; MAGRO, 2011).

The study of this socio-environmental process is framed

by Environmental History. The point to note is that although the political and administrative problems have scratched the PESET’s image, knowing its story allows highlighting the positive aspects of the relationship between Park and society, for its better social integration.

Those who do not have this historical view can be informed by Environmental Education programs. These should be broader than just environmental interpretation activities encompassing the region’s occupation and the process of space’s institutionalization into a park. So, the Environmental History knowledge is also important to park’s administration.

The Environmental History as a basic tool for Environmental Education activities The Environmental Education concept, established in 1977 on Tbilisi Environmental Education Intergovernmental Conference, encompass important parameters such as promoting understanding of economic, social, political and ecological interdependence and acquisition of knowledge, values and new attitudes to improve environment quality. This concept’s basis acknowledges that Environmental Education is a process that seeks to understand the interrelationships between humans and the biophysical environment. Furthermore, they emphasize the importance of encouraging decisionmaking, ethics as a central issue and quality of life’s improvements through the understanding of the environment as a space of continuous modifications, whose anthropocentric influences are better understood in a historical context (DIAS, 2003; UNESCO, 1998).

In Brazil, this discussion process also starts from the 1970s, but only gets larger public dimension in the 1980s. The 1988 Federal Constitution establishes the promotion of environmental education as a responsibility of the Government. The PRONEA (National Environmental Education Program - 1994) aimed the issue’s consolidation as a public policy. In 1999 it was published the law establishing the “National Policy

132

on Environmental Education”, which reinforces the view that this educational process should take place in a coordinated manner in formal and non-formal spaces (LOUREIRO; AZAZIEL; FRANCA, 2003; LOUREIRO, 2004).

The goal of this section is to report the activities of the project “Monitoring and Diagnosis of Itaipu Lagoon Health and Fisheries Resources” of Environmental Education Program (PEA) performed at the Itaipu Archaeological Museum in partnership with the Interdisciplinary Environment Study Group (GEIA), based on the text of Fernandes, Pimentel and Ferreira (2011).

The MAI has its headquarters in remaining ruins of Recolhimento de Santa Teresa, dating from the eighteenth century (SILVA; MOLINA, 2010). This Museum is a institution currently linked to the Brazilian Institute of Museums (IBRAM), an agency of the Ministry of Culture. It is inserted in the middle of several archeological sites and the ecosystem complex of Itaipu, which includes beaches, dunes, rocky shores and the Atlantic Forest. Portions of these formations are protected by the PESET. Thus, the MAI can be seen as a non-formal educational space, however well qualified for the promotion of Environmental Education as it emphasizes interdisciplinary actions, expanding their role beyond their institutional walls, involving and stimulating the local population. The students of the Municipal College Professor Marcos Waldemar de Freitas Reis participated on different activities. Thus, the process of teaching and learning can be investigated, becoming a study’s object about what happens in the formal and non-formal educational spaces. Accordingly, it is intended to generate criticism from local environmental issues, fostering a process of collective reflection-action (FRANCO, 2005).

Activities are held since the year 2010. The workshops happen weekly in and around the MAI. Such activities carried out in the surroundings stimulate discussion on socio-environmental relations, and count on the collaboration of local social actors. The actions are

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Community Values in Conservation

organized in six stages developed continuously.

the changing profile of the natural terrain is prohibited.

The workshops utilized various teaching tools allowing, such as PESET’s trail visits, landscape observations and fishery measurements, to holistically address the environmental issues in the region. These observations were deployed in a similar study in the region of PESET (MEIRELLES; PIMENTEL, 2008). The project encourages community participation that extended to other activities such as Museum exhibitions, the “National Museums Week” and “Environment Week”.

The MAI is an important institution that seeks to support and define your goals in strengthening their relationship with communities, highlighting the local region’s socioenvironmental interactions across the cultural and historical context of occupation in the Oceanic Region of Niterói.

The focus of this discussion is based on the use of the restinga’s fruits by the fishermen’s community. Fourteen residents were interviewed, aged from 50 to 91 years old.

Twenty four species were reported by residents, and the majority cited Myrtaceae family. This family is one of the main fluminense’s restinga representatives with higher species richness (ARAUJO, 2000). The main used fruit was Cambui (Myrciaria floribunda (H. West ex Willd.)

O. Berg), consumed directly as food or inserted into local cachaça bottles to flavor the drink. The collected data exemplify the cultural wealth of the Caiçara population that must be preserved as much as the restinga. The cultural relationships with the Maricá Restinga’s ecosystem, reinforces the need for a conservation plan that brings together the environment features and local culture.

Traditional Knowledge and the Biological Diversity Brazilian coastal ecosystems have suffered the consequences of a disorderly human occupation in recent years. Thus, most relations between mankind and environment are still unknown, especially in restinga’s environment. The appropriation of natural resources implies the construction of a new environment, which expresses the culture of a particular community. In this sense, the history of humanity is closely allied to the domestication and use of plants for food, medicine, construction material or habitat for game animals (WOSTER, 1991). Plants represent a crucial role in the survival of human kind.

In this way, the research with traditional knowledge is important to know the use of the biological diversity.

An example is the study realized with the fishermen’s community of Vila de Zacarias that occupies the region about 200 years, using natural resources for survival.

Actualy this area is part of the Environmental Protection Area of Maricá, located in the municipality of Maricá (RJ, Brazil) and created by State Decree 7230 of 23 April 1984 with a total area of 8.3 km2 (PEREIRA et al. 2001). The decree included part of the lagoon and the surrounding area of Maricá and the subdivision of land for urban purposes, deforestation, removal of local vegetation characteristic, hunting, trapping animals and

Nearby the MAI there is also the opportunity to prospect this traditional knowledge primordially constructed by the local fisherman population. In fact, many participant students are from this community and learn to valorize this historic way to look and to relate with the environment.

Final Thoughts The Environmental History has as integrator axis the search for a broader view of environmental issues. The construction of this vision depends on an interdisciplinary process that considers environmental awareness as a prerequisite for people to pay attention to the occurring changes in their surroundings.

The MAI, like PESET and others nearby Protected Areas are integrators of environmental issues in the Oceanic Region of Niterói and Maricá, since they offer the possibility of critical observation of the locally relationship between society and environment. In the Park’s case, the story of its creation is highly valued by the population and the process of institutionalization of regional spaces can be configured as an important object of study in history. Both are institutions that seek to approximate the surrounding population and

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

133

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Environmental History appears as an important tool for Environmental Education, whose activities can foster interdisciplinary comprehensive discussions of environmental issues in these non-formal educational spaces. This aspect fits importantly in the basic guidelines of the Environmental Education proposals. But integrating the activities of these institutions, together with formal spaces offered by local schools represent a unique opportunity to develop an educational process for the formation of full ecologically aware citizens, capable of a critical discussion on environmental issues.

References Araujo, D. S. D. 2000. Análise florística e fitogeográfica das restingas do Estado do Rio de Janeiro. Tese de Doutorado, Universidade Federal do Rio de Janeiro, Rio de Janeiro.

Barros, A. A. M.; Sathler, E. B; Conceição, M. C. F.; Pimentel, D. S. 2003. Aspectos Ambientais e legais da Conservação do Córrego dos Colibris no Parque Estadual da Serra da Tiririca. In: SIMPÓSIO DE ÁREAS PROTEGIDAS: CONSERVAÇÃO NO ÂMBITO DO CONE SUL, 2., 2003, Pelotas, Anais... Pelotas: Laboratório de Manejo e Conservação Ambiental, v. 1, p.390 – 397.

Barros, A. A. M.; Pimentel, D. S. 2010. Transformações ambientais e sociais aliadas à história de ocupação da Mata Atlântica no litoral do estado do Rio de Janeiro: o caso do Parque Estadual da Serra da Tiririca e arredores. In: NODANI, E. S.; GERHARDT, M.; MORETTO, S. P. (Orgs.). Simpósio internacional de história ambiental e migrações. Anais...

Florianópolis, LABINHA, UFSC, p. 797-818.

Brasil. Lei nº 9.985, de 18 de julho de 2000. Institui o Sistema Nacional de Unidades de Conservação da Natureza SNUC. Brasília: IBAMA, Diretoria de Ecossistemas, 2002. 35 p.

práticas. São Paulo: Ed. Gaia, 551 p.

Drummond, J.A. 1991. História Ambiental: Temas, Fontes e linhas de pesquisa. Estudos Históricos. v.4, n.8, p.177-197.

Fernades, R.; Pimentel, D.S.; Ferreira, M. de S. A Educação Ambiental como mediadora na diluição de fronteiras institucionais. In: Seabra, G.; Mendonça I. (Org.). Educação Ambiental: Responsabilidade para a conservação da sociobiodiversidade. João Pessoa: Editora Universitária da UFPB. 2011. p. 1461-1469.

Franco, M. A. S. 2005. Pedagogia da pesquisa-ação.

Educação e Pesquisa. v.31, n..3, p. 483-502.

Freitas, I.A. 2005. História de uma floresta, geografia de seus habitantes. In: Oliveira, r.r. (Org.). As marcas do homem na floresta: história ambiental de um trecho urbano de Mata Atlântica. Rio de Janeiro: Ed. PUC-Rio, cap. 1, p. 37-50.

Hughes, D. J. 2006. What is environmental history?

Cambridge: Polity Press. 180p.

Leis, H.R. 2005. Sobre o conceito de interdisciplinaridade.

Cadernos de pesquisa interdisciplinar em ciências humanas. n.73, p.2-23.

Loureiro, C.F.B.; AZAZIEL, M.; FRANCA, N. 2003. Educação ambiental e gestão participativa em unidades de conservação. 2. ed. Rio de Janeiro: IBAMA, 44 p.

Loureiro, C.F.B. 2004. Educação ambiental e gestão participativa na explicitação e resolução de conflitos.

Gestão em Ação, Salvador, v. 7, n. 1, p. 1-16, jan./abr.

Darwin, C. (1809-1882). 2008. O diário do Beagle.

Curitiba: Ed. UFPR, 526p.

Magro, T.C. 1999. Impactos do Uso Público em uma trilha no Planalto do Parque Nacional de Itatiaia.

1999. 135p. Tese (Doutorado em Engenharia Florestal) - Escola de Engenharia de São Carlos.

Universidade de São Paulo. São Carlos.

Dias, G.F. 2003. Educação ambiental: princípios e

Meireles, C. P.; Pimentel, D. S. 2008. A Educação

134

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Community Values in Conservation

Ambiental como mediadora na mudança de percepção sobre o Parque Estadual da Serra da Tiririca (Niterói/Marica - RJ). In I ENCONTRO CIENTÍFICO DO PARQUE ESTADUAL DA SERRA DA TIRIRICA. Anais... Universidade Federal Fluminense. Niterói-RJ. p.43-49.

Pereira, M. C. A.; Araujo, D. S. D.; Pereira, O. J. 2001.

Estrutura de uma comunidade arbustiva da restinga de Barra de Maricá - RJ. Revista Brasileira de Botânica. v. 24, n. 3, p. 273-281.

Pimentel, D. S. Os parques de papel e o papel social dos parques. 2008. 254 p. Tese (Doutorado em Conservação de Ecossistemas Florestais) - Instituto de Engenharia Florestal, Universidade de São Paulo, Piracicaba, 2008.

Pimentel, D.S. ; Magro, T. C. 2011. The symbolic sphere and social representations of Serra da Tiririca State Park, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Sociedade & Natureza (UFU. Online), v. 23, p. 275-283.

Pimentel, D. S.; Magro, T. C. 2012. Múltiplos olhares, muitas imagens: o manejo de parques com base na complexidade social. GEOgraphia (UFF), v. 2011, p. 92-113.

Rio de Janeiro (Estado). Lei nº 5079 de 03 de setembro de 2007. Dispõe sobre o perímetro definitivo do Parque Estadual da Serra da Tiririca, criado pela Lei Estadual nº 1.901/91, localizado entre os Municípios de Niterói e Maricá. Diário Oficial do Estado do Rio de Janeiro, Rio de Janeiro, 04 set. 2007. Página inicial. Republicado no Diário Oficial do Estado do Rio de Janeiro, de 05 set. 2007 e 27 set. 2007.

Selles, S.E.; Abreu, M. 2002. Darwin na Serra da Tiririca. Caminhos entrecruzados entre a biologia e a história. Revista Brasileira de Educação, Rio de Janeiro, n. 20, p. 5-22, jun./ago.

Silva, N.P.S.; Costa Neto A.R. 2008. A educação ambiental como instrumento de sensibilização turística em unidades de conservação. 3. ed. Revista

Eletrônica Aboré, Manaus, 2007. Disponível em: <http://www.revista.uea.edu.br/abore/comunicacao / comunicacao_pesq_3/Nathalin%20Priscila%20de%20 Souza%20da%20Silva.pdf>. Acesso em: 27 mar. 2008.

Silva, S. M.; Molina, E. 2010. São Gonçalo no século XIX. Niterói (RJ): Nitpress, 109pp.

Tuan, Y. 1983. Espaço e lugar: a perspectiva da experiência.

São Paulo: Ed. DIFEL, Difusão Editorial, 250 p.

Unesco. 1998. Educação ambiental: as grandes orientações da Conferência de Tbilisi. Brasília: Instituto Brasileiro de Meio Ambiente e Recursos Naturais Renováveis, 154 p.

Vasconcellos, J.M. 2006. Educação e interpretação ambiental em unidades de conservação. Cadernos de Conservação, Curitiba, v. 3, n. 4, 86 p. dez.

Vallejo, L.R. 2005. Políticas públicas e conservação ambiental: territorialidades em conflito nos Parques Estaduais da Ilha Grande, da Serra da Tiririca e do Desengano (RJ). 2005. 288 p. Tese. (Doutorado em Geociências) - Instituto de Geociências, Universidade Federal Fluminense, Niterói, Watson, A.E. 2000. Wilderness use in the year 2000: societal changes that influence human relationships with wilderness. USDA forest service proceedings RMRS, Washington, v. 4, p. 53-60, West, P.; Igoe, J.; Brockington, D. 2006. Parks and people: the social impact of protected areas. Annual Review of Anthropology, Palo Alto, v. 35, p. 251-277.

Woster, D. 1991. Para fazer história Ambiental. Estudos Históricos, Rio de Janeiro, vol. 4, n. 8, p.198-215.

Younés, T.; Garay, I. 2006. As dimensões humanas da biodiversidade: o imperativo das abordagens integrativas. In: GARAY, I.; BECKER, B.K. (Org).

Dimensões humanas da biodiversidade: O desafio de novas relações sociedade-natureza no século XXI. Petrópolis: Ed. Vozes, p. 57-72.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

135

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Protected Areas for Regional Development in Latvia

Plone Evija1, Stokmane Ilze2, NataÄźja BuÄźipopa3

1,2,3

Latvian University of Agriculture, Latvia 1 2 3

evija.plone@llu.lv

ilze.stokmane@llu.lv

cvetkova.natalja@gmail.com

Keywords: special protected area, rural areas, regional development, environmental management One of the cornerstones of countryâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s sustainable economic development is judicial management of natural resources. Specially protected areas - geographically defined areas in Latvia - fall under the category of natural resources. They are under special protection of the state in order to protect and preserve the natural diversity - rare and typical natural ecosystems, habitat of species, and unique, beautiful landscape characteristic of Latvia, geological and geomorphological formations, dendrological plantings and secular trees, as well as areas important for public recreation and education.

Specially protected natural areas in Latvia are mostly located in rural areas, where they could serve as an engine of economic development and, for example, help to promote a stable environment for employment, but on the condition that the implementation of targeted development strategy, involving all the interested and site-related social, economic and political entities is in place. Recent studies have concentrated on

136

the biodiversity in protected areas, the impact of environmental and human behavior factors on these areas, lack of funding for maintenance of areas etc., but the investigation of variety of information resources leads to conclude that the specially protected natural areas have not been studied as an economic legacy with future potential for sustainable development of rural areas.

Every administrative territorial unit and region can be described by number of different sizes, and according different distinct geographical clusters can be formed. To verify the ongoing development tendencies in Latvian regions and in particular the proportion of protected areas and their role in the development of territorial units, the study focuses on the specific weight of proportion of specially protected areas in every Latvian territorial unit, examining spatial development index, entrepreneurial activity and other figures that illustrate place making trends in the development of the region.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Community Values in Conservation

As realidades socioculturais implicam nos modelos de produção de sementes florestais tropicais em comunidades do Alto Xingu no Brasil?

Lilla Jessica Brokaw 1, Danilo I. de Urzedo 2 Edson Vidal 3 1,2,3

ESALQ/USP, Piracicaba, SP - Brazil 1

lilla.brokaw@usp.com

2

danilo.ignacio@usp.br 3

edson.vidal@usp.br

Keywords: Rede de sementes do Xingu, sementes florestais tropicais, modelo organizacional.

O estado do Mato Grosso (Brasil) se transformou após as políticas de ocupação territorial, que induziram uma migração nacional, criação de assentamentos rurais e latifúndios voltados a produção agropecuária, culminando em graves conseqüências socioambientais e nas maiores taxas de desmatamento da Amazônia. Entretanto, ações tem sido promovidas para atenuar esses impactos, como a restauração ecológica no Alto Xingu. Para isso, foi criada a Rede de Sementes do Xingu, abrangendo mais de 300 famílias inseridas em diversos contextos socioculturais. A partir da hipótese que diferentes realidades socioculturais implicam em modelos de planejamento e gestão local, este estudo objetiva analisar como estes fatores socioculturais influenciam a produção de sementes florestais tropicais.

Por meio da realização de pesquisas de campo, observação participante e entrevistas de diferentes comunidades, foi constato três modelos de atores sociais com características socioculturais particulares, sendo eles: indígenas, agricultores familiares e coletores urbanos. Cruzando tais informações com o banco de dados de comercialização da rede do ano de 2011, foi estabelecido indicadores dos grupos, abrangendo os parâmetros: potencial de produção de sementes descrito pelo coletor; produção demanda para comercialização; produção efetiva do coletor.

No ano de 2011 a Rede produziu 9,9 t de sementes, o que correspondeu a 81% da demanda. Os coletores urbanos produziram em média 177,9 kg de sementes, embora representassem 31,2% dos pedidos da Rede, produziram

40,1% das sementes. Tais coletores possuem percepção empreendedora, realizando investimentos e gerindo as atividades com planejamento e escala de produção.

Entretanto, a atividade é desarticulada entre os coletores, que não se reconhecem como grupo. Suas motivações e envolvimento com a atividade é reflexo do histórico.

Geralmente tais coletores migraram da região Sul e Suldeste, motivados por políticas públicas para tornar a região produtiva e prosperarem economicamente.

Os agricultores familiares apresentaram uma produção média de 40,9 kg de sementes por coletor, representando 58,9% dos pedidos da rede, porém, produziram 13,7% a menos da demanda. Essas famílias, geralmente, possuem um modelo de produção agroflorestal fundamentado na agroecologia e soberania alimentar. Quadro que diverge da realidade dos assentamento da região marcados por políticas públicas de estímulo ao agronegócio. Deste modo, a semente é compreendida como um complemento de renda por esses atores pioneiros que atuam visando a diversificação produtiva.

Nas aldeias indígenas a produção média por etnia foi de 173,3 Kg de sementes, representando 14,6% da produção da rede, valor superior ao demandado (9,8%).

Assim, a atividade é uma alternativa de geração de renda, visando atender algumas demandas que foram externalizadas, conforme o contato desses atores com a realidade ocidental. A produção é estimulada, sobretudo,

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

137

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

pelo propósito de restauração ecológica da paisagem que os rodeiam. Entretanto, a produção não é autogestionada, sendo requerido subsídio em detrimento do próprio investimento, em razão de compreenderem que já cumprem com o seu papel realizando a atividade.

A realidade sociocultural dos coletores de sementes do Alto Xingu afetou diretamente nos modelos de produção, portanto as estratégias de planejamento e gestão da produção devem reconhecer as particularidades locais, sendo fundamentado por processos participativos com o envolvimento da percepção local

Bacha CJC. 2004. O Uso de Recursos Florestais e as Políticas Econômicas Brasileiras: Uma Visão Histórica e Parcial de um Processo de Desenvolvimento. Est. Econ, São Paulo, p. 393-426.

Sills E, Shanley P, Paumgarten F, de Beer J, Pierce A. 2011.Evolving Perspectives on Non-timber Forest Products. In: Shackleton S, Shackleton C, Shanley P, editors. Non-Timber Forest Products in the Global Context. Springer-Verlag, Berlin Heidelberg, p. 23–51.

Referencias Klimas CA, Kainer KA, Wadt LHO 2012. The economic value of sustainable seed and timber harvests of multi-use species: An example using Carapa guianensis. Chicago, US. Elsevier, Forest Ecology and Management 268, 81-91.

Ross, JLS. 2011. Geografia do Brasil. 6th ed. São Paulo, BR: Editora da Universidade de São Paulo.

Arnold JEM, Perez MR. 2001. Can non-timber forest products match tropical forest conservation and development objectives?. Elsevier, Ecological Economics 39, Madrid, SP, p. 437-447.

Stickler CM, Nepstad DC, Coe MT, Mcgrath DG, Rodrigues HO, Walker WS, Soares-Filho BS, Davidson EA. 2009. The potential ecological costs and co-benefits of REDD: a critical review and case study from the Amazon region. Global Change Biology 15: 2803–2824 Soares-Filho B, Silvestrini R, Nepstad D, Brando P, Rodrigues H, Alencar A, Coe M, Locks C, Lima L, Hissa L, Stickler C. 2012. Forest fragmentation, climate change and understory fire regimes on the Amazonian landscapes of the Xingu headwaters.

Springer Science, Landscape Ecol, DOI 10.1007/ s10980-012-9723-6

138

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Community Values in Conservation

Usage of plant resources of coastal ecosystems by the fishermen community in the Environmental Protection Area of the Restinga of Maricá, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil Patrick de Oliveira1, Alexandre Verçosa Greco2, Ana Angélica Monteiro de Barros3, Maria Célia Rodrigues Correia4, Ana Tereza Araújo Rodarte5, Douglas de Souza Pimentel6 12345

UFRJ, Museu Nacional, Laboratório de Biologia Floral 3,6 Universidade do Estado do Rio de Janeiro.

3

6

anaangbarros@gmail.com

Universidade Federal Fluminense.

6

douglasgeia@gmail.com

Keywords: traditional knowledge, caiçaras, fruits Brazilian coastal ecosystems have suffered the consequences of a disorderly human occupation in recent years. Thus, most relations between mankind and environment are still unknown, especially in restinga’s environment The appropriation of natural resources implies the construction of a new environment, which expresses the culture of a particular community. In this sense, the history of humanity is closely allied to domestication and use of plants for food, medicine, construction material or habitat for game animals (Worster, 1991). Plants represent a crucial role in the survival of human kind.

The present study took place on the fishermen’s community of Vila de Zacarias, which occupies part of the Environmental Protection Area of Maricá, located in the city of Maricá (RJ, Brazil). Maricá’s Restinga is formed by a plain of sand ridges acroos five kilometers between the sea and Guarapina-Maricá lagoon system, composed of Barra, Padre, Maricá and Guarapina Lagoons. The lagoon system communicates with the sea through artificial channels of Ponta Negra (Guarapina) and Costa (Maricá), ending at Alto Mourão Hill at Serra Tiririca Massif (Perrin, 1999). The Environmental Protection Area was created

by State Decree 7230 from April 23th 1984, at the coordinates 22°52’-22°54’S and 42°48’-42°54’W, with a total area of 8.3 km2 (PEREIRA et al. 2001). This decree included part of the lagoon and the surrounding area of Maricá and the subdivision of land for urban purposes, deforestation, removal of local vegetation characteristic, hunting and trapping animals, besides it prohibited changing the profile of natural terrain.

The community of Vila de Zacarias occupies the region about 200 years, using natural resources for survival.

The focus of the present study was based on the use of restinga’s fruits. To obtain information regarding the use of fruits, semi-structured questionnaires were used, which contain questions about people’s knowledge about the fruits.

Fourteen residents were interviewed and aged from 50 to 91 years old. Twenty four species were reported by residents, being the majority from Myrtaceae family.

This family is one of the main fluminense’s restinga representatives with higher species richness (Araujo, 2000). The main used fruit was Cambui (Myrciaria floribunda (H. West ex Willd.) O. Berg), consumed directly as food or inserted into local cachaça bottles to flavor the drink. The collected data exemplify the

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

139

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

cultural wealth of the Caiçara population that must be preserved as much as the restinga. This work contributes to understand cultural relationship with the Maricá Restinga’s ecosystem, reinforcing the need for a conservation plan that brings together the environment features and local culture.

References ARAUJO, D.S.D. 2000. Análise florística e fitogeográfica das restingas do estado do Rio de Janeiro. Rio de Janeiro. Tese (Doutorado em Geografia). Universidade Federal do Rio de Janeiro.

169p.

Pereira, M.C.A.; Araujo, D.S.D.; Pereira, O.J. 2001.

Estrutura de uma comunidade arbustiva da restinga de Barra de Maricá - RJ. Revista Brasileira de Botânica, São Paulo, v. 24, n. 3.

Perrin, P. Evolução da costa fluminense entre as Pontas de Itacoatiara e Negra: Preenchimento e restinga.

In: Lacerda, L.D.; AraUjo, D.S.D.; Cerqueira, R. & Turcq, B. (eds.) Restingas: origens, estruturas, processos. Universidade Federal Fluminense, Niterói, CEUFF, p. 65-74, 1984.

WORSTER, D. Para fazer História Ambiental. Estudos Históricos, v. 4, n. 8, p. 198-215, 1991.

140

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Concurrent Session F Boosting Connectivity: Trans-boundary Parks and Corridors

Session organizer:

Taiichi Ito, University of Tsukuba, School of Life and Environment Sciences, Japan

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

141

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Environmental compensation and biodiversity bank in brazil: study case Harpia harpya eagle at green farm CO2free project, Itaquiraí, MS Eder Zanetti1, Luiz Samartano2 1,2 1

Green Farm CO2FREE

eder.zanetti@fulbrightmail.org 2

fazportobonito@uol.com.br

Keywords: Environmental Compensation, Green Farm CO2FREE, Biodiversity Bank, Harpia Harpya Introduction While human-made capital such as roads, industries and buildings appreciate with their increase, natural capital suffers devaluation from degradation and fragmentation.

It is urgent to generate adequate conditions for natural capital introduction within properties, municipalities, states and federal government’s GDP accountability.

Valorization of natural capital is the only path to achieve green infrastructure monetary appreciation, otherwise it will keep its vanishing pace.

Environmental Compensation is an attempt to address such situation, creating tools and regulation to enforce environmental damage accountability and measure to compensate for acceptable levels of disruption.

In Brazil, transaction cost involved are too high and private participation is insignificant.

New legislation has been introduced in order to allow an increase on private investment towards selling of environmental compensation to business under environmental licensing. A move that has been capture

by Green Farm project in Mato Grosos do Sul, Brazil.

Environmental compensation in brazil Environmental issues emerged within formal brazilian legislation at industrial zoning for critically polluted

142

areas guidelines by Law 6803/1980. Environmental impacts evaluation and compensation to assure main ecological process were incorporated by Law 6938/1981 – National Environmental Policy. The National Council on Environment – CONAMA was always involved on regulating environmental compensation procedure, some include Resolutions 01/1986 and 03/1987.

Brazilian national constitution, in 1988, contains the 225 article and several disperse itens regarding State and civil society environmental roles. CONAMA 02/1996 and 237/1997 also addressed environmental licensing and compensation. Law 9985/2000, regulated by Federal Decree 4340/2002 complemented by 6848/2009 had specifics on environmental compensation, as CONAMA 371/2006.

In Brazil, Business and development projects under licensing procedures holding significant environmental impacts, described within Environmental Impacts Assessment and Environmental Impacts Reports – EIA/RIMA, must compensate for those impacts towards payments for environmental compensation.

Until 2011 the single option available for entrepreneurs was to collect values from those appraisals to a federal compensation fund, turned to strengthen federal Conservation Units management. In an attempt of searching for better results when applying financial resources of environmental compensation, the IN 20/2011 (MMA/ICMBIO)estates at its 11th article: “For fulfilling fixed environmental compensation, the

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Boosting Connectivity: Trans-boundary Parks and Corridors

entrepreneur can opt for executing it by its own means, being able to, for achieving it, contract third parties including financial institutions, preferably official ones…”. Also, the Law 12651/2012 – Native Vegetation at its 41st article, 6th paragraph says: “landowners located at buffer zones surrounding Integral Protection’s Conservation Units are eligible to receive technical and financial support from environmental compensation...”.

The Brazilian Fund for Biodiversity – FUNBIO is already working at organizing state level environmental compensation funds. However it is imperative to have a regulation on the previous quoted 11th article to provide legal assurances to the process. In the case of biodiversity, private initiative participation represents a great decrease on project costs and increase on effectiveness, transparency and monitoring. Public agents do not need to engage at project development, implementing and monitoring and can play them role at over viewing and eventually approving project activities with high quality, since they hold the power to demand compliance and effective implementation, under the threat of fines and other legal actions.

Biodiversity banks Over the last 120,000 years, planetary species lost (large mammals, birds and other vertebrates) has been directly related to human population growth rates at specific regions. Within the last 10,000 years every mammal with more than 1 t has been extinct from inhabited areas as well as a large number of vanished endemic species. Between 1600 and 1900 circa of 75 species were extinct, same number as between 1900 and 1975.

Some 24% of mammal, 20% of all river fisheries and 12% of bird species are threaten around the globe.

Ecosystem services are provided, but not remunerated.

The recognition of their societal role and importance is a form of promoting sustainable development.

Environmental and ecosystem goods and services are linked to the Millennium Development Objectives – MDO number 7, in the sense they can be used to integrate sustainable development objectives within national policies and programs and reverse the lost

of natural resources Ecosystem services have a global value estimated at US$33 trillion per year (WBCSD, 2009) with strong participation by Brazilian entities, considered one of the main global players in a growing green economy. On the other hand destruction of flora and fauna costs US$ 3.1 trillion yearly to the world, around 6% of all nations’ GDP. In Brazil, the Amazon forest alone it is estimated US$ 4 trillion per year can be assigned as the value of ecosystem services. However, currently, there are only a few isolated cases of Payment for Ecosystem Services - PES in place. Nevertheless the number of local, sub-national, national, regional, international and global public and private institutions and organizations including industry, agriculture, construction, energy concessionaries, transport, reforestation, universities, research centers, NGOs, foundations and others, interested on PES and EGS are growing fast.

With the aim of producing scientific and political proposal to incorporate this new reality to daily economic activities, the Intergovernmental Science and Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES) has been assembled and its headquarters are in Bonn, Germany. The IPBES is the ultimate forum at global level responsible for organizing and supplying information on the theme of biodiversity and ecosystem services to all governments on the planet. It will provide a mechanism of support for decision-making around the theme and identify tools and methodologies relevant for governments. IPBES was officially established in April, 2012, by more than 100 countries present at the second general assembly in Panamá, as an independent intergovernmental body, jointly administrated by the United Nations Environmental Program, the UN Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization, the UN Food and Agriculture Organization, and the United Nations Development Program.

Biodiversity Banks Around the Globe Transactions involving biodiversity totaled US$ 2-3 billiion in 2010 from 64 active programs of various types running, with the United States leading the

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

143

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

market with a share of US$ 2,4 billion (MADSEN, CARROLL e KELLY, 2010). In 2012 those payments for biodiversity went over US$ 4 billion, some other US$ 5 billion / year are estimated to be needed for having all world threathen species preserved on biodiversity banks (MACCARTHY etall, 2012). Brazil has some 1,8 million species spread all over its territory (IPEA, 2010).

Threaten and Endangered Species in Brazil Brazil and 17 other countries hold 70% of global biodiversity, with Brazil alone accounting for up to 305.

Brazilian Conservation Units represent 17,4% of the country, with 310 Federal, 620 State nd 59 municipal.

Even so, Brazil has 75% of its threatened fauna and flora species without any management measure. At the country there is none DNA study covering amphibians threaten with extinction and only 3% of birds under risk do have some. On reptiles those studies don’t cover 15% and only 22% of mammals. Owner of the largest world biodiversity, Brazil has 627 fauna and 472 flora species threaten with extinction (IPEA, 2012).

Opportunities in Brazil Annual cost estimates of Brazilian National Conservation Units System – SNUC (from portuguese: Sistema Nacional de Unidades de Conservação) is minimum US$ 1,5 billion / year, while current federal budget goes bellow US$ 300 million / year. To create 1,099 biodiversity banks for private and public investors funding on threatened species would allow inflows of around US$ 1 billion / year to reduce pression and cooperate with Conservation Units objectives.

Opportunities in Atlantic Forest In Brazil, within Interior Atlantic Forest region, there are 25 million people, from which 18.6 million are urban and 6.4 million rural, spreading over seven states:

144

Goiás, Mato Grosso do Sul, Minas Gerais, Paraná, Rio Grande do Sul, Santa Catarina e São Paulo, divided in 1,374 municipalities. The region goes over Paraguay’s 123 municipalies and Argentina’s 75 municipalities.

All those cities hold candidates to sponsor biodiversity credits from species within it.

Opportunities at the Parana River International Biodiversity Corridor within the region comprehended by Interior Atlantic Forest there is the Alto Paraná Forest Ecoregion, located close to Paraná and other large rivers. Those forests play an essential ecological role on sustaining water quantity and quality by avoiding erosion and superficial flows. This region has under it the Guarani acquifer, one of world largest and most populated ones, and its forest cover has been reduced as much as 99%.

At Itaquiraí region the Atlantic forest is eventually extinct from private properties, with the few remaining under significant levels of degradation.

Green farm project Green Farm CO2FREE project is an initiative promoted jointly by Green Farm, a private company and CO2FREE, a NGO. The project goal is to rehabilitate, maintain and enhance ecosystem services supply from best practices of land use, using the project area as a major prototype for future interventions. Green Farm CO2FREE project is located at BR 487, Itaquiraí – MS. The project is adjacent to Ilha Grande National Park, in Parana state.

Green Farm CO2FREE approach to access, evaluates, manage and report on ecosystem services provision from the area is based on a current list of 40 different types of those nature assets. The ecosystem services provided by different land uses are identified using a framework of general characteristics of the landscape, addressed to each strata in order to include it as one or another group and specifics (support – carbon cycle, Cultural – Recreation and P&D and so on).

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Boosting Connectivity: Trans-boundary Parks and Corridors

The use of the list helps to identify possible links between the service provided by ecosystem and the impacts from different human activities. Using the same list production and service chains can identify particular impacts. Those impacts when identified using similar procedures as those on the field will result in compatibility of assessments, generating the possibility of mutual compensation.

The methodology involves three mains steps: stratification, clear objective statement and adequacy.

Stratification is done by assessing current land uses and ecosystem services they provide. Clear objective statement is made by Sustainable Ecosystem Services Management Plans - SESMP (strategic, tactic and operative). Adequacy is prescribe by the plan and also monitored according with the baseline and monitoring methodology adopted at each ecosystem service management procedure, as stated on the SESMP.

Harpia harpya eagle biodiversity bank Green Farm CO2FREE project believes that biodiversity lost can be avoided and to cope with that objective it has produced methodology and project document for a BIODIVERSITY BANK in Brazil. The Green Farm CO2FREE Biodiversity Bank is aiming at revert extinction threats over 5 Brazilian fauna species.

The first credits to become available come from Royal Eagle (Harpiaharpya), threaten all over Latin America and included within a National Plan for the species conservation.

The project is located within the priority conservation areas of International Biodiversity Corridor of Parana River and at the buffer zone surrounding Ilha Grande National Park, a Federal Integral Protection Conservation Unit, therefore perfectly aligned with the new national environmental legislation. The Biodiversity Bank documents include definition of a Service Area, MRV methodology, Conservation Easement, species fund (for perpetuity of management), crediting estimate procedure and environmental license of the activity. The Green Farm CO2FREE Biodiversity Bank

shows private sector potential of improving conditions for threatened biodiversity species conservation, investing on avoiding their extinction. The project supplies reliable, traceable, transparent and accurate accountability of all its aspects, contributing to enhance companies’ results from environmental compensation payments.

Harpia harpya is within the Brazilian Official list of Threaten species, institute by normative nº 3/2003 (Ministry of Environment - MMA). The specie is included into the National Plan for prairie birds.

Harpia eagle is considered ”conservation dependent”, which means it needs investment on biodiversity banks creation in order to avoid its full extinction within Interior Atlantic Forest. Harpia harpyja(Linnaeus, 1758) Royal Eagle. Status in other lists: Cites: Apendice I; IUCN: NT; states: RS: probably extinct; PR: critically endargered; SP: critically endargered; RJ: critically endargered; MG: probably extinct (ICMBIO, 2008).

The Atlantic Forest’s Harpia harpya was orginallly dispersed over 110 million ha. Interior Atlantic Forest is one of the remaining ecoregions with worst conservation status. The largest track of semidecidual seasonal forest with some 47 million ha included the Alto Parana Atlantic Forest ecoregion (Parana Jungle), also known as Interior Atlantic Forest, from which that are only 2.7% remaining on sparse and fragmented areas ( (RBMA, 2004).

The Royal Eagle needs at least 100 ha of continuous forest land with a home range over 800 ha (ICMBIO, 2008). In Mato Grosso do Sul state it’s been registered at Bodoquena montains. Local populations are assumed to be declining wherever found (ICMBIO, 2008). Within the region of natural occurence there are less than 700,000 ha with this capacity, carrying capacity of circa of 1,000 individuals (SAMARTANO e ZANETTI, 2012).

Itaquirai’s Interior Atlantic Forest region is the place where Green Farm’s Royal Eagle Biodiversity Bank is located. This region use to have the Royal Eagle, it

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

145

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

was extinct locally and Green Farm is responding by creating the first commercial genetic variability bank for the species. At Green Farm’s Royal Eagle Biodiversity Bank the species is being deposited in order to assure its perenity.

Over 500 bird species were identified within this region, some rare as Purple Breasted Parriot and Royal Eagle.

Some of the most threaten primates occur, as Black Lion Monkey. Painted Panther, Royal Eagle, Ariranha and Wild Pigs are some of the native species demanding large forest tracks to survive over time, a significant challenge for fragmented and fragile landscapes. Royal Eagle biodiversity bank at Green Farm intends to start the process of rehabilitaion by contribution on forming of a regional network conservation dedicated. The bank is primarly regulated by Normative 169/2008, towards the Porto Bonito Wild Animals Conservation Nursery – CCASC Porto Bonito (from portuguese: Criatorio Conservacionista de Animais Silvestres para Fins de Conservaçao).

The overvall project aims at 365 individuals within it 28,000 m2 wild animals dedicated infrastructure, starting by 37 individuals from 5 species: Harpiaharpya (1 adult couple), Caimam latirostris (1 male and 10 female); Crax fasciolata (2 couples); Cuniculus paca (2 male and 10 female) and; Tapirus terrestris (1 male and 3 female). Finantial budgeting and schedule for implementation reached US$ 1,5 million over 3 years, with an annual cost of US$ 600,000.

The Royal Eagle biodiversity bank looks into assuring species perenity by selling environmental compensation credits to companies under environmental licensing process. The Service Area of this bank covers Interior Atlantic Forest ecoregion, justifiable by its landscape coherence and adherence to ecosystem service provision principles.

on free market allowing individuals and corporations to obtain profit from threaten wild animals protection from credit selling, with prices determined by the market itself. Biodiversity banks emerge as a corporate strategy to determine monetary values of conserved habitat and species, perform within markets, simplifies and make lincensing process more agile – since local, state and federal laws regulates it.

One of the main advantages on having a biodiversity bank is related to its implementation before the damage is done, avoiding habitat and species lost. Compensation activities within legislation EIA/RIMA covers damages that are about to occur, while the bank is established long before development projects being planned. It is part of a conservation and preservation effort covering species that are not formally covered by management plans at conservation units, a complementary activity.

Apart from the regulatory or voluntary framework for biodiversity banks establishment there are ecological criteria: species adequacy, relation Rehabilitation X Maintenance, Area adequacy, Service Area, Conservation Factors and Credits, property, credit sales schedule, monitoring, permanence, species management, habitat, guidelines for habitat management for target species, neighboor areas interaction and others. Global climate change poses new challenges (CARROL, FOX e BAYON, 2008).

Green Farm Royal Eagle’s Biodiversity Bank developed, tested and validated the ”Royal Eagle Baseline and Monitoring Methodology for Wild Animals Conservation Nursery – Genetic Variability – GFMRVSEBVGHarpia 001/2012 (from portuguese: Green Farm Mensuração Relatório e Verificação de Serviço Ecossistêmico de Biodiversidade de Variabilidade Genética de Harpia harpya, versão 001 de 2012).

Mensurable, Reportable and Verifiable Methodology (MRV)

Credit Ammount

To be considered valid a Biodiversity Bank must comply with regulation. The Bank is an enterpreneurship based

From an embrionary form of multiples, biodiversity banking evolve to incorporate Discounted Free Cash

146

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Boosting Connectivity: Trans-boundary Parks and Corridors

Flow (DFCF) as price parameter for credits release (CARROLL, FOX e BAYON, 2008). For species its genetic variability, population and community are the main indicators used for crediting, used related to a new individual, or the increase on individuals of a local popualation. Area can be applied together with habitat rehabilitation. Same parameters should be used by companies under environmental licesing to measure, report and verify their own impacts.

Credits Emission Schedule and Pricing Biodiversity banks are implement on phases. Each phase can generate a determined number of credits, which can be emitted after auditing bankholder performance compliance levels. Time for implementation will depend on size, number os species, habita and other local parameters. Credit emission schedule follows this implementation and auditing process, with a cost attached to each of them. Each bank has its own price, as well as its on demand, which are the basis for pricing credits. Green Farm Royal Eagle Biodiversity bank has 2 credits already performed and licensed worthing US$ 300,000, for being used at the Interior Atlantic Forest Ecoregion (AS001/12 Harpiaharpya).

Conclusion Royal Eagle Biodiversity credit represents an effort to build a network of investments driven towards preservation and conservation of threten species of Brazilian Fauna and Flora. The bank is implemented before the damage is done at the most suitable site and the investments are adequate to provide for the species perenity.

were planed, implemented and are currently monitored to generate benefits for companies under environmental licensing requiring environmental compensation, as state by the legislation. The bank is itself licensed.

References: BRASIL. Lei 12651/2012. Lei da Vegetação Nativa. Acesso no site: http://www.planalto. gov.br/ccivil_03/_Ato2011-2014/2012/Lei/ L12651compilado.htm em 29/12/2012. 2012.

INSTITUTO CHICO MENDES DE BIODIVERSIDADE – ICMBIO. Plano de Ação Nacional para a Conservação de Aves de Rapina. Acesso no site: https://gestao.icmbio.gov. br/menu/manejo-para-conservacao/planos-deacao-para-conservacao/aves_de_rapina_cs3.pdf em 22/09/2012. 2008.

ICMBIO. Instrução Normativa no. 20, de 22 de novembro de 2011. Acesso no site: http://www. icmbio.gov.br/portal/images/stories/in202011.pdf em 29/12/2012. 2011.

INSTITUTO DE PESQUISA ECONÔMICA APLICADA IPEA. Sustentabilidade Ambiental no Brasil: Biodiversidade, Economia e Bem-Estar Humano. Brasília, DF. Disponível no site: http:// www.ipea.gov.br/portal/images/stories/PDFs/ comunicado/110217_comunicadoipea78.pdf .58 pgs. 2010.

This conservation modality has grown from scratch to a US$ 5 billion / year market over a few years, and methodologies for determining credit value evolved following new demand regulation, including DFCF parameter for pricing.

Green Farm’s Royal Eagle Biodiversity Bank and credits PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

147

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Enlargement Protected Areas System by Increasing Connectivity Taiichi Ito1, Akihiro Nakamura2 , Atsushi Kawabata3 1

University of Tsukuba, Japan 1

ito.taiichi.ft@u.tsukuba.ac.jp

Keywords: Aichi biodiversity targets, connectivity, corridor, protected area management categories, zoning One of the Aichi biodiversity targets of COP10 expects at least 17 per cent of terrestrial areas consists of connected systems of protected areas by 2020. To realize such a goal, enlargement of existing protected areas as well as establishment of new ones are required. In case of PAs in Japan, three approaches are practical.

First, expanding existing protected areas is more realistic in buffers than in cores according to MAB biosphere reserve zoning model (UNESCO, 1974). In case of Japan’s natural park system, the ordinary zones with agricultural and residential areas can be recognized as the buffers of MAB. Increace of such buffers makes the park boundary invisible, but boosts connectivity with surrounding areas.

Second, designating new protected areas is more realistic in protected landscape (V) or managed resource protected areas (VI) of IUCN protected area management categories (Dudley, 2008). Especically category VI was added in 1994 with recognition of sustainably managed forests including urban ones. Urban-fringe forests or Satoyama in Japan is occasionally designated as prefectural natural parks as sub-category of national parks based on Natural Park Law of 1957. Such parks can be interpreted as VI or V of the IUCN categories as well as the buffers of the MAB zoning model.

Third, corridors (Shafer, 1990) or greenways (President’s Commission on American Outdoors, 1986) should be recognized as protected areas as well as part of them. In the United States, Applachian trail with wide corridors proposed in 1921 (MacKaye, 1921) became a category of national park sytem in 1968. Influenced by this, Japan also started long-distance trail sytem in 1970. However, such trails do not have legal support out of natural parks.

On the ohter hand, some prefectural natural parks have

148

corridor-like forms. This suggests that long-distance trails with corridors can be designated as prefectural nature parks. The IUCN categories do not mention about the size or shape of protected areas, but corridors can be classified as category VI or other protected areas.

In Japan, nesting and overlapping of protected areas, zones and corridors bring confusions. The result is omitting of some protected areas from the United Nations list (Chapes et al. 2003). The understanding that these three are interchangiable seems important.

References Chape, S. et al. (compilers) 2003 2003 United Nationas list of protected areas. IUCN and UNEP-WCMC, 44pp.

Dudley, N.(editor) 2008 Guidelines for applying protected area managemntr categories, IUCN 86 pp.

MacKaye, B. 1921 An Appalachian trail: aproject in regional planning, Journal of American Institute of Architects, 325-330.

President’s Commission on American Outdoors (1986) Report and recommendations to the president of the United States, US Government Printing Office, 209 pp.

Shafer, G.L. 1990 Nature reserves: island theory and conservatin practice, Smithonian Institution Press, 189 pp.

UNESCO 1974 Programme on MAB task force on: criteria and guidelines for the choice oand establishement of biosphere reserves.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Concurrent Session G Human – Wildlife Conflict Management

Session organizer:

Rogério Cunha de Paula, ICMBio, Brazil

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

149

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Adult environmental education for top predator conservation in protected areas Mayla Willik Valenti1, Haydée Torres de Oliveira2 1,2

São Carlos Federal University, Brazil 1

maylabio@hotmail.com 2

haydee@ufscar.br

Keywords: biodiversity, community participation, critical dialogic environmental education Introduction The practice of conservation is showing that management based only in technical interventions is not enough and that communicative interventions are fundamental to maintain biodiversity (Castillo, 2003). Accordingly, species conservation projects need community involvement for the environmental education (EE) process to be successful in the long term (Curti; Valdez, 2009). Indeed, many papers report the perception of biological researchers regarding the necessity of including educational actions in conservation projects (Alegre, 2007; Curti; Valdez, 2009; Barreda-Leyva, 2010; Espinosa; Jacobson, 2012).

Although adults are the main decision makers in biodiversity conservation, frequently this audience is not considered in EE programs. This choice can be explained by the misconception of adult incapacity to learn and by leaving all responsibility of changing the world to children (Guimarães, 2004). On the contrary, Freire (2005) argues that all people know something and ignore other things. Thus, all people can learn by intersubjective dialogue. According to this author, the dialogic learning and the critical approaches of environmental education are valid for a great diversity of audiences (Flecha, 1997; Guimarães, 2004). The concept of lifelong learning, adopted by UNESCO in the 1970s, can help us to argue about the importance of adult education (Flecha; Mello, 2012). Among other aspects, it recognizes that permanent learning is essential for survival and improvement of life quality; there are many systems, places, means and modes of learning and it is necessary to ensure learning

150

opportunities for all people, throughout their entire lives (Torres, 2006).

Nevertheless, the adult EE practice has not been reflected well in literature and research (Lunge; Chubb, 2009) and has potential to move forward through the expansion of the dialogue with educational theories (Fisher, 2009).

Lunge and Chubb (2009) indicate that in North America, the theory and practice of adult EE are underdeveloped.

In Brazil, studies that associate non-scholar adult education and EE did not relate characteristics of adult life with pedagogy strategies for EE (Fisher, 2009).

Many studies have discussed initiatives for engaging community in participatory management in protected areas, but they have focused more on social issues than on adult education theories. While many papers in conservation show some attitude changes in populations after educational actions (Alegre, 2007; Curti; Valdez, 2009; Barreda-Leyva, 2010; Espinosa; Jacobson, 2012), they also report resistance of people in making changes when they cause economic and cultural impacts on their lives (Curti; Valdez, 2009; Espinosa; Jacobson, 2012).

Thus, the aim of this study was to search for EE actions that could enhance the relations of the surrounding community of a protected area (PA) in the central area of São Paulo State (Brazil) with top predator populations, like puma (Puma concolor). The growth of cities and roads in this region are pressuring a puma population, particularly by habitat losses, road kills and conflicts with humans and their livestock (Miotto et al., 2011).

Moreover, educators working in protected areas of the region have difficulties in mobilizing the surrounding

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Human – Wildlife Conflict Management

community (Oliveira et al., 2011). In this context, we investigated limiting and transformative factors for developing an EE program with adults.

study. The product of this interpretation was discussed in each group of interviewees to re-interpret the data with the participants. The results presented and discussed here were produced in this dialogical process.

Methodological procedures

Results

We carried out communicative discussion groups with seven people working with EE in two protected areas in Itirapina, central São Paulo State (Brazil). The ecological station and experimental station of Itirapina are adjacent to each other and share an integrated management plan, staff and administration. Thus, in this paper we refer to both of them as protected areas and, when necessary, we distinguish their categories. The city has approximately 15,000 inhabitants and is contiguous with the areas. We take the problem of puma conservation as a background of the dialogue. Recently, a puma was found in the urban area. In the surroundings there are also many small farms in which puma can prey on livestock. On the other hand, there is difficulty in dialoguing with the surrounding community. These elements have informed our choice about the study area.

In the three dialogical discussion groups we found 20 limiting dimensions and 21 transformative dimensions for developing an EE process with adults in PAs considering puma conservation as a background. First, we present them separately. Subsequently, we discuss them as associated to each other.

We promoted three communicative discussion groups according to the critical communicative methodology (Gómez et al., 2006). Individuals were grouped by their history of working together to enable real equalitarian dialogue between participants. In this process, the understanding was based on the arguments and not on participants’ positions of power. Furthermore, all the arguments could be criticized in order to make it possible for them to be validated (Gómez et al., 2006). The role of the researcher was to include in the dialogue theoretical elements about EE and dialogical learning, as well as her experience as a researcher and environmental educator.

In the first meeting with each group, we asked questions about the experience of participants in adult EE and limiting and transformative dimensions for developing an educational program with adults in the PA. The dialogue was recorded and transcribed, and then the units of analysis were organized into categories. After that, we described and interpreted the information, linking it to theories of environmental education and the aims of the

Limiting dimensions Local residents and tourists are responsible for negative impacts in the studied PAs and in the surroundings. It is possible that they do not know they are impacting the environment or why their practices are illegal. The PAs were created without community participation, which could be the origin of the lack of dialogue with the community. Initially, the focus was forestry production and research for conservation of native tree species.

Besides, before being a protected area, the region was a farm - indeed, most people call the experimental station area “little farm”. In addition, the population of the city, the tourists and even the employees of the areas know little about the conservation goals of the PAs. The absence of infrastructure and staff is the greatest obstacle for developing EE actions with adults.

Therefore, the educators prefer to work with children, using the infrastructure of schools and teacher support.

This situation is common in other PAs of the region.

We observed that people are unaware of either these difficulties or the need of community participation for the maintenance of the areas.

Another obstacle for dialoguing with the surrounding community is related to the characteristics of adulthood.

Many people are not organized in formal groups and the spaces where they are grouped and organized are usually not focused on educational actions, as children in school

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

151

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

are. Moreover, adults frequently have a full schedule, other priorities and less willingness to participate in extra activities. Another worry concerns non-dialogical, imposing activities that do not favor adult education.

There is a deficit in communication actions like putting up educational signs and distributing flyers on the roads and using local radio and websites. On the other hand, there is difficulty in keeping in contact with the audience and access the results of this kind of action. We also discussed activities performed with adults that usually prioritize working for a problem solution over enjoying leisure time or an aesthetic experience.

or positively. The contact with these audiences can be performed by visiting small landowners, approaching tourist at toll stations and calling the residents for a workshop. Moreover, children can participate in educational activities and be encouraged to dialogue with their family and employees of the PAs, who are able to act as disseminators of knowledge in the community. Some activities with adults will be put into practice in the area soon, such as the distribution of flyers with information about road kills at the toll stations, workshops with the community and college education for the employees of the PAs.

Transformative dimensions

Discussion

Many people have positive interactions with the studied PAs, like good memories and aesthetic experiences. We observed that people who fish or hunt also like to be in touch with nature. Besides, the proximity with urban areas facilitates the access of people to the experimental station, where public use is permitted.

The studied context has shown the importance of implementing adult EE programs in central SĂŁo Paulo State PAs. According to Blair (2008), adult EE is one of the key principles for the effectiveness of a community program. In Itirapina, negative interactions with the PAs and with predators have been registered.

In addition, most people know little about conservation goals and actions of the studied PAs. These aspects show a limited dialogue with the community. Based on an initial diagnosis (Oliveira et. al., 2011), we presume that this reality also occurs in other protected areas. The UNESCO defines adult EE as a permanent process in which individuals gain awareness of their environment and acquire the knowledge, values, skills, experiences and also the determination which will enable them to act individually and collectively to solve present and future environmental problems (â&#x20AC;Ś) as well as to meet their needs without compromising those of future generations (UNESCO, 1999, p. 4)

In the PAs, we identified possibilities of partnerships with universities, NGOs, an existing project developed with young people in at-risk situations, schools, city hall, local radio and road toll concessionaires. Many of these institutions have already been partners of the PA on education actions and the results, in general, were significant.

Some principles and criteria were pointed as important.

Enhancing participant knowledge and thinking is required when planning activities with adults. Working from a concrete problem, for example, the predation of puma on livestock can help to mobilize landowners.

Besides, reestablishing contact with nature and using species that people imagine as flagship species can attract attention to biodiversity conservation.

We identified different adult audiences in Itirapina: small landowners, floating population, permanent residents, tourists, participants of a social project and the employees of the protected areas. Each of them interacts with fauna, including predators, directly or indirectly and negatively

152

The studied context and the UNESCO definition indicate that adult EE may be transformative for biodiversity conservation, as well as for human life quality.

The main obstacle for an adult EE program is the lack of infrastructure and staff of the PAs, but partnerships can be a way to overcome this limitation. In Itirapina this difficulty was cited in different moments in the dialogues. Indeed, there is a gap between the needed and implemented investments in Brazilian protected areas.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Human – Wildlife Conflict Management

On the other hand, collaboration from other institutions and researchers was pointed out as a way to put some ideas into practice. Similarly, Curti and Valdez (2009) highlighted the importance of partnerships to overcome the challenge of working with a small staff. Although collaboration is welcome, it is important to emphasize that it is the government’s responsibility to support EE programs in the PAs, since this is guaranteed by law An adult EE program for biodiversity conservation in PAs needs to consider the characteristics of adulthood and must be based on some principles. As our data show, adult life has some peculiarities that can hinder the approach to this audience. One of the main problems in adult education is not considering these characteristics and carrying out an educational process similar to childhood education (Flecha; Mello, 2012). Therefore, this has to be taken into account when planning adult EE even in a non-scholarly context. Dialogue, appreciation of local knowledge, obtaining instrumental knowledge and sense of belonging were indicated as important principles on this process. All of them were also cited in papers about educational actions for biodiversity conservation with communities (Alegre, 2007; Blair, 2008; Curti; Valdez, 2009; Barreda-Leyva, 2010; Espinosa; Jacobson, 2012).

The combination of many kinds of approaches and educational actions can make an adult EE program for predator conservation more efficient. We identified a great diversity of adult audiences in the studied context.

Each of them interacts with fauna, including predators, directly or indirectly and negatively or positively. This information shows that biodiversity conservation is a complex issue and it is necessary to use different strategies considering the particularities of each group. A dialogical diagnosis is fundamental for this process (Cerati; Souza, 2009; Torres; Oliveira, 2008). Additionally, we listed a number of actions that could be put into practice in the studied area. This list includes sporadic and continuous activities and both direct and indirect ways for approaching adults. In the literature, many descriptions of experiences cite a great variety of activities carried out (Quevedo et al., 2006; Curti; Valdez, 2009; Pádua, 2010).

Based on this information and considering the diversity of audiences and interactions involved in this educative

and transformative process, we understand that the association of different actions can promote a successful adult EE program.

The theoretical foundations and principles for adult environmental education are still in development (Lange, 2010). In this study, we seek to contribute to the advance of this field associated to biodiversity conservation. In subsequent studies, our results will be related to a dialogue with the surrounding community of Itirapina’s PAs. Thus, we expect to enlarge the knowledge of this reality and the possibilities of transformation. We trust that dialogical learning (Flecha, 1997) and critical communicative methodology (Gómez et al., 2006) can greatly contribute to develop practice and research in adult EE field.

Acknowledgements – We are thankful to Carolina, Helena, Diógenes, Fernando, Mariano, Matheus and Paulo for their participation on this research; to CNPq and FAPESP for financial support of Top Predators Network – SISBIOTA; to CAPES for the scholarship to the first author; and to André Valenti for English review.

References Alegre, S. I. 2007. Talleres comunitarios de educación ambiental para la introducción del pensamiento ambiental a nivel local. DELOS: Desarrollo Local Sostenible, Málaga, v. 1, n.0. Disponível em <http:// www.eumed.net/rev/delos/00/sia.pdf>. Acesso em: 04 nov. 2011.

Barreda-Leyva, N. 2010. Vinculando a la comunidad en los conteos de aves rapaces migratorias (Aves: Falconiformes) en el este de Cuba. Ra Ximhai, 6(3):478-486. Disponível em: <http://www.uaim. edu.mx/webraximhai/Ej-18articulosPDF/15Comunidad%20Rapaces%20Migratorias.pdf> Acesso em: 15 mar 2012 Blair, M. 2008. Community environmental education as a model for effective environmental programmes.

Australian Journal of Environmental Education, v.

24, p. 45-53.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

153

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Castillo, A. 2003. Comunicación para el manejo de ecosistemas. Tópicos em Educación Ambiental, v. 3, n. 9, p. 58-71.

Guimarães, M. 2004. Educação ambiental crítica. In: LAYRARGUES, P. P. Identidades da educação ambiental brasileira. Brasília: MMA. p. 25 – 34.

Cerati, T. M.; Souza, A. Q. 2009. Educação Ambiental de Percepção: o caso do Parque Estadual das Fontes do Ipiranga, São Paulo - Brasil. Rev. eletrônica Mestr. Educ. Ambient, v.23, p. 232-250. Disponível em: <http://www.remea.furg.br/edicoes/vol23/ art16v23.pdf>. Acesso em: 14 jan. 2012.

Lange, E.A. 2010. Environmental Adult Education: A Many-Voiced Landscape. In C. Kasworm, C.; Rose, A.; Ross-Gordon, J. (Eds.) Handbook of Adult and Continuing Education. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. pp.305-315.

Curti, M.; Valdez, U. 2009. Incorporating Community Education in the Strategy for Harpy Eagle Conservation in Panama. The Journal of Environmental Education, v. 40, n. 4, p. 3-15.

Disponível em: <http://www.peregrinefund.org/ docs/pdf/research-library/2009/2009-Curtiharpy-eagle.pdf> Acesso em: 15 mar. 2012.

Espinosa, S.; Jacobson, S. K. 2012. Human-Wildlife Conflict and Environmental Education: Evaluating a Community Program to Protect the Andean Bear in Ecuador. The Journal of Environmental Education, v. 43, n. 1, p. 55-65.

Fisher, N. B. 2009. Educação não-escolar de adultos e educação ambiental: um balanço da produção de conhecimentos. Revista Brasileira de Educação. v.

14, n. 41, p. 371-398.

Flecha, R. 1997. Compartiendo palabras: el aprendizaje de las personas adultas a través del diálogo.

Barcelona: Paidós. 157p.

Flecha, R.; Mello, R. R. 2012 A formação de educadoras e educadores para um modelo social de educação de pessoas jovens e adultas: perspectivas dialógicas.

Revista FAEEBA. v. 21, n. 37, p. 39-52.

Lange, E.; Chubb, A. 2009. Critical environmental adult education in Canada: Student environmental activism. New directions for adult and continuing education. n. 124, p. 61-72.

Miotto, R. A. et al. 2011. Monitoring a puma (puma concolor) population in a fragmented landscape in southeast brazil. biotropica, p. 98-104.

Oliveira, S. M. et al. 2011. Educação ambiental para a conservação da biodiversidade em unidades de conservação do nordeste paulista. In: Seminário Brasileiro sobre Áreas Protegidas e Inclusão Social, V, 2011, Manaus. Anais eletrônicos... Manaus: Sapis, CD-ROM. Padua, S. M. 2010. Primate Conservation: Integrating Communities Through Environmental Education Programs. American Journal of Primatology, v.72, n.5, p. 450-453.

Quevedo, A. et al. 2006. Loros amenazados de la Cordillera Central de los Andes de Colombia: una iniciativa de conservación basada en la investigación y la educación ambiental. Conservación Colombiana, n. 1. Disponível em: <http://sysingenieria. net/proaves/images/stories/IMG/pdf/

Freire, P. 2005. Pedagogia do oprimido. Rio de Janeiro: Paz e Terra. 213p.

Gómez, J. et al. 2006. Metodología comunicativa crítica.

Barcelona: El Roure Editorial. 149 p.

154

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Human – Wildlife Conflict Management

Beyond the Protected Area: the case studies of two twin jaguars around the Iguaçu National Park – Brazil Marina Xavier da Silva1, Carlos R. Brocardo2, Apolonio Rodrigues3, Alexandre Vogliotti4

1,2,3,4

Projeto Carnívoros do Iguaçu - Parque Nacional do Iguaçu/ICMBio 1,2,3,4

4

carnivorosdoiguacu@icmbio.gov.br

Instituto Latino-Americano de Ciências da Vida e da Natureza Universidade Federal da Integração Latino-Americana.

Keywords: local community, carnivores, wildlife depredation Introduction Human Wildlife Conflict (HWC) is fast becoming one of the most urgent threats for predators` survival (Treves & Karanth, 2003). Most researchers fail trying to put the literature knowledge into practice, because at some point, the conflict doesn’t work as rules to follow.

In fact, most part of the time, the conflict per se could be a particular science with lots of doubts and labor work.

For these reasons, it seems that sharing experience between professionals worldwide has resulted in one of the most effectiveness strategy to solve some particular HWC. The wild carnivores’ population that lives in the area enclosed by Iguaçu National Park (INP) in Brazil and other important protected areas in Argentina were first studied by the biologist Peter Crawshaw in the 90s.

Crawshaw (1995) provided relevant contributions for the local biodiversity and, in the end of his studies, he was concerned with the treats for jaguar population, alerting mainly for human-carnivore conflict. Later, other researchers continued Peter´s job and described that, at least, 30 jaguars were killed in three years, which represents significant loss caused by human-carnivore conflict in this area (Azevedo & Conforti, 1999).

After a period of few information, a second and recent edition of the “Projeto Carnívoros do Iguaçu” (PCI)

started in 2009 to study and protect the jaguar (Panthera onca). One of its main aims was to comprehend the causes of conflicts and mitigate threats over the endangered symbol of the Iguaçu National Park.

Methods Study area Iguaçu National Park (INP) lies on the western border of Paraná state, southwest of Brazil (25°05S 25°41´S, 53°40´W-54°38´W) close to the international boundary between Argentina and Paraguay. The INP covers 185.262 ha and shares adjacent 67.620 ha with Iguazú National Park in Argentina (Fig.01). The area belongs to the innermost ecoregion of the Atlantic Forest complex, the Upper Paraná Atlantic Forest ecoregion (Di Bitetti, Placci & Diez, 2003) and protects important assemblage of the Atlantic biodiversity. The landscape surrounding the Park is predominantly formed by grain tillage and cattle breeding farms.

Capture Two twin jaguars were captured in different times and methods, which occurred after the jaguars killed calves in farms surrounding the Park. Jaguar 1 ( J1) was captured on May 2010 in a box-trap baited with the carcass of his prey. The second one ( J2) was captured by a foot-snare settled in the immediacies of his predation site on January 2012. Both were fitted with GPS collars.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

155

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Results

domestic dogs (Fig.01).

Gps data J1 occupied the touristic area of the INP (encompassing the famous waterfalls and the rest of the touristic attractions) and a similar area of riparian vegetation outside the protected area belonging to several farms along the Iguaçu River margins. During this period, the animal was responsible for many attacks to calves, chickens and dogs. The two monitored months provided an estimated home range of 50 km2 and a 2 km2 core area outside the Park. At this time, the brothers were still living together (confirmed by more than 1 hour of in loco observation inside the Park) but, it is not clear if they left the Park and were responsible for the damages caused.

Because of his tender age, J1 was monitored just two months before activate the drop-off device of his collar.

J2 was monitored for 6 months until the end of their collar’s battery. Their presence around its ranges was even recorded for almost two months after ending the remote monitoring. Nevertheless, there are no information about J1 and J2 since June 2010 and November 2012, respectively.

Two years later, J2 was captured more than 100 km far from his last recorded place and, as an adult was monitored as long as possible. He explored the North and East portions of INP occupying around 958 km2 of the most primitive area of the Park. His 10 km2 core area was established near the city where he was captured after several attacks on calves, chickens and

156

Figure 01: Location points of J1 and J2 across the Iguaçu

National Park and the neighbor farms closest to jaguar’s core areas (details).

Community work The strategies to deal with Human Wildlife Conflict (HWC) were little different between the two cases.

However, the first short-term attitude adopted in both cases was to keep one technician frequently visiting all

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Human – Wildlife Conflict Management

farms with or without depredation history. This action basically allows the perception that the community is not alone with the problem, and also keeps the link between new attacks and immediate actions for conflict mitigation.

The second strategy used at J1 case was to mobilize the injured community for an educational lecture about jaguar’s biology, ecology, conservation, and also management actions to avoid conflicts. The success of this activity was evaluated by questionnaires applied to those attending the lecture or not. The basic aim of the questionnaires was to assess the local perception towards the conflict and the predators. Besides its sampling and analytical weakness, results suggested positive attitudes towards predators. The same perception was found in a previous and similar work at INP region (Conforti &Azevedo, 2003).

The actions related to J2 case were deeper and brought more experiences to the PCI team. The fear of locals due to jaguar proximity was highlighted in the region and increased the pressure for its removal. A public meeting with the presence of the local environmental prosecutor was organized in order to orientate the community and to elucidate their doubts. As a result of this meeting, we passed to long-term strategies, as the creation of a working-group (WG) joining landowners, local authorities and technicians to find solutions to recurrent jaguar attacks. Another strategy was to adjust the animal facilities (stables and pigpens) of one small farm where the losses were more frequent, as an example for the entire community. Due to the permanence of J2 in the region, and encouraged by some local TV reports, the city stayed around, releasing negative jaguar’s news, nearly always. An educational program was created with the teenager students of one public local school and some lectures were made to children from other elementary schools.

The PCI efforts kept in the city during this period allowed the extended survivorship of J2 in the region as well as some damages to domestic dogs. The WG worked well in the beginning, discussing not only jaguar depredation, but also, things that could

improve the community’s livelihood, as the creation of a financial fund to support the improvements on farm management and production. All activities had been shared with the town hall and mediated by the environmental prosecutor. Later, the jaguars’ damages decreased as well the population´s endeavor. Their routine activities were recovered, the WG and their meetings were exhausted and the problem remains unsolved besides the Park and IC team´s commitment.

Discussion Local people, particularly cattle owners, are generally hostile towards big cats and see few benefits from living close to the Park. Because of that the jaguar´s damages are perceived to be held by the government.

Additionally, the frequent institutional presence in the region made difficult the poaching activities (forbidden

by Brazilian law n° 5.197/1967) creating negative feelings about the PCI efforts in the area. Besides, longterm solutions such as improving husbandry practices and protective enclosures, keeping pastures cleaned and discarding carcass appropriatedly were viewed as very labor work for the community. All those things together make difficult the relationships with the community surround Park. In spite of that, the HWC actions adopted by the PCI were positive in keeping the jaguars alive, at least during their monitoring period, although some continued losses.

In conclusion, we consider that collaboration is one of the most important things in dealing with HWC, putting together the scientific and population knowledge, environmental and agricultural public policies, and ranger patrolling increase. However, the lack of responsibility sense by the inhabitants surrounding INP was the most important reason for the failure of actions. The great challenge still remains on integrate civil and governmental commitments for social-economic development of the communities and wildlife conservation (Conover, 2000; Messmer, 2009).

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

157

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

References Azevedo, F.C.C. de, Conforti, V.A. Predation dynamics of wild carnivores on livestock ranches surrounding Iguaçu National Park: evaluation, impact and implementation of preventive methods. Final report submitted to Fundação O Boticário de Proteção à Natureza. Foz do Iguaçu, Paraná. 1999.

Conforti, V. A and Azevedo, F.C.C. de. Local perceptions of jaguars (Panthera onca) and pumas (Puma concolor) in the Iguaçu National Park area, South Brazil. Biological conservation, v.111, p.215-221. 2003.

Crawshaw, J. P. G. Comparative ecology of ocelot (Felis pardalis) and jaguar (Panthera onca) in a protected subtropical forest in Brazil and Argentina.195 p.

Dissertação de doutorado (ph.d.). Universityof Florida, Gainesville, 1995.

Conover, M. R. Resolving human–wildlife conflicts: the science of wildlife damage management. Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida, USA, p.440. 2002.

Di Bitetti, M.S., Placci, G. & Dietz, L.A. A biodiversity vision for the Upper Paraná Atlantic Forest ecoregion: designing a biodiversity conservation landscape and setting priorities for conservation action. Washington, DC: World Wildlife Fund.

2003.

Messmer, T. A. “Human–wildlife conflicts: emerging challenges and opportunities”. Human–Wildlife Conflicts, Vol (3), No 1, p. 10–17. 2009.

Treves, A and Karanth, U. Human-Carnivore Conflict and Perspectives on Carnivore Management Worldwide. Conservation Biology, v. 17, No.6, p.1291-1499. 2003.

158

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Human – Wildlife Conflict Management

A system for the management os species, individuals and predation Thiago Duarte Mota1, Rogerio de Paula2 , Beatriz Beisiegel3, Carlos Roberto Bastos Araujo Filho4, Ronaldo Morato5, Rose Morato6

1, 4

UFRJ/COPPE/IVIG, Cidade Universitária, Centro de Tecnologia, Ilha do Fundão, Rio de Janeiro RJ

2

1

thiago.mota@ivig.coppe.ufrj.br

4

carlos.araujo@ivig.coppe.ufrj.br

CENAP, Estrada Municipal Hisaichi Takebayashi, 8600, Baierro da Usina, Atibaia SP 2

3, 5, 6

rogercunha@gmail.com

ICMBIO, Estrada Municipal Hisaichi Takebayashi, 8600, Baierro da Usina, Atibaia SP 3

ronaldo.morato@icmbio.gov.br

5

ronaldo.morato@icmbio.gov.br 6

rose.morato@icmbio.gov.br

Keywords: jaguar, puma, farm susceptibility to predators, human-wildlife conflict Abstract In the last years, there have been tested and studied different forms for generation, storage and availability of samples and data on predation, for the study of predation, proposals of control, and sharing of information among research institutions. As examples of items disposed we can mention the documents and databanks generated by ICMBIO – CENAP from data sent by different information units.

Our work consists in the presentation of a tool for the electronic registry of this data that was developed to attend the projects of the ICMBIO – CENAP of the Environmental Ministry. This tool was generated particularly as a source of regulation and control of samples collected in diverse places, projects and categories. The samples require today a great deal of control of the processes of documentation and storage, and significant investments in human, financial and logistic resources. Combining computer technology

with the internet and the registry system allows for a better integration and distribution of incident cases, turning the digital media into an efficient tool for the control of collected samples.

The process of documentation of blood samples, serum samples, photographs, are examples of the variety of samples that we can work on and format to provide standardized documentation of events in research institutions and include in the tool.

The purpose of this work is to present the model of a system created for the documentation, registration and availability of the processes of samples collection, and of predation of wild animals received by ICMBIOCENPA from researchers or research institutions, documenting in a definite and single standard all entries received by the institution.

The protocols were developed by veterinarians and biologists participants of the project, and all information

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

159

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

was registered in the documentation. Some of the digitalized protocols were submitted to editing through an appropriate text edition program to obtain better text quality and allowing for the deletion of inconsistencies and repetitions. After this, we established the protocols that gave origin to the tables and relations of the system to be applied in the collection of data. This material was generated through PHP program language, with Ajax and made available in Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML) format.

Protocols were structured and defined by ample areas, being the first and most important”Samples/ Entry of Material” and the second “Predation/Entry of Information”, and were made accessible through the system in the web environment for access and registration of all the information so that, today, from any place in the country, a researcher may communicate and describe an event on the databank if he has access to the internet as a tool.

Introduction In the last years, different forms of generating, filing, and making available samples and data on predation have been studied and tested for research, control and exchange of information among research institutions.

The documents and databases generated by ICMBIO – CENAP from the basic data received from various units are an example of this effort.

Blood samples, sera, photos, are some of the samples that can be subject to a process of registration that we can work on to define and standardize the generation of information in research institutions.

The objective of this work is to present the model of a system created to document, register, and make available, the processes and collection of samples of wild animals and predation, received by ICMBIOCENPA from individual researchers or institutions, documenting in a single pattern all entrances received at this institution.

160

Materials and Methods 1 - Equipments used for tool development The development team, up to now, comprises eight persons, using 8 PC Microcomputers, 7 with Windows operational system and one with Ubuntu (Linux version) operational system; WAMP for system management; databank management program PostgreSQL version 8.3; “internet pages” and clip development program in Java generating pages for the system in PHP. Of the eight persons, one is a biologist from ICMBIOCENAP (Brazilian Ministry for the Environment), three are veterinarians from ICMBIO-CENAP (Brazilian Ministry for the Environment), one is a Computer Engineer and Consultant for ICMBIOCENAP (Brazilian Ministry for the Environment), two are Systems Programmers and one is a Database Manager.

2 - Equipments used for availability and access to the system A WEB server, DELL Server microcomputer, with Windows 2003 Server operational system, data bank PostgreSQL, WAMP, internet plate 10/100 Ethernet 3COM, connected through an outsourcer (TEES) providing 24 hours a day/seven days a week support, was used to make the system available.

The system can be accessed from any personal computer, with any operational system (Windows, Linux, etc), a web navigator (Mozilla, Internet Explorer or other) and access to the internet (network, ADSL [Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line] connection, 3G or by telephone), allowing access by workers from other institutions through pre-registration of users and passwords.

3 – Generation of registers and documentation of samples and predation Protocols were gathered by one of the veterinarians of the project, using a laptop. The generated archives were initially described in minute registries, in Word 2000

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Human â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Wildlife Conflict Management

(Microsoft) used in the laptop, and all registries were based on the material existent at ICMBIO-CENAP. Some digitalized protocols went through an edition process, in an appropriate text edition program, to obtain better quality, with the withdrawal of inconsistencies and repetitions. After the final organization of this material, we elaborated protocols that gave origin to the tables and relationships of the system to be applied in the data collection. This material was generated in PHP program language, with Ajax, and made available in Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML) format.

of precedence, traps, trap registry, habitat, projects, programs, and others.

,).) )&-5 1 , 5 /#&.5 ( 5 - * , . 5 #(5 \& ,! 5 , -]65 being the first and most important â&#x20AC;&#x153;Samples/ Material Entriesâ&#x20AC;? and the second, â&#x20AC;&#x153;Predation/Information Entryâ&#x20AC;?, and were made available for access and registration on the internet.

To make available these materials in HTML/PHP/ Ajax format, there was the need to create a security mechanism to avoid other users to access the system.

The security device was developed in PHP with JavaScript/Ajax, were the users must register before entering the sample collection.

After entering with the identification and password, the user will see a list of systems at his disposal. At this point he should enter the system clicking the Access button (figure 2). When he enters the system, a new screen will open with the available items (figure 3). In figure 4, through the options on the menu, we can see the possibility of listing all samples from the Databank.

Figures 5 and 6 shows details of the samples, such as date of collection, place, etc, and that it is possible to associate images to the sample, since it is possible to register a photo sample (it could also be blood, urine, hide, etc).

Results 1 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Structure and presentation of the tool Not finding in the market an adequate tool to fully answer the needs of ICMBIO â&#x20AC;&#x201C; CENPA and other institutions that do joint research on wild animals, we developed a system to attend the demands of biologists, veterinarians, and other professionals linked to the Brazilian fauna, to attend the items of the project.

2 - The tool for institutional users For institutional users the tool offers the possibility of tracing samples, identify them (figure 7 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; example with fictitious information) etc. and generate documents on predation, when it occurs. Clicking on the Barr Code item allows printing of this sample identification, documenting the received material. Other buttons work with the same concepts throughout the system (as shown in figure 8).

Using the PHP, Ajax, HTML, JavaScript (scripts languages frequently used to build pages in the Internet) program languages and the Database Postgre SQL, a tool was built for the management, construction, recording and registration of samples and predation, separated into different indicators, such as institutions, place of sampling collection, kind of sample, etc. The model used in this relational database disposes many tables, such as traps, individuals, species, gender, family, sample, kind of individual, kind of material, kind

To access the path http://200.201.188.211/icmbio/ manut/, shown in figure 1, the user must enter the Intranet option on the right side menu. Entering the username and password is the next step (figure 2). At this point the user will have a registered identifier â&#x20AC;&#x153;loginâ&#x20AC;? and a password that liberate the access. The identifier should be previously registered and the password is generated by the system and sent by e-mail to the user.

In the item described as INCLUDE NEW highlighted as a green button, the user can inform a new sample to be included (figure 8) and clicking on the item EXCLUDE the screen shown in figure 9 will show up. Clicking on EDIT the user can alter the included information.

In figure 11 we can see the individuals that have been already documented and in figure 12 the identification of the individual. This identification can be generated

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

161

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

through the identification of the individual and the filing of his documents as microchip, earring or localizing necklace. The databank also stores information on coordinates of the individual, once he is already registered in the system. We can also store information on material collection besides the coordinates, such as the collecting team, traps used and even the program, project and research line to which it is associated, and classify the sample through these variables, as shown in figure 13; or see the information imported into the system (figure 14).

Figure 4 – Main item, sample registry.

Figure 1 – System entry with user control and password with different profiles for individual or groups.

Figure 5 – General data on the sample.

Figure 2 – Just one system of access for the users of existing modules.

Figure 6 – Associating images to a sample.

Figure 3 – Entry on the Integrated Information System for Species and Individuals.

162

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Human – Wildlife Conflict Management

Figure 7 - Generation of the bar code and identification of the sample in the system and physically

Figure 10 – The button Edit allows alteration on the register

that was imputed in the system – in this example altering data of a sample.

Figure 8 – The system works with the same conception in all

screens, where can be seen the buttons of Include, Log, Edit, Exclude and others.

Figure 13 – The information on the sample includes data on

sample collection, with a classification, besides quantity, place, etc.

Figure 9 – Confirm exclusion. All items to be excluded – after clicking on the exclusion bottom there is a confirmation, for guarantee of the exclusion, and the safety.

Figure 14 – Still in the sample, we can see information

imported from other systems, allowing for a more detailed analysis.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

163

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

In the other options of the system we can see reports that can be generated (figure 15) and their results (figure 16), that can be exported (figure 17).

Figure15 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Example of reports that can be generated from the

information on the system, where for a period the samples on the database can be selected.

The system further allows, through the group of administrators, the listing of Samples associated with Research Lines/Programs and Projects of the Institution, the requiring of traps for capture and later for the registration of what was captured and generated as sample.

The control menu is used to generate the indicators of the system (figure 19), where all the types of screens are being registered (figure 20).

Another large area of the system is the predation part (figure 21), where we can see the list of predations and generate their registers (figure 22), with the nature and type of the occurrence, characteristics of the property and of the owner (figure 23), see data on natural vegetation and cultivations on the property (respectively figures 24 and 25), types of existing animals and animal husbandry (figure 26), information as to the attack (figure 27) and do a follow-up on the predation (figure 28). At this same point we also generate information on the predator (figure 29), for this is the most relevant information for the Institution, and it can become a sample in the future, on the database; we can also audit the information that is included in the system (figure 30).

Figure16 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Report with the list of samples informed in the

Different from the samples, all information registered as predation does not enter automatically into the database, being previously analyzed to avoid the contamination with previous registration of the same episode that can have been already registered and confirmed. These data are often visited and documented in studies of the habits that can result in a meaningful return to society.

Figure 17 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Example of a report being exported to Excel

164

period, showing the possibilities of exportation, in PDF, Excel, XML, or other formats if necessary (for example SPSS).

or any other spreadsheet software to generate graphics and research.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Human – Wildlife Conflict Management

Figure 18 – Options of the system administrator, where can

Figure 21 – Example of information on Predation that are

and Projects of the Institution; solicitation of traps for capture

for verification and complementation.

be seen associated the Samples, Research Lines/Programs

and later for the registration of the capture and generation of

informed on the site and afterwards analyzed in the system

the sample.

Figure 22 – In Predation a contact is made between ICMBIO Figure 19 – List of options on the control menu, where we find the system indicators.

Figure 20 – Another example, where the type of material by Individual or Species is shown.

and the person/institution that informed the predation. Later on more information will be collected.

Figure 23 – We have the occurrence of predation and, in this case, the data of the property where it occurred.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

165

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Figure 24 – Here we have the kind of native vegetation remaining on the property to compose the information for

Figure 27 – Other information on the attack/predation.

further analysis.

Figure 28 – Registry of a Follow-up.

Figure 25 – Type of crop and pasture.

Figure 29 – Information on the predator, comprising a Figure 26 – Type of animals in the area.

166

complete record of the occurrence.Figure 28 – Registry of a Follow-up.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Human – Wildlife Conflict Management

Figure 30 – LOG on the predation screen, showing who informed and what was informed.

References: Niederauer, J., Desenvolvendo Websites com PHP, Editora Novatec, 2004, Edição 2, 272.

Ramakrishnan, R., Sistemas de Gerenciamento de Banco de Dados, Edição 1, Editora McGraw Hill.

Marchini, S., Cavalcanti S.M.C., Paula, R. C. de, Predadores Silvestres e Animais Domésticos Guia Prático de Convivência Atibaia, São Paulo, Brasil, 2011.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

167

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Large predators and livestock activities in the region of Iguaçu National Park, Brazil Carlos R. Brocardo1, Marina Xavier da Silva2, Apolonio Rodrigues3, Alexandre Vogliotti4 1,2,3,4

Projeto Carnívoros do Iguaçu - Parque Nacional do Iguaçu/ICMBio 1,2,3,4

4

carnivorosdoiguacu@icmbio.gov.br

Instituto Latino-Americano de Ciências da Vida e da Natureza Universidade Federal da Integração Latino-Americana.

Keywords: jaguar, puma, farm susceptibility to predators, human-wildlife conflict Introduction Human populations and their activities as agriculture, livestock, impounding water and urbanization have occupied and modified several ecosystems around the world, leaving few areas available for wildlife (Myers et al. 2000). The insularization of natural remnant areas in highly anthropogenic landscapes is generally associated with conflicts between wildlife and human populations.

Large predators are example of these wildlife-human negative interactions because the damages on livestock which generally ends with predators´ persecution (Woodroffe 2000, Conforti & Azevedo 2003, Tamang & Baral 2008). Predators´ elimination and habitat loss are the main threats to their conservation (Nowell & Jackson 1996). Thus, the creation of protected areas has been the most effective action to biodiversity conservation and as way to barrier human expansion (Bruner et al. 2001).

The landscape beyond Iguaçu National Park (INP), an important protected area located in southern of Brazil, is predominantly formed by grain tillage and cattle breeding farms. Thereby jaguars and pumas (Puma concolor), the two large cats inhabitant this Park, are killed as retaliation for livestock predation (Conforti & Azevedo 2003), turning both species locally threatened (Margarido & Braga 2004). The jaguar populations are declining in Upper Paraná Atlantic Forests, including INP, due to lack of natural prey and ranchers’ persecution (Azevedo & Conforti 2008, Paviolo et al. 2008). Thus, preventing livestock predation from jaguar and puma

168

is essential to avoid retaliatory measures by farmers, which is one of the aims of the project “Carnívoros do Iguaçu” (CI) developed by INP, since 2009.

Methods Study area The Iguaçu National Park (Fig.01), located in Western region of Paraná state, Brazil (S 25°03’13 – S 25°36’32; W 53°37’54 – W 54°28’32), was created in 1939, being the second national park in Brazil. It covers 185,262 hectares, being the largest remnant of Seasonally Semideciduous Atlantic Forest of Brazil (Ribeiro et al.

2009), and together with Argentinean Iguazu National Park and other important protected areas of Misiones, Argentina, form a 300,000 hectares forest continuum (De Angelo et al. 2009). The INP has a fundamental role in the local conservation of large-sized mammals, such as jaguars (Panthera onca) and tapirs (Tapirus terrestris), which were extirpated from other forest remnants of Western Paraná state (Brocardo & Cândido-Jr 2012). The landscape surrounding INP was changed rapidly from the 1950s on, when the greatest deforestation and colonization of this region for the development of agricultural activities took place (De Angelo et al. 2009, Gulbert-Filho 2010).

Assessing human wildilife conflict To assess the local perception about the two large cats

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Human â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Wildlife Conflict Management

inhabiting INP, and record information on livestock depredation and management systems, the IC team initiated a registration program of the neighboring farms. The program consists of questionnaires containing questions on opinion and management and it has been applied mainly in the farms that share the borders with the Park.

Results Until now, we have accessed 78 farms. Seventyseven percent are dedicated to livestock activities.

Depredation cases are recorded in 43.6% of farms. To assess the relationship of management system adopted and depredation cases, we classified farms in very small (< 18 ha; N = 25), small (18 to < 72 ha; N = 18), medium (72 to < 270 ha; N = 15) and large (> 270 ha; N = 15) Figure 1. Study area. A) Brazilian Atlantic Forest, original

distribution in Brazil; B) Forest remnants of Paranå State; C) Iguaçu National Park and main economics activities surrounding the park.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

169

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

(Fig.01), according to Brazilian law nº 8.629/1993.

The farms were grouped in smaller (very small + small) and larger (medium + large) because the similarities in its management systems, and we applied a chi-square statistic test to assess relationship between farm size and livestock depredation report.

The chi-square test was significant (X-square = 16.5, df = 1, p < 0.01) for the relationship between depredation and farm size. Smaller farms had lower frequency of livestock reports than larger ones.

Discussion A probable explanation for observed results is related to the management systems adopted by different groups.

Large farms are dedicated to extensive cattle ranching in large paddocks surrounded by barbed or flat wire fences and employing few human herders, which makes cattle more susceptible to predation. On the other hand, small farms have small dairy herds handled daily in small paddocks often surrounded by simple electric fences, but losses have more economic and personal importance. To other large carnivores, like wolves, the farm size, herd size and further distance of herd from human dwellings were also related to more incidences of predation events (Mech et al. 2000).

Results shows the relationship between carnivore depredation and economical aptitude of farms along the region and points out two different strategies of action regarding to farms size. Any actions will be fettered by social, cultural, economical and political obstacles over civil and governmental spheres, requiring intense articulation skills of the place makers.

Bruner, A.G.; Gullison, R.E.; Rice, R.E. & Da Fonseca, G.A.B. 2001. Effectiveness of parks in protecting tropical biodiversity. Science, 291, p. 125–128.

De Angelo, C.; Paviolo, A.; Wiegand, T.; Kanagaraj, R. & Di Bitetti, M.S. 2013. Understanding species persistence for defining conservation actions: A management landscape for jaguars in the Atlantic Forest. Biological Conservation, 159, p. 422-433 Conforti, V.A. & Azevedo F.C.C. 2003. Local perceptions of jaguars (Panthera onca) and pumas (Puma concolor) in the Iguaçu National Park area, south Brazil. Biological Conservation, 111, p. 215221.

Gubert-Filho, F. A. 2010. O desflorestamento do Paraná em um século. In: Sonda, C. & Trauczynski, S.C. (Eds.). Reforma agrária e meio ambiente: teoria e prática no estado do Paraná. Curitiba: ITCG, p.

15-25.

Margarido, T. C. C. & Braga, F. G. 2004. Mamíferos. In: Mikich, S. B. & Bérnils, R. S. (Ed.s) Livro vermelho da fauna ameaçada no Estado do Paraná. Curitiba: Instituto Ambiental do Paraná.

Mech, L.D.; Harper, E.K.; Meier, T.J. & Paul, W.J.D. 2000. Assessing factors that may predispose Minnesota farms to wolf depredations on cattle.

Wildlife Society Bulletin, 28, p. 623-629.

Myers, N.; Mittermeier, R.A.; Mittermeier, C.G., Da Fonseca, G.A.B. & Kent, J. 2000. Biodiversity hotspots for conservation priorities. Nature, 403, p.

853-858.

References

Nowell, K. & Jackson, P. 1996 Wild Cats: status survey and conservation action plan. IUCN/SSC Cat Specialist Group, Gland, Switzerland.

Brocardo, C.R. & Cândido-Jr, J.F. 2012. Persistência de mamíferos de médio e grande porte em fragmentos de Floresta Ombrófila Mista no estado do Paraná, Brasil. Revista Árvore, 36, p. 301-310.

Paviolo, A.; De Angelo, C.D.; Di Blanco, Y.E. & Di Bitetti, M.S. 2008. Jaguar Panthera onca population decline in the Upper Paraná Atlantic Forest of Argentina and Brazil.Oryx, 42, p. 554–561.

170

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Human – Wildlife Conflict Management

Ribeiro, M.C.; Metzger, J.P.; Martensen A.C.; Ponzoni, F.J. & Hirota, M.M. 2009. The Brazilian Atlantic Forest: How much is left, and how is the remaining forest distributed? Implications for conservation.

Biological Conservation 142, p. 1141–115.

Tamang, B. & Baral, N. 2008. Livestock depredation by large cats in Bardia National Park, Nepal: Implications for improving park–people relations.

The International Journal of Biodiversity Science and Management, 4, p. 44-53.

Woodroffe, R. 2000. Predators and people: using human densities to interpret declines of large carnivores.

Animal Conservation, 3, p. 165–173.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

171

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Presenting a georeference model for sighting of wild animals Thiago Duarte Mota1, Rogerio de Paula2 , Jean Pierre Santos3, Carlos Roberto Bastos Araujo Filho4, Ronaldo Morato5, Rose Morato6

1

UFRJ/COPPE/IVIG, Rio de Janeiro RJ 1

2

thiago.mota@ivig.coppe.ufrj.br

CENAP, Estrada Municipal Hisaichi Takebayashi, 8600, Baierro da Usina, Atibaia SP 2

3

rogercunha@gmail.com

Instituto Pro-Carnivoros, Parque Edmundo Zanoni, Atibaia SP 3

4

Jean.canastra@yahoo.com

UFRJ/COPPE/IVIG, Rio de Janeiro RJ 4

carlos.araujo@ivig.coppe.ufrj.br 5,6

5

ICMBIO, Atibaia - SP

ronaldo.morato@icmbio.gov.br 6

rose.morato@icmbio.gov.br

Keywords: Databanks, Georeference, GPS, Sample, Predation, Systems, Bioinformatics.

Abstract Many activities have been developed in the last years to implement technological solutions for the documentation, manipulation, control and tracking of wild animals. We can mention the use of GPS for the tracking of tagged animals, collars of radiofrequency, besides the development of databanks for the storage and disclosure of the collected information. Next to the Databank of ICMBIO / CENAP / Atibai for the control of predation, we created a system to document the sighting of animals and associated predation, and the data from socioeconomic protocols applied to the land properties as well as documentation from georeferenced video, photos or audio. This work consists in the presentation of an electronic applicative accessed through any mobile dispositive (telephone, tablet, notebook, etc) for the georeferenced electronic registry of sighting and predation to be imputed to the Databank of the Projects of ICMBIO â&#x20AC;&#x201C; CENAP

172

of the Environmental Health Ministry. This tool was especially generated as a source for the georeferenced control of field samples from various places, projects and categories. Our objective is to present a tool that can collect georeferenced data from sighting, predation, or documentation of land properties and through this system, created to document, register and make accessible the sampled data, dispose this unified and georeferenced Databank of ICMBIO-CENPA through the internet for the access, for non-commercial purposes, of other researchers. Initially, information from two protocols was collected referring to predation by wild animals and to the socio-economic information on the properties where predation occurred or the animals were seen. These protocols were analyzed by biologists and veterinarians participants in the project and all the information oral and documented was used for the creation of the Georeferenced Databank. All this material was made available on the internet through a

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Human â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Wildlife Conflict Management

web platform system, in PHP language and PostgreSQL Database, where through applicatives for android and IOS it can be accessed by mobile phones and collect the georeferenced data. Even if the equipment is without access to the web, through this tool it can file the data and as soon as they gain access they can transmit the information to the data center. Applicatives were structured separately to allow use in any type of technology, for the objective of being multiplatform and be able to obtain data when an agent/researcher is in the field looking for information. With this information we can provide many other details of the sighting, of what is happening in the area, in the region, for all is related with the georeferenced data.

a standard pattern for documentation of all entries received in the institution.

Introduction

The technical team for systems development used as manager of WEB applications the WAMP for the machines that used Windows as the software for the management of the system. For the development of the tools we used the software SVN Tortoise as controller of the version of the system. The management of the databank was done through PostgreSQL version 8.3.

For the development of the WEB system, we used the software Eclipse developed in Java and generating pages for the system in PHP. For the application designed for mobiles, cell phones and tablets, we used the plug-in ADTPlugin that together with Eclipse allows us to edit codes in android and all this to be stored in the SQLite â&#x20AC;&#x201C; local databank of the mobile equipment for storage of information collected in the field.

Technology is evermore becoming a part of our daily activities , and so is the use of information registered in Databanks for species and individuals. These informations are often not made widely available and in many databanks they are not georefered through longitude and latitude coordinates. Even so, studies are being undertaken to explore different ways of providing availability of information as well as ways to generate, file and make available samples and data on predation that are georefered, for studies and control, and for reporting and sharing among research institutions.

The process of field registration, documentation and availability of blood, serum and photographic samples as well as others, are examples of the kind of samples that can be worked as georefered , and formated for padronization of a wild animals research databank.

Objective The objective of this work is to present an internet tool created to register and document as well as to make available the processes and the collection of samples and the predation events of wild animals received by ICMBIO-CENPA from researchers or research institutions, with georefered data, so providing

Material and Methods Our team, that took part in the development of the Project and in the building of the databank, included six people from the IT area and four from the environmental area (biologists, veterinarians, etc).

During the development of the tool we used PC type microcomputers with Windows 7 operational system and also PC type microcomputers with Ubuntu (Linux version) operational system, a telephone, and a tablet with android operational system.

To make this system available to be used in the field, we used a WEB Server,a microcomputer type Server, with Windows 2008 Server operational system, PostgreSQL databank, WAMP, webplate 10/100 Ethernet, connected through the web.

All access to the system can be done through any kind of equipment with access to the internet with a web navigator (Mozilla, Internet Explorer or other internet navigation program). With this, we can allow access to all in the academic community.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

173

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Processes and Outcomes The registry of collected samples in the field can be done through a mobile device such as a cellphone or tablet with android system, that through an aplicative installed in the device, will be able to photograph, film or record an audio of an animal. This information will be stored in the mobile equipment, in its local databank, called SQLite, which on finding a data web, internet, will transmit the information to the databank server.

JavaScript (scripts language frequently used for building pages in the Internet) and the Databank Postgre SQL, we biult a tool for the management, construction, record and registry of samples and predation, separated by diverse indicators, such as institution, collection place, type of sample, etc. The model used in this relational databank has several tables such as traps, individuals, species, gender, family, sample, type of individual, kind of material, procedence, build-up, build-up registry, habitat, project, program, etc.

The generation of registries and documentation of samples and predation can be answered through the system with the use of protocols for information capture that have been developed by the technical team.

To access the system in the mobile equipment, figure 1, the user must enter user identification and password.

Having done this, he will enter the list of collected animals.

These sample registration protocols are answered by the user of the system, identified through a login and password. With the results from the protocols we created the structures of the databank for the entry of samples, and these gave origin to the tables that establish relations in the database. The material was developed through program language PHP, with Ájax and made available in Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML) format.

Figure 1 – Entry to the system with control of user and

Protocols were established and separated by areas, considering the samples, socioeconomic data, property or place of sample collection data, etc, and were made available for access and registry through the internet.

Our main objective was to develop a tool and a Databank where ICMBIO may not only register all samples collected in the field in georefered format, but also may do this automatically with any dispositive without the need of a computer.

password with different profiles for persons or groups.

Figure 2 – List of registry already imputed in the system.

Not finding such a tool available in the market, providing for all the needs of ICMBIO – CENPA and other institutions that participate in their research projects on wild animals, we developed a system to attend the demands of biologists, veterinarians and other professionals linked to the study of the Brazilian fauna.

Using program languages PHP, Ajax, HTML,

174

After entering identification and password the user

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Human – Wildlife Conflict Management

will see the list of registries already entered and will be able to register a new animal,as can bee seen in figures 3 and 4. At this point the system is ready to capture the georefered data and record the information on the databank of the mobile equipment, as can be seen in figures 5 and 6. In the next figures we can understand what the researcher is capable to associate to the system of the Predation Databank after the capture of the georefered data in the field. We can see details of the sample such as date of collection, place, etc., and associate images to the sample, since the register can be done for a photograph (as could also be a blood sample, urine, hide, etc).

Once the field images are captured, and all the samples, data, predation or other events, the researcher can return to his base, be it a hotel, home, etc ,with access to the internet and transmit the data from the mobile equipment to the central databank. This is the system or Databank where the system is running, on a server, such as was described above.

Figure 5 – Data on position with latitude and longitude captured by the mobile equipment.

Figure 6 – Picture of an animal. We can insert a video, an

image, or even the audio of an event, with one or more registries associated.

Figure 3 – Entry of data of a new event (data of a spotting, data of an animal, of a predation or of a field collection).

In the images bellow we can see how the system works in the internet environment where I am transmiting the collected data.

Figure 4 – Filling of the data-fields.

In figures 7 to 14 we can see the documented individuals, the lists and the ways to research an individual that already has data registered in the database. The identification of registries can be generated through an individual identity and the file of his documents as a microchip, localization collar or ring. We can also store information on the coordenates of the material collection besides its localization, such as the team who proceded to the collection, traps used, and even the program, project or research line to which it is associated, and classify the samples.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

175

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Figure 7 – Registry of the local of an event collected in the field.

Figure 12 – Advanced research, or a search possibility in the database.

Figure 8 – List of an individual and all its data. Through the

databank system, if the individual has been documented, we can see all the locations were he was detected with the georefered data that was collected.

Figure 13 – Example of search for all individuals of a species

Figure 9 – Registry of many individuals accessed by the system through the internet.

Figure 14 – Search for a specific individual.

Figure 10 – Map with location were the individual was seen or tracked.

Figure 11 – Example of a list of data from the system, where through the left lateral menu other filters can be applied.

The system also allows, through the group of administrators, the listing of samples associated to the research lines, programs and projects of the institution; the requirement of traps for capture and afterwards the registration of what was captured and generated a sample.

This application allows for many kinds of reports associated to the main predation databank. All information obtained today through research of members of our group and sponsored by the institution have their data registered and georefered.

As the main result we have the criation of a single structure database where we can register all our information, with data from fieldwork campaings stored immediately in georefered format and the archive also in a georefered database. With this, in the future, we can list an area presenting all campaings developed there, all the collected material , all that was seen in the area, all

176

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Human – Wildlife Conflict Management

predations, etc, and with this elaborate an environmental map of all that can be found in the area. All this provides indicators and data relevant for the researches of the institution, and aims to provide an answer to the rising demand from researchers for consistent and safe data, and also foster the habit of georefered research providing a significant return to society.

Topografia, Georreferenciamento.

Florenzano, T.G Teresa Gallotti. Iniciação em Sensoriamento Remoto, Segunda Edição. Oficina de Textos.

References Santos, J.P. 2007. Análise quantitativa e métodos preventivos de predação de animais domésticos por canídeos selvagens no entorno do Parque Nacional da Serra da Canastra. Monografia de Graduação.

Instituto Superior de Educação – UNIFOR-MG. Formiga.

Spercoski, K.M. Morais, R., Morato, R. Paula, R.C., Azevedo, F.C., May Junior, J. A, Santos, J. P., Reghelin, A.L., Wildt, D., Songsasen, N. 2012.

Adrenal activity in maned wolves is higher on farmlands and park boundaries than within protected areas. General and Comparative Endocrinology. 179 (2): 232–240 Corral, L. 2007. Avaliação da predação de criações domésticas por lobo-guará (Chrysocyon brachyurus) no entorno do Parque Nacional da Serra da Canastra, MG, Brasil. Dissertação de mestrado, Universidade Federal de Minas Gerais, Belo Horizonte.

Niederauer, J., Desenvolvendo Websites com PHP, Editora Novatec, 2004, Edição 2, 272.

Ramakrishnan, R., Sistemas de Gerenciamento de Banco de Dados, Edição 1, Editora McGraw Hill.

Marchini, S., Cavalcanti S.M.C., Paula, R. C. de, Predadores Silvestres e Animais Domésticos Guia Prático de Convivência Atibaia, São Paulo, Brasil, 2011.

Ramos, D. Geodésia na prática. GPS Geodésia, PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

177

178

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Concurrent Session H Conservação da Natureza e Desenvolvimento Rural (language Portuguese)

Session organizer:

Ana Margarida Euler, Amapá State Forestry Institute, Brazil

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

179

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

The impact of timber forest management on the livelihoods of local managers: Case study of the Mamirauá Reserve of Sustainable Development Philippe Waldhoff 1, Saulo E.X.F. de Souza 2, Edson Vidal 3, Andrea Abdala 4 1

Instituto de Educação, Ciência e Tecnologia do Amazonas (IFAM); ESALQ/USP 1 philippe.tim@gmail.com 1,2,3,4 Escola Superior de Agricultura Luiz de Queiroz ESALQ/USP;

Keywords: Amazon, sustainable use reserve, community based forest management.

Introduction The dimensions and possibilities to community based forest management are expressive. Approximately 44% of the territorial area of Legal Amazonia is occupied by protected areas, from which 49% is composed

by Indigenous Territories and 33% by Reserves of Sustainable Use (PEREIRA, 2010). Of the total 290 million hectares of the currently registered Brazilian public forests, half of these (145 million) are handled for communitarians (SFB, 2010).

According to various actors that could be protagonists of forest management, it is considered community or familiar based when the management plan is executed by familiar agriculturists, settled from agrarian reform and by traditional people and communities, and that the activities performed by outsources does not mischaracterize this definition, since the reported plan continues under community responsibility (BRASIL, 2009). Treating strictly the community based management; the common use of some resources is established by arrangements influenced by an extensive net of relations, rules and social values that determine the process of including and excluding other people from using resources (DIEGUES, 2001).

Even considering such a diversity of factors influencing and shaping community based forest management,

180

it has been considered as a strategy to reduce deforestation (BRAY et al., 2008), to strengthen land tenure and use rights (MOLNAR ET AL., 200O) and to reduce poverty by the time that conciliate conservation and sustainable use of forests (HAJJAR, 2011; RADACHOWSKY et al, 2012). Nevertheless, in some cases the conservation of ecosystems has been more efficient than the improvement of livelihoods (THOMS, 2008), or yet, eventually failed in respect to both expectations (MARSAHLL, 2006).

Looking upon such diversified expectations brought by community based forest management; we identified the perception of forest users related to ultimate changes related to their livelihoods and to forest conservation.

The established hypothesis is that the community based forest management could improve the livelihoods of protagonists while contributing significantly to environment conservation.

Methodology Study area This research was developed at Mamirauá Reserve of Sustainable Development (Mamirauá RSD), which encompasses a total area of 1,124,000 ha, situated on the Medio Solimões River, State of Amazonas. The studied communities lye between the rivers Solimões, Japurá

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Conservação da Natureza e Desenvolvimento Rural

and Paraná do Aranapú. This region is composed by flooded forests where meadow ecosystems predominate (ALENCAR, 2010), and where the water level of rivers could even oscillate 12 meters along the year. Economic activities are performed according to the water regime.

The main activities are agriculture and fishing during dry season, while wood harvesting is the only income source for many families during flooding season (PIRES, 2004, apud Ayres et al, 1997).

Data collection We adopted the study case methodology (LUDCKE; ANDRÉ, 1986), through data collecting based on structured and semi structured interviews, besides documental analysis (BARBETTA, 2012; LUDCKE; ANDRÉ, 1986). Participant observation was performed during work development together with communities in their forest management areas (BERNARD, 1988). We adapted the tool “Sustainable Livelihoods Framework” (DFID, 1999) in order to assess the impacts of sustainable forest management on the managers livelihoods. The interviews were followed by a script of questions based on the method presented by Kusters et al (2005), comparing forest management with traditional wood harvest executed before the implementation of the current management system, or in some cases, with other work activity.

The methodology separates the indicators related to life conditions into distinct groups, which were considered as dimensions. Dimensions and indicators were defined through a wide review and discussion done by researches of the Laboratory of Tropical Forestry, from ESALQ/ USP, encompassing: (i) Human dimension – safety, environment and feeding at work; access to school; use of traditional knowledge; learning new knowledge; vision of the productive process; leisure access and; happiness; (ii) Social dimension – work opportunity and income; internal relationships within community; external relationships between groups/institutions; organization participation; female empowerment; (iii) Physical dimension – changes in community infrastructure and goods; changes in household infrastructure and goods; changes in work infrastructure and goods; equitable

access to work equipment; (iv) Financial dimension – adding value to the product; income regularity; equitable income distribution; independence of external human and physic resources and; (v) Natural dimension – conservation of managed resources; access control to resources; environmental conservation.

Data analysis Each indicator was assessed through questions that, when answered, met an ordinal scale of five levels (-2= very negative; -1 negative; 0= neutral; 1= positive; 2 very positive). We analyzed data through descriptive statistics and exploratory analysis ( B A R B E T T A , 2012). Besides, we used the triangulation technique to compare data collected from forest managers with those collected from specialists and documental analysis (VERDEJO, 2010).

Results We performed 41 interviews with forest managers representing 19 communities which are involved, or had already been involved with community based forest management for wood, during the period between January and March 2013. Within the scope of this work we defined as forest managers, the people directly involved in one or more activities related to forest management, since planning, forest operations, transport, and even product sales.

The system of forest management adopted inside Mamirauá RSD was defined in a participative manner, considering the characteristic systems of the reserve communities, the traditional use of forest resources and stocks availability. (PIRES, 2004). The absence of specific rules to forest management in meadow areas led to the adoption of the rules from simplified community forest management, legally instituted through the Act 2,788, from September 28th 1998, which subsidized the elaboration of Sustainable Forest Management Plans in Mamirauá RSD (QUEIROZ; PERALTA, 2006).

Thus, the implemented system of forest management considered the traditional knowledge about logging in meadow ecosystems, which included new exploration

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

181

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

techniques to reduce damages to the forest and improve the workers security (PIRES, 2004).

We identified environmental conservation (natural dimension) as the main positive impact of the forest management, while aspects related to the input of resources (financial dimension) was the main fragility.

Such a result corroborates the one found by Thoms (2007) when studying changes in life conditions promoted by community based forest management in Nepal. This author argued that community management has obtained limited results in improving life conditions, despite great success for conservation.

Figure 1- Results of timber forest management on the livelihoods of forest managers.

Among five indicators of the financial dimension, three

presented negative results: (i) income regularity; (ii) income duration and; (iii) independence of external agents. To forest managers in Mamirauá RSD, income irregularity is the main limiting factor to the activity development. The main factors causing income irregularity are related to the delay of the inspections and the emission of environmental licenses, as well as to differences on the flooding levels.

The centralization by Instituto de Proteção Ambiental do Amazonas (IPAAM), responsible by inspections and license emissions in Manaus, the lack of trained human resources and divergent interpretations of the

182

rules are the main barriers related to environmental licensing of forest management plans (KIBLER, 2008).

Another factor related to income irregularity has a natural cause and is related to the flooding levels. The forest management performed along the meadows of Mamirauá RSD predicts that logs could be carried via fluvial. To make it happen, after cutting the trees is expected that the water level, during the flooding season, reaches those cut trees and allows draining them to the river. When floods are weak and the water level dos not reach the previously cut trees, it cannot be removed and commercialized, thus causing loss of production in many cases.

The conservation of natural resources was the main effect of the forest management for wood. Nevertheless, in a conjectural analysis, we noticed that it is due to either the promotion of forest management in the reserve, or even to the establishment of Mamirauá Ecological Reserve in 1990, transformed into a Reserve of Sustainable Development in 1996. According to Pires (2001; apud PIRES, 2004), illegal logging reduced 25,7% with the implementation of forest management programs, environmental education and inspection by environmental agents from the community.

Notwithstanding, the author highlighted the challenges to implement sustainable ways of using timber resources.

The conservation of managed species was highlighted among natural dimension. According to interviwees, before they were harvested without criteria and conservation concern, and after management they started to follow the rules established legally. Another important factor is the access control to resources, because with the implementation of management, areas were defined communally, being formally delimited to the forest management and the access to areas and resources inside the reserve, collectively accorded.

Relating to human dimension, the results found were positive in general. The acquisition of new knowledge related to sustainable forest management through trainings and capacity building was the factor that most contributed for it. Other important factors were the use of traditional knowledge, those commonly used for forest exploration before management and that continued to

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Conservação da Natureza e Desenvolvimento Rural

be applied, and the happiness feeling showed by the interviewed managers when cited satisfaction with the work and its outcomes.

The community based forest management also generated positive outcomes related to the social dimension.

Results indicated that the participation of managers in the process of organizing the activity was real in the majority of the targeted communities, including the formalization of community associations and representation in specific forums. Although the social dimension showed a negative result relating to female empowerment. Besides impeding women involvement in forest management activities, when they were rarely involved, they prepared meals and were not properly recognized, being unconsidered for payments.

Finally, relating to the physic dimension, the results showed that the income from forest management allowed buying and maintaining work materials and equipment, besides transportation of managers. Relating to work, the only used equipment are chainsaws, and relating to transportation, the use of little stern engines (5hp) in canoes, called “rabetas”. Therefore, the technological level of materials and equipments is very low in this kind of management. The income from forest management also provided the acquisition of household electrical appliances, or rebuilding their own houses.

Conclusion The improvement in forest conservation is associated mainly to the conservation of commercial interest species and to the control of access and use of resources, which are results from wide actions related to the reserve creation associated to higher control promoted by the implementation of forest management in the communities. Such management led communities to establish boundaries for proper managed areas inside each community, which generated collective agreements of use of these areas and recognition either in the local level or in the presence of outside institutions.

By the other hand, despite such managed timber presents a distinct value in the market, the challenges

found to overcome the licensing and commercialization barriers have prevented continuity of the process. Rules and laws ordering sustainable forest management did not considered the complex agrarian system and the productive arrangement of communities, generating difficulties for the activity licensing and, associated to it, annual changes in the flood regime lead to irregularities of production and income. Due to its barriers, but not restricted to them, forest management has had difficulties to keep people interested in the activity.

We considered “Sustainable Livelihoods Framework” as a proper method to assess the results of the community based forest management at Mamirauá RSD, once it allowed identifying the need of improvements related to financial outcomes, and thus contribute to overcome the presented barriers and became a sustainable activity.

This way, community based forest management has been more efficient for forest conservation and for improving some social aspects.

Acknowledgment This study was developed with support from the Government of Amazonas State, through the Foudation for Research (FAPEAM), with the grating of the scholarship Program PRO-DPD/AM. Local support was given by Mamirauá Institute for Sustainable Development. Special thanks for Elenice Assis do Nascimento by dialogue with the community and discussions, and to Marina Losi Monteiro for the help with the interviews.

References Alencar, E. F. 2010. Memórias de Mamirauá. Instituto de Desesnvolvimento Sustentável Mamirauá, Tefé, AM, 292p.

Barbetta, P. A. 2012. Estatística aplicada às ciências sociais. Ed. da UFSC. 8ª. ed. Florianópolis. 318p.

Bernard, H. R. 1988. Methods in Cultural Anthropology.

Ed. Sage Publications. Califórnia. 518p.

Brasil. Decreto No. 6.874, de 05 de junho de 2009.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

183

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Institui, no âmbito dos Ministérios do Meio Ambiente e do Desenvolvimento Agrário, o Programa Federal de Manejo Florestal Comunitário e Familiar. Disponível em: <http://www.planalto. gov.br/ccivil_03/_Ato2007-2010/2009/Decreto/ D6874.htm>. Acessado em: 30.03.2012 Bray, D. B.; Duran. E.; Ramos, V. H.; Mas, J-F; Velasquez, A.; MacNab, R. B.; Barry, D.; Radachowsky, J. Tropical deforestation, community forests, and protected areas in the Maya Forest. Ecology and Society. 13(2). 56. 2008.

learned from Mexico and Bolivia and policy implications for decision-makers. UNEP World Conservation Monitoring Centre. Cambridge. 2006 Molnar, A.; Gomes, D.; Souza, R.; Vidal, N., Hojer, R. Community Forest enterprise markets in Mexico and Brazil: new opportunities and challenges for legal access to the forest. Journal of Sustainable Forestry 27 (1e2), 87-121. 2008.

Pereira, Denys et al. Fatos Florestais da Amazônia 2010.

Belém: IMAZON, 2010

Diegues, A. C. Repensando e recriando as formas de apropriação comum dos espaços e recursos naturais.

In: In: Espaços e Recursos Naturais de Uso Comum.

Org.: Diegues, A.C.; Moreira, A. C.C. USP. São Paulo. 2001

Pires, A. 2004. Princípios e processos na implantação do manejo florestal comunitário na RDS Mamirauá.

In: Terras Indígenas & Unidades de Conservação da natureza: o desafio das sobreposições. Fany R. (org).

Instituto Socioambiental, São Paulo, p. 558-563.

DFID. 1999 Sustainable Livelihoods Guidance Sheets.

Department for International Development. UK. ?p.

Queiroz, H.L.; Peralta, N. Reserva de Desenvolvimento Sustentável: Manejo Integrado dos Recursos Naturais e Gestão Participativa. In: Garay, I e Becker, B.K (Orgs.). Dimensões Humanas da Biodiversidade. Petrópolis: Vozes, 2006.p.447- 469

Hajjar, R.; McGrath, D.G.; Kozak, R. A.; Innes, J.L. Framing community forestry challenges with a broader lens: case studies from Brazilian Amazon.

Journal of Environmental Management. Elsevier, v.

92, p. 2159-2169, 2011.

Kibler, J. F.; Silva, L. N. da. Articulação nacional e internacional no Projeto Floresta Viva. T & C Amazônia. Manaus???. Ano VI, n.15, out. 2008.

Kusters, K.; Belcher, B.; Ruiz-Pérez, M.; Achdiawan, R. 2005. A method to assess the outcomes of forest product trade on livelihoods and environment.

Bogor Barat, Indonésia. CIFOR Working Paper No. 32. 23p.

Radachowsky, J. et al. Forest concessions in the Maya Biosphere Reserve, Guatemala: A decade later.

Forest Ecology and Management, v. 268, n. 0, p. 1828, 2012.

SFB. Plano anual de manejo florestal comunitário e familiar: período 2011. Brasília, 2010. 148 p.

Disponível em: < http://www.youblisher.com/ p/155818-Plano-Anual-de-Manejo-FlorestalComunitario-e-Familiar-PAMFC-2011/>. Acesso em: 15.04.2012

Ludke, M.; André, M. E. D. A. 1986. Pesquisa em educação: abordagens qualitativas. Editora Pedagógica e Universitária. São Paulo. 99p.

Thoms, C. A. Community control of resources and the challenge of improving local livelihoods: A critical examination of community forestry in Nepal.

Geoforum, v. 39, n. 3, p. 1452-1465, 2008.

Marshall, E.; Schereckenberg, K.; NEWTON, A. C. (eds). Commercialization of non-timber forest products Factors influencing success. Lessons

Verdejo, M. E. 2010. Diagnóstico rural participativo: guia prático DRP. Ministério do Desenvolvimento Agrário. Brasília. 62p.

184

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Conservação da Natureza e Desenvolvimento Rural

Tropical forest seed production chain: Diagnosis in communities of Alto Xingu, Brazil Sarah Domingues de O. Andrade1, Danilo I. de Urzedo2 Edson Vidal 3 1,2,3

Universidade de São Paulo, Piracicaba, Brasil.

Keywords: non-timber forest products, rural development, socio-biodiversity

Diagnosis of seed productionin the Upper Xingu communities Cultural and socioeconomic vision of the production chain Multiple use forest management (MFM) encompasses the valuation of ecosystems from management of timber and non-timber systems to payment for environmental services. MFM is praised as an important strategy that meets the demands of diverse actors, in addition to being anecological way of harvesting and to adding more value to forests, making them more robust to conversion(García Fernández et al, 2008).Thus, this contemporary approach has been recognized as an important tool to promote the maximization of forest production with the conservation of ecosystems, guaranteeing greater community governance regarding the production system, as well as greater security of household income (Panayotou,1992).Additionally, community forestrysupports cultural diversity and traditional and local knowledge, present in the local community (Charnley, 2007).In this way, management of non-timber forest products (NTFPs), such as forest seed, is an important means to promote the consolidation of a community forestry model. However, the production chains of NTFPs have many functional limitations, which currently are conferred on the forest seed sector, presenting serious deficiencies in order to meet the growing demand for ecological restoration projects in

Brazil. In this context, the study of productive forestry chains consists of a relevant instrument to evaluate the functional system and seek new alternatives that consider the reality of the communities that promote their articulation. The present study aims to diagnose factors influencing the tropical forest seed production chain in the Upper Xingu communities in the Amazon watershed, analyzing production bottlenecks and how they can be mitigated in order to create a structured chain of non-timber forest products.

The data collection was carried out by means of semistructured questionnaires and participant observation in three cores of the Seed Network of Xingu, involving family farmers (Confresa and Canabrava do Norte), indigenous core (ethnic Ikpeng) and urban collectors (Canarana and Nova Xavantina), involving 32 local actors (53% female). The following factors were assessed of local production of seeds: (i) distance of areas; (ii) distance for production; (iii) equipment and materials; (iv) credit and financing; (v) analysis of the physiological quality of seeds; (vi) technical assistance; (vii) training courses; (viii) security of the collector. From these variables,their respective attributes according to the degree of consolidationwere defined,ranked on a crescent ordinal scale of 1 to 3. From these data,the consolidation rate of seed production (CRSP)was calculated, according to Equation 1.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

185

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Where: i: indicator of different factors.

Fi: indicator of production consolidation.

Regarding the values of the CRPS, the family farmers presented the highest value (0.51), followed by urban collectors (0.46) and indigenous core (0.20). These data suggest that family farmers and urban collectors are in a process of achieving greater governance in production when compared to the indigenous core. However, each core of study has specific features, which implicate in diverse forms in the factors studied, as illustrated by Figure 1.

Regarding production, family farmers and indigenous people need to traverse greater distances, spanning more than 15 Km, to transport the seeds to the storage chambers located in the centers of cities (Indigenous = 1.00; family farmers = 1.00; urban collectors = 3.00), resulting in higher production costs or even in disturbance on the physiological quality of lots.

However, these two cores traverse smaller distances to access the collection areas, whether in areas that cover their territories or the surrounding areas, which are less than 5 Km (indigenous = 3.00; family farmers = 3.00).

In contrast, urban collectors travel more than 250 miles to collect seeds in third areas or in fragments on the edge of highways (urban collectors = 1.00).

The highest incidence of participation in training courses was observed in the family farmersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; core and indigenous peopleâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s core (indigenous = 2.27; family farmers = 2.78; urban collectors = 1.50). This is due,

Figure 1- Factors affecting seed production of indigenous core, family farmers and urban collectors from Upper Xingu.

186

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Conservação da Natureza e Desenvolvimento Rural

possibly, to the inclusion of seed productionactivity in the scope of action of other environmental projects that are implemented by local institutions in those communities, which does not occur in the urban context.

The plots sowing to analyze the physiological quality consists of a widespread technique employed by both family farmers and urban collectors (indigenous = 1.00; family farmers = 1.89; urban collectors = 2.83).

Thereby, the collectors begin to monitor the rate of seed emergence, which improves the quality of the monitoring techniques used in production.

The group which presents the greatest quantity and diversity of materials and equipment is the urban collector (2.50) followed by family farmers (2.22), a result both of financial investments and of the creativity and innovation of these actors.On the other hand, the same factor generates constraints in indigenous production (1.00), which faces lack of materials and equipment for production, although there is potential to apply traditional materials and equipment (matting, sieves and baskets made from natural fibers) to furnish this demand, enriching the local culture. This factor is possibly enhanced by access to financing and credit, which is more widespread among family farmers (2.56) and collectors (1.50) when compared with the indigenous core (1.00).

directly to the different social and cultural realities.

Nevertheless, the communities had deficiencies with regard to technical assistance, safety and transportation, factors that directly affect the cost of production, technical instruction, seed quality and the welfare of the collectors. Therefore, access to credits and financing is essential to the articulation of new instruments for the structuring of local seed production.

References Panayotou, T. & Ashton, P.S. 1992. Not by timber alone: economics and ecology for sustaining tropical forests. Washington, DC and Covelo, California, Island Press.

García-Fernández, C; Ruiz-Pérez, M; Wunder, S. Is multiple-use forest management widely implementable in the tropics?, Forest Ecology and Management, Volume 256, Issue 7, 20 September 2008.

Charnley S, Fischer AP, Jones ET: Integrating traditional and local ecological knowledge into forest biodiversity conservation in the Pacific Northwest.

Forest Ecology and Management 2007, 246:1428.

All cores studied express seriousshortageof technical assistance (indigenous = 1.00; family farmers = 1.00; urban collectors = 1.08), which may affect the quality of seeds, as well as in the joint and the group’s involvement.

Furthermore, safe seed collection was an obstacle in the cores (indigenous = 1.00; family farmers = 1.67; urban collectors = 2.00) mainly due to the non-adoption of techniques and equipment for vertical rise, which may threaten the health and well-being of the collectors.

Although family farmers and urban cores had better overall performance in production, the studied communities feature a broad diversification in local demands for seed production, a fact that speaks

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

187

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Legal forest reserv â&#x20AC;&#x201C; transition from rural use to urban use

Fernando Almeida Costa1, Alisson Santos Neves2 Natanael Antunes Abade3

1,2,3

Instituto BrasĂ­lia Ambiental â&#x20AC;&#x201C; IBRAM, BrasĂ­lia â&#x20AC;&#x201C; DF 1 fcosta.agro@gmail.com 2 alisson.sneves@gmail.com 3 natanael.ibram@gmail.com

Keywords: legal forest reserve, subdivision of land, urbanization, environmental liabilities The balanced environment, collective right established in 1988 Constitution of Federal Republic of Brazil, is sought through various normative instruments by Brazil. Among them are the establishment of protected areas by law, such as the Nature Conservation Units, Permanent Preservation Areas and Legal Forest Reserves. They all contribute to the maintenance of ecological processes and ecosystem services essential to human needs, and for that limit the use and occupation of land, whether in public or private property.

The Legal Forest Reserve Areas - LFRA are mandatory to all rural properties, with the function to guarantee the sustainable use of these, coupled with creation of ecological corridors that must link to the other protected areas. The law provides that the LFRA maintenance is required until its gets obtained approval to urban subdivision, through licensing installment of the respective property, with the concomitant public registration in official extrajudicial authority. Â However, mainly due to technological and operational limitations of the Stateâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s administration, this legal requirement is not fulfillment in much of rural properties, which implies harm to the natural collective patrimony. But such default is compounded when it is not considered in the environment licensing process of

188

parceling urban land, resulting in a kind of prescription of environmental liabilities of the property, which is in transition from rural use to urban use.

Added to this, the fact that the environmental regularity of rural properties amenable to urban use, usually severely charges the landlord or the entrepreneur who undertakes regular routes to land subdivision. This onus is due to the requirement for forest compensations and / or environmental compensations during the environmental licensing administrative procedure.

These compensation mechanisms was designed so that environmental impacts are mitigated. In the case of the Distrito Federal, Federation Unit of Brazil, there are the demand of forest compensation to planting of 30 native trees for every single native tree removed.

However, areas devoid of the minimum percentage of native vegetation required by law, not infrequently pass off these mechanisms of environmental management, 1"# "5 & -5 .)5 ." 5 ), ' (.#)( 5 \*, - ,#*.#)(5 ) 5 environmental liabilityâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; because there is no charging to maintenance the minimum of vegetation required for regularity , whether preserved or in recovery. It is observed so that much environmental damage to the community as a lack of equality in the treatment of administered by the State.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Conservação da Natureza e Desenvolvimento Rural

Figure –Legal forest reserves overlaid on urban expansion plan of Distrito Federal-Brazil

From various observations on administrative procedures pending in Organ executor of environmental policy of the Distrito Federal, in 2012, this article proposes guidelines for the mitigation of biodiversity loss and ecosystem services arising from the conversion of rural use to urban use of defaulters properties in the definition and/or maintenance of legal forest reserve area in the Distrito Federal, Brazil.

References COSTA, F.A ; NEVES, A. S; ABADE, N.A. 2013. Legal Forest Reserve – Transition from rural use to urban use. Not Published

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

189

190

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Concurrent Session I Private Sector on Nature Conservation

Session organizer:

Giovana Baggio de Bruns, TNC, Brazil

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

191

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

Mato Grosso healthy & prosper: Green Infrastructure proposal Eder Zanetti1, Paulo Borges2 1 1

Green Farm CO2FREE

eder.zanetti@fulbrightmail.org 2

Instituto Ação Verde.

2

paulo.borges@fiemt.com.br

Keywords: Green Economy, Green Infrastructure, Mato Grosso; PNBSAE.

The global regime of trade & environment is, and will be, directed to look into opportunities for promoting world sustainable development. The global environment, international development and trade are pillars of such discussion; reflected within UNEP, UNDP, World Bank, IMF, FAO, WHO and WTO, among others. Today most of the discussion is directed to free trade of environmental goods and services and quality certification criteria for differentiation of products and services at international trade. The perspective of growth in a Green Economy is based on countries willingness to adopt measures for promoting EGS and PES as ways to contribute for a global sustainable development. While there is a great risk of losing markets, clients and reputation from unsustainable practices, the opportunity shines for corporations adopting precautionary measures to evaluate, mitigate and compensate for negative impacts on ecosystem services such as carbon cycling, water quality & quantity provision, biodiversity cultivation and many others (see MEA2005). Green Economy insertion depends on the level of environmental and social commitment of production and service chains and early initiatives are promoted towards Corporate Socioenvironment Responsibility – CSR procedures.

In Mato Grosso this has been approached towards an overall project of Green Infrastructure building, directed to provide and interconnected network of rivers, lagoons, wetlands, forests, pastures and other natural areas of regional significance for the natural

192

resource base. Grey infrastructure of roads, damns, airports and so on will have to adapt and comply with green infrastructure master plan for their implementation, which actually speeds up licensing process and public scrutinizing of development projects. Mato Grosso Healthy and Prosper master plan has the mission of “Assuring State’s environmental quality and sustainable development of all ecosystems for this and the future generations”. The Green Infrastructure proposal aims at assuring the State’s environmental quality will be kept over the years throughout na interconnect system of micro, meso and macro regions working for healthy ecosystems.

It is the first Project of this magnitude in Brazil and one of the largest in the planet, comprising over 22 million of private and public Conservation Units and their buffer zones, river’s margins (Corridors of River Ecosystem Reserves) and private and public properties all over the Sate. The proposal looks for implementing it towards a Public-Private-Partnership already initiated with the Platform for Business with Environmental & Ecosystem Goods and Services (PNBSAE - www.pnbsae.com.br), performing carbon (and other ecosystem services) payments for individuals, organizations and institutions complying with the overall objectives and within eligible areas.

Three yearly payments has been performed in 2010, 2011 and 2012, benefiting three local communities and serving as field demonstration of project activities and objectives.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Private Sector on Nature Conservation

Assessment of High conservation value areas in a private forest company (Fibria –Aracruz Unit) Ana Paula Correa do Carmo1, Ana Paula Pulito2, Antonio do Nascimento Gomes3 Fibria Celulose S.A apcarmo@fibria.com.br 2 ana.pulito@fibria.com.br 3 Nascimento Consultoria 3 ext.antoniong@fibria.com.br 1,2

1

Keywords: high conservation value, landscape analysis, private conservation areas, landscape planning, criteria definition ibria has established itself as a brazilian company engaged in sustainable forest management capable of creating value from renewable resources. The company owns about 900,000 hectares of land in seven states within Brazil. Fibria’s lands are managed with eucalypt plantation forests dedicated to wood production (57%) in mosaics with native vegetation dedicated to conservation purposes (37%). The company’s certified forest areas in the states of Bahia, Espírito Santo and Minas Gerais (which comprises Fibria’s Aracruz Unit) were the object of an assessment of high conservation value areas (HCV) as proposed by FSC standards in 2012. The assessment comprises the interpretation of the six global definition of HCV, following ProForest and HCV Network. Lacking a national interpretation of HCV, we established quantifiable criteria to define HCVs at each category, using the company geographical database, public information from environmental agencies and NGOs, as well as historical data from biodiversity studies and monitoring conduced inside de forest management areas. The list of criteria defined to limit each HCV were: HCV 1 – Private conservation units or areas inside conservation units of restricted use; Areas assembling more than 5 species critically threatened with extinction (the average plus a standard deviation of the number of critically threatened species in the previously studied forests); Areas assembling more than 135 species threatened, rare or endemic (the average plus a standard deviation of the number of species with these characteristics in the previously studied forests); Areas assembling more than 100

individuals of the same migratory bird species in a single observation; HCV 2 – Core-area fragments with a significant total area compared to the total area of legal conservation units at each Environmental Unit; Core-area fragments adjacent to a conservation unit of restricted use; Core-area fragments with a total area feasible to maintain a population of an “umbrella” species (Tapirus terrestris in this case); HCV 3 – Core-area fragments of endangered ecosystems with a representative total area at each Environmental Unit; HCV 4 – Watersheds that have a water collecting point, more than 50% of its total area occupied by Fibria’s lands and an index of water availability lesser than 30%; Areas with more than 45% of terrain declivity; HCV 5 – Areas within 9 km of local communities, with natural resources (food, drinking water, medicine or other forest products that generates income) needed for the survival of at least 25% of the community with no available alternatives; HCV 6 – Areas with religious (sacred) sites or historical monuments linked with the identity of an ethnical group or essential to the culture of local communities or indigenous groups; Areas with cultural, archeological or historical value in a national or international level. Based on the above listed criteria Fibria identified 21 HCV areas (totalizing about 12.000). At each identified HCV area, specific actions are in place to assure the maintenance and enhancement of each identified value. Also, the company monitoring programs included those areas aiming to evaluate the effect of the management applied to its conservation and the perpetuation of its benefits.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

193

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

The importance of natural areas conservation in the private sector - a regional perspective Ivone Satsuki Namikawa1, Samantha Nazaré de Paiva2 Klabin SA, Brazil namikawa@klabin.com.br 2 snpaiva@klabin.com.br 1 ,2

1

Keywords: Mosaic Forest Landscape Management, Conservation, Private Areas The conservation of natural areas on private forest companies, is a constant challenge in apparent contradiction with the best economical land use.

However, the conservation of natural areas and the maintenance of the landscape mosaic through ecological corridors, brings significant environmental improvements . The maintenance of biodiversity, the quality and quantity of water, carbon sequestration and soil conservation, among other benefits, results in improvements for the community and for own forest operation by minimizing the incidence of pests and diseases and ensuring sustainable forest productivity.

Strategic actions that promote the conservation and restoration of natural forest areas inside and outside company lands are critical to the ecological corridors establishment in the region, expanding the concept of landscape management. Among the external actions, the ”Matas Legais” Program, established in a partnership between the company Klabin SA and Non Governmental Organization Apremavi - Association for the Preservation of the Environment and Life, has accounted since 2008, 437 farmers. It accomplished the demarcation of 768.61 ha of permanent preservation areas, with a donation of 310,655 seedlings of native species for restoration in the state of Paraná. This program began in the state of Santa Catarina in 2005 and was expanded to Paraná state, in the areas of influence of the company in 2008. Regarding own company areas, several actions are performed, as the establishment of Private Natural Heritage Reserve (RPPN) of Monte Alegre, with 3852.3 hectares in

194

1998, and the definition of forest management model implemented in the company since the 70’s based in a mosaic system. Also a methodology for identifying areas of high conservation value, was initiated in mid-2007and are being developed based in a strong monitoring system. These methodology is being used to prioritize the integrity of natural environment and to monitore fauna and flora. It will help to know the exixting biodiversity and possible impacts of forest management. As a result of these actions and others, it appears that the intensification of technical advice to small farmers reflects positively on increasing the extent of ecological corridors and greater awareness of stakeholders on nature conservation issues mainly related to biodiversity, soil and water, as well as the better planning of their land use. In company´s own areas, the different monitoring programs indicate that forest management run by the company, has several environmental benefits because the planted forests, interspersed with natural forest fragments - called mosaic model, allow the wildlife movement through corridors, including large mammals, such as the puma - Puma concolor. The numbers obtained in the monitoring of fauna and flora quantitatively demonstrate the importance of this forest management model. Regarding to landscape, the conservation of forest fragments in areas larger than legal environmental requirements - areas of legal reserve and permanent preservation areas – changed positively the natural landscape of Telemaco Borba region.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Private Sector on Nature Conservation

Monitoring ecological processes for Fibria’s Environmental Restoration Program Roberto Mediato1, Angelo Conrado Moura2, Tathiane Santi Sarcinelli3, Juliano Ferreira Dias4, Ana Paula Pulito5 1,2,3,4,5

Fibria Celulose S.A., Aracruz-ES, Brazil 1 rmcsousa@fibria.com.br 2 amoura@fibria.com.br 3 tsarcinelli@fibria.com.br 4 juliano.dias@fibria.com.br 5 ana.pulito@fibria.com.br

Keywords: restoration models, monitoring indexes, Atlantic Forest, private initiative Fibria Celulose S.A. is the global leader in short fiber pulp, operating three plants and a forest base of 974,400 hectares, of which 352,000 is intended for environmental conservation. Fibria’s Environmental Restoration Program has the goal of promoting the restoration of 30.000 ha by the year 2025.

This Program, which began in 2010, has already promoted restoration activities in more than 6,000 hectaresdistributed among the company’s properties located in Espírito Santo, Minas Gerais and Bahia States. Among the restoration techniques employed by the Program are the planting of native species, enrichment with high species diversity, natural regeneration conduction and exotic and invasive alien species control. The planting is done with great diversity of species, employing two functional groups: filling and diversity. The filling group consists of fast-growing and wide canopy species, which provide rapid closure of the planted area. On the other side, the diversity group includes slow-growing and/or narrow canopy species that attract wildlife and enhance the diversity of the area.

The areas under restoration process are evaluated using a monitoring tool that consists of field evaluations, data consolidation, interpretation of results and improvement actions based on operational recommendations.

Monitoring indexes were defined in terms of their relevance in the ecological restoration process, such as native and exotic and invasive alien plants density, number of species, percentage of accordance with the planting methodology, proportion of successional groups, equitability index (proportion of planted species), average height of planted individuals, pioneer species index, species dispersion index, and percentage of crown cover.

The results obtained with the monitoring tool are useful to validate or improve the restoration techniques and adopt operational improvements, bringing gains in environmental quality and reducing operating costs.

Also, this tool can lead to the development of new restoration models.

References ATTANASIO, C.M. 2008. Technical Manual: restoration and monitoring of riparian vegetation and the Legal Reserve for Agricultural certificationbiodiversity conservation in coffee plantations.

Imaflora, Piracicaba, 60 p.

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

195

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

UEHARA, T.H.K., GANDARA, F.B. 2009. Books of riparian forest. Secretary of State for environment, biodiversity and natural resources. SMA, New York, 68 p.

RODRIGUES, R. R., BRANCALION, P.H.S., ISERNHAGEN, I. 2009. The Atlantic forest restoration Pact: concepts and referential actions of forest restoration. LERF/ESALQ: BioAtl창ntica Institute, S찾o Paulo, 264p.

RODRIGUES, R. R., BRANCALION, P.H.S., PADOVEZI, A., FARAH, F.T., VIANI, R., BARRETO, T. E. 2011. Monitoring Protocol for programs/projects of forest restoration. The Atlantic forest restoration Pact. 2011, S찾o Paulo, 40 p.

196

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Private Sector on Nature Conservation

Biodiversity Conservation Planning for Klabin S.A. in Brazil: a corporate experience in partnership with The Nature Conservancy Giovana Baggio de Bruns1, Leandro Baumgarten2, Anna Julia Passold3, Marcelo Matsumoto4, Camila Kotsifas5, Ivone Satsuki Namikawa6, Samantha NazarĂŠ de Paiva7 , Mireli Moura Pitz 8 1,2,3,4,5

The Nature Conservancy, Curitiba-PR, Brazil, 1 gbaggio@tnc.org 2 lbaumgarten@tnc.org 3 annapassold@gmail.com 4 mmatsumoto@tnc.org 5 ckotsifas@tnc.org 6,7,8 Klabin S.A., Brazil 6 namikawa@klabin.com.br 7 snpaiva@klabin.com.br 8 mmpitz@klabin.com.br

Keywords: Biodiversity Conservation Plan, Conservation Areas Planning (CAP), The Nature Conservancy, Klabin, FSC - Forest Stewardship Council, biodiversity monitoring, Atlantic Forest.

The natural remnants owned by forest companies in Brazil are a huge conservation asset representing hundreds of hectares in endangered ecosystem like the Atlantic Forest. Its value becomes even greater when their biodiversity is well known and the conservation and restoration efforts are focused on the resilience of their fauna, flora and natural resources. More so for companies certified by Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) and other certification schemes, such Klabin S.A. Those companies are making significant improvements in the stewardship of natural remnants, mainly regarding High Conservation Values Areas functionality and landscape planning.

The Nature Conservancy and Klabin established a partnership to develop a Biodiversity Conservation Plan for company´s natural areas which form a mosaic within Pinus and Eucalyptus plantations on the most threath ecosystem in Brazil: Atlantic Forest.

The methodology used for site evaluation, monitoring plan development, and landscape design was based

on Conservation Areas Planning (CAP), a worldwide known methodology developed by TNC, and GIS tools applied to landscape analysis and planning. The GIS tools used were - LandFrag, Corridor Design and LegalGeo, the last one is developed by TNC in Brazil.

Biodiversity management was planned using MIRADI, software developed specifically for multi-stakeholder conservation projects.

Areas located in 3 watersheds were evaluated in Southern Brazil, in Santa Catarina State. In this region 47% of the land is occupied by pinus and eucalyptus plantations and the company owns almost 64 thousand hectares of natural areas, (46% of Klabinâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s properties). Even though most of the natural fragments (average size from 15 ha to 45 ha) present low integrity, the remnants of high integrity are larger, representing on average 92% of the total area of the natural fragments.

Although region-wide high impact threats were not observed, the assessment indicated that the most frequent issues were invasive species in grasslands

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

197

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

(pinus and exotic grass species), illegal hunting, forest fires and cattle impacts on native areas usually caused by neighbor communities. These threats can cause problems for biodiversity maintenance, therefore monitoring is crucial to improve stewardship and restoration efforts. The Conservation Targets suggested for monitoring were: endangerous birds and midsize mammals (jaguar,deer and monkey), sensitive habitat (savanna, Atlantic forest and araucaria forest). Also several special fragments were considered HCV areas due to biodiversity relevance and/or their importance for community.

The fragments located within Klabin´s areas are part of important remnants of Atlantic Forest in this region, notably the Araucaria forests ecosystem. Combining monitoring of biodiversity conditions with continuous improvement of stewardship actions and relationship projects with surrounding community is crucial for threat reduction and maintenance of fragments quality.

It is important to highlight that Klabin has already adopted several environmental procedures in forestry activities and has a restoration plan in place to minimize impacts on natural resources as well as a relationship and environmental education program.

References

Granizo, T. et al. 2016. Manual de Planejamento para a Conservacao de Areas, PCA. TNC y USAID, Quito, 204p.

Klabin S.A. 2012. Plano de Manejo Florestal Santa Catarina. Klabin S.A, Otacilio Costa, 182 p.

198

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Private Sector on Nature Conservation

Innovation and Biodiversity Conservation Vinicius Suassuna Gonçalves dos Reis1, João Carlos Augusti2, Ana Paula Pulito3

1

Fibria Celulose S.A., Rodovia Aracruz-Barra do Riacho, s/n, km 25, Aracruz-ES, Brazil, 1 vinicius.reis@fibria.com.br 2 ,3 Fibria Celulose S.A. 2 joao.augusti@fibria.com.br 3 ana.pulito@fibria.com.br

Keywords: Fibria, pulp, conservation, biodiversity, mosaic, forest plantation Fibria has established itself as a Brazilian company engaged in sustainable forest management capable of creating value from renewable resources. With 19,000 employees, the company operates in seven states within Brazil. Fibria owns 975,000 hectares of land, of which 352,000 hectares (36%) are dedicated to conservation purposes. The wood is used for pulp production, supplying global demand for high-quality products from ,.#Ĺ&#x20AC; 5*& (. 5 ), -.-85Äť 5 )'* (3\-5' #(5' ,% .-5 , 5 Europe (42%), North America (25%) and Asia (23%). # ,# \-5 ), -.5*& (. .#)(-5 , 5 &) . 5#(5 .", 5").-*).-5 for conservation, the Brazilian Atlantic Rainforest, the Cerrado and the Pampa. Fibria is developing biodiversity conservation initiatives and projects to reduce loss in these endangered biomes, with a feasible cost, in eight thematic areas: wildlife protection, conservation areas, restoration, landscape management, participation in conservation forums, environmental education, biodiversity-community projects, terrestrial and marine monitoring. Its projects and initiatives align with the # "#5 ,! .-65 ." 5 )'* (3\-5 !) &-5 , 5 .)95 '*,)0 5 forest management in order to reduce negative impacts of operations and increase positive impacts; Protect high conservation value areas and endemic, endangered and rare species; Mainstream biodiversity conservation in its practices through environmental education and biodiversity-related community projects. The Sustainable ), -.5 )- # -5#(#.# .#0 5#-5)( 5) 5 # ,# \-5')-.5#'*),. (.5 projects. Taking the landscape as a unit of management, the collaboration between companies and nongovernmental organizations represents an opportunity

to test collaborative biodiversity conservation.

Environmental units for biodiversity monitoring were created and the methodology was converged to drive actions from the different companies toward a common goal. Priority areas for restoration were also identified.

A biodiversity-community project, the Brazilian Parrot (Amazona aestiva) Project, helped to decrease birdtrafficking. In three years, the proportion of nests that were disturbed fell from 95% to 11%. Artificial nests were installed and environmental education initiatives were developed. As a result, disturbance of nests began to decrease. The concept of using artificial nests was adopted by the community. Residents installed nests near ." #,5")/- -5 ( 5()151 . "5)0 ,5." - 85 # ,# \-5*,#0 . 5 natural heritage reserves (RPPN) and other preservation areas also play important roles. In 2011, a nature reserve in the state of SĂŁo Paulo owned by Fibria was considered relevant by ICMBio in conserving the southern muriqui (Brachyteles arachnoides), a species of spider monkey that is endemic to Brazil. The number of species identified #(5 # ,# \-5 , -5 #-5 )(-. (.&35 #( , -#(!65 , 0 &#(!5 ." 5 biodiversity importance of landscape mosaics, where forest plantations alternate with native forests. After more than 10 years developing biodiversity conservation projects, it has become clear that more environmentally and cost-effective projects are needed. In order to scale-up its conservation initiatives, Fibria decided to work alongside partners and stakeholders, with a broad biodiversity conservation planning process and allied initiatives. The move toward valuation of ecosystem services that would allow for the communication and

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

199

Magro, T. C.; Rodrigues, L. M.; Silva Filho, D. F. ; Polizel, J. L.; Leahy, J.; (Eds.) 2013.

Protected Areas and Place Making: How do we provide conservation, landscape management, tourism, human health and regional development?

promotion of biodiversity conservation is promising but it must evolve as part of a process that influences decision-making.

References 2011. Sustainability Report Fibria. Avaiable in: http:// www.fibria.com.br/rs2011/pt/.

Mesquita, C.A.B. 2012. Sustainable Forest Mosaics.

Series 3. Conservation International, Rio de Janeiro, p. 1-40.

200

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

201

Index of Authors A

E

Abade, Natanael Antunes.......188 Abdala, Andrea.......180 Andrade, Sarah Domingues de O........185 Araujo, Luciana G........46 Augusti, João Carlos.......199

Edwards, David.......96 Euler, Ana Margarida.......179 Evija, Plone.......136 Ezebilo, Eugene E........92

B Bahia, Natália C. Fidelis.......46 Ball, Alaine.......122 Barros, Ana Angélica Monteiro de.......129, 139 Baumgarten, Leandro.......197 Beisiegel, Beatriz.......159 Berkes, Fikret.......26, 34, 43 Borges, Paulo.......192 Brocardo, Carlos R........155, 168 Brokaw, Lilla Jessica.......137 Brun, Eleandro José.......80 Brun, Flávia Gizele König.......80 Bruns, Giovana Baggio de.......191, 197 Buļipopa, Nataļja.......136 Burns, Robert C........116 Bussolotti, Juliana Marcondes.......108

C Campbell, Michael.......25, 44, 59 Carmo, Ana Paula Correa do.......193 Castello, Ana Carolina D........62 Castro, Juliana Ferreira de.......73 Castro, Rodrigo.......114 Chagas, Germano F........32 Chamy, Paula.......46 Coelho, Samuel.......62 Correia, Maria Célia Rodrigues.......139 Costa, Fernando Almeida.......188 Couto, Hilton Thadeu Zarate do.......80

D Davidson-Hunt, Iain.......44, 45 Dias, Juliano Ferreira.......195 Dobbert, Lea Yamaguchi.......69 Duntemann, Mark.......90

202

F Farinaci, Juliana S........46 Filho, Carlos Roberto Bastos Araujo.......159, 172 Fredman, Peter.......91, 96, 102 Freitas, Rodrigo Rodrigues de.......53

G Gomes, Antonio do Nascimento.......193 Greco, Alexandre Verçosa.......139 Guimarães, Solange T. de Lima.......108

H Hanazaki, Natalia.......27 Haque, C. Emdad.......40

I Idrobo, C. Julián.......44, 45 Ilze, Stokmane.......136 Ito, Taiichi.......141, 148

J Jensen, Frank S........89 Jensen, Frank Søndergaard.......96

K Kawabata, Atsushi.......148 Khan, Shah Raees.......40 Kotsifas, Camila.......197

L Laven, Daniel.......102 Leite, Eliana Cardoso.......62, 79

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

Lemos, Ginessa Corrêa.......100

M Magro, Teresa Cristina.......10 Marques, Mel Simionato.......27 Matsumoto, Marcelo.......197 Mediato, Roberto.......195 Miranda, Flávia.......114 Morato, Ronaldo.......159, 172 Morato, Rose.......159, 172 Moreira, Jasmine Cardozo.......95 Mota, Mauricio Tavares da.......79 Mota, Thiago Duarte.......159, 172 Moura, Angelo Conrado.......195

N Nakamura, Akihiro.......148 Nakamura, Elaine Mitie.......27 Namikawa, Ivone Satsuki.......194, 197 Neves, Alisson Santos.......188

Robim, Maria de Jesus.......100, 108 Rodarte, Ana Tereza Araújo.......139 Rodrigues, Apolonio.......155, 168 Ronqui, Daniele.......114 Ross, Helen.......52

S Samartano, Luiz.......142 Santos, Jean Pierre.......172 Santos, Vania Mara Moreira dos.......95 Sarcinelli, Tathiane Santi.......195 Silva Filho, Demóstenes Ferreira da.......10, 61, 69, 80, 86 Seixas, Cristiana S........46 Seixas, Cristiana Simão.......53 Sievänen, Tuija.......96 Silva, Marina Xavier da.......155, 168 Souza, Saulo E. X .Franco de.......32, 180 Stein, Taylor V........21 Stuart, Nicole.......90

T

O

Teixeira, Getulio Batista.......100

Oliveira, Haydée Torres de.......150 Oliveira, Patrick de.......139

U

P Pacheco, Reinaldo T. Boscolo.......103 Paiva, Samantha Nazaré de.......194, 197 Passold, Anna Julia.......197 Paula, Rogério Cunha de.......149, 159, 172 Pimentel, Douglas de Souza.......115, 129, 139 Pitz, Mireli Moura.......197 Polizel, Jefferson Lordello.......69 Portela, Samuel.......114 Premauer, Julia.......34 Pulito, Ana Paula.......193, 195, 199

R Raimundo, Sidnei.......73, 103 Reinius, Sandra Wall.......102 Reis, Vinicius Suassuna Gonçalves dos.......199

Urzedo, Danilo I. de.......137, 185

V Valenti, Mayla Willik.......150 Viana, Sabrina Mieko.......86 Vidal, Edson.......32, 137, 180, 185 Viergever, Marcel.......114 Vistad, Odd Inge.......96 Vogliotti, Alexandre.......155, 168

W Waldhoff, Philippe.......180 Williams, Daniel R........15

Z Zanetti, Eder.......142, 192 PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

203

International Scientific Committee Alexandre Schiavetti,

Maria Isabel Amando de Barros,

Universidade Estadual de Santa Cruz, Brazil

MS. Forest Engineer, Brazil

David M. Edwards,

Peter Fredman,

Forest Research, United Kingdom

Mid Sweden University and the European Tourism Research Institute, Sweden

Daniela Custódio Talora, Universidade Estadual de Santa Cruz, Brazil

Rogerio Cunha de Paula, CENAP – ICMBio, Brazil

Demóstenes Ferreira da Silva Filho, ESALQ, University of São Paulo, Brazil

Silvio Frosini de Barros Ferraz, ESALQ, University of São Paulo, Brazil

Dorothy H. Anderson, College of Natural Resources, NCSU, USA

Taiichi Ito, University of Tsukuba, School of Life and Environ. Sciences, Japan

Douglas de Souza Pimentel, Universidade Federal Fluminense, Brazil

Taylor Stein, University of Florida, School F. Resources and Conservation, USA

Frank S. Jensen, Forest & Landscape Denmark, University of Copenhagen

Teresa Cristina Magro ESALQ, University of São Paulo, Brazil

Jessica Leahy, School of Forest Resources, University of Maine

Tuija Sievänen, Finnish Forest Research Institute, Finland

Katia M. P. M. de Barros Ferraz, ESALQ, University of São Paulo, Brazil

Yu-Fai Leung, College of Natural Resources, NCSU, USA

Leide Y. Takahashi, Fundação Grupo Boticário de Proteção à Natureza, Brazil Maria Inez Pagani, Universidade Estadual Paulista - UNESP, Brazil

SPONSORS:

PARTNERS:

204

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013

EXECUTIVE PRODUCER:

Precisamos de pessoas para dar sentido aos lugares.

São necessários lugares para dar sentido à vida das pessoas.

The role of mankind as custodian gives meaning to places, and places are a point of reference in people’s lives.

Pictures by Teresa Magro

ISBN 978-85-86481-25-3

206

PROCEEDINGS of the Protected Areas and Place Making Conference 2013